100% found this document useful (1 vote)

1K views1,601 pages

Davon

Uploaded by

Palyy

We take content rights seriously. If you suspect this is your content, claim it here.

Available Formats

Download as PDF, TXT or read online on Scribd

100% found this document useful (1 vote)

1K views1,601 pages

Davon

Uploaded by

Palyy

We take content rights seriously. If you suspect this is your content, claim it here.

Available Formats

Download as PDF, TXT or read online on Scribd

12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

H H

8300
min 363
0/ max 6
030 (mm
)

G G

00
74

)
(mm
0
370
m ax
F 0 / F
25

m
n 2

in
mi

22
50
m/
ax
37
00
730

(m
m

2075
)
640

520
80

E E

1120
3108

D D
145

500 690

1000

2200
C C

500
49
100 480 480 480

100
x
18
2600

B B

Netolerovan rozm ry dle ISO 2768 t da "mK" ; EN ISO 13920 "BF" umpersk 1353
CZ 78391 Uni ov
CAD Inventor Kreslil: JANO K Datum: 29.1.2018 www.davon.cz
Schv lil: VO KA Datum: Hmotnost: 27543,9 kg Typ:
Rozm./Polot.: Materi l: M tko: 1:30 Nadsestava:
A N zev: slo: Revize: A
1
PRACOVN ZA ZEN RK 6156 023470_S List:
1
12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
Untoleranced dimensions ISO 2768 -mK
CAD Inventor Created: Date: www.davon.cz
Checked: Date: Mass: - Type: RK6156-HD/G
projekt: Spence - Chile Material: Document no.: 86156-Z170115_02
Name: Drawing-No.: Rev: 01
Hydraulic diagram 1

RK 6156-MB2000DP HA 75/55RT
023532_D Sheet:
1
12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

min.300
2404 2280

min.3100
2122

706 F

Mass:
1040

2100 kg

20
100 270 2300 E
1229
1500 min.160

2200
18

+1
2200-1
1400
1360

C
+1
1380-1

Untoleranced dimensions ISO 2768 -mK

CAD Inventor Created: Date: 8.2.2018 www.davon.cz
Checked: Date: Mass: 2100 kg Type: HA75RT-K
projekt: Spence - Chile Material: Document no.:
Name: Drawing-No.: Rev: 02 A
Power Unit HA75RT-K 1
023533_S Sheet:
1
12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
Interconnection of hydraulic RK 7167 and HA 75-55RT

RK7167
Hydraulic Unit HA 75/55RT Serial No.: 00726

37167-Z160006 Page 3 / 14
Hydraulic Unit HA 75/55RT Serial No.: 00726

37167-Z160006 Page 4 / 14
Hydraulic Unit HA 75/55RT Serial No.: 00726

Interconnection of hydraulic RK 67167 and HA 75-55RT

Item Part Number Part Name Qty. UM kg/UM Notice
001 026987 Pipe 42x3 – 6000 8 pcs 17,340 Electro galvanised
002 026988 Pipe 38x4 – 6000 8 pcs 20,100 Electro galvanised
003 026989 Pipe 15x2– 6000 8 pcs 3,846 Electro galvanised
004 026672 Mounting rail STSV - 400 mm 25 pcs 0,980 Electro galvanised
005 026650 Mounting rail nut, GMV (M10) 200 pcs 0,050 Electro galvanised
006 014307 Pipe clamp 5042 PA 25 pair 0,144
007 005321 Pipe clamp 5038 PA 25 pair 0,144
008 000457 Pipe clamp 3018 PA 25 pair 0,088
009 001367 Pipe clamp 3015 PA 25 pair 0,088
010 023795 Pipe clamp 3008 PA 25 pair 0,088
011 020034 Stacking bolt AF 3S (M10) 50 pcs 0,050
012 020035 Locking plate SIP 3S 25 pcs 0,100
013 000438 Cover plate DPAL 5S 50 pcs 0,160
014 000442 Cover plate DPAL 3S 50 pcs 0,100
015 000434 Hexagon screw M10x70 100 pcs 0,053 DIN931 8,8 Z
016 001269 Hexagon screw M10x45 100 pcs 0,045 DIN931 8,8 Z
017 014225 Hose 1SN38x2300-DKOL(M52x2)/CEL( M52x2) 1 pcs 5,500 H12
018 026999 Hose 4SH32x2300-DKOS(M52x2)/CES(M52x2) 1 pcs 5,300 H11
019 027000 Hose 1SN12x2300-DKOL(M22x1,5)/CEL(M22x1,5) 1 pcs 2,100 H13
020 027005 Hose 1SN31x1800-DKOL(M45x2)/CEL( M45x2) 1 pcs 6,100 H32
021 027001 Hose 4SH25x1800-DKOS(M42x2)/CES(M42x2) 1 pcs 5,700 H33
022 026405 Hose 1SN12x1800-DKOL(M22x1,5)/DKOL(M22x1,5) 1 pcs 3,200 H34
023 014276 Pipe fitting GS42L 6 pcs 0,255
024 005360 Pipe fitting GS38S 6 pcs 0,680
025 009400 Pipe fitting GS15L 6 pcs 0,062

37167-Z160006 Page 5 / 14
Hydraulic Unit HA 75/55RT Serial No.: 00726

Interconnection of hydraulic RK 67167 and HA 75-55RT

Item Part Number Part Name Qty. UM kg/UM Notice
026 023766 Pipe fitting GS42/35L 1 pcs 0,179
027 005359 Pipe fitting GS38/30S 1 pcs 0,640
028 014277 Pipe fitting M42L 24 pcs 0,210
029 005364 Pipe fitting M38S 24 pcs 0,310
030 000797 Pipe fitting M15L 24 pcs 0,040
031 014278 Pipe fitting P-R42L 24 pcs 0,028
032 005365 Pipe fitting P-R38S 24 pcs 0,026
033 000798 Pipe fitting P-R15L 24 pcs 0,015
034 024620 Pipe fitting WS42L 6 pcs 0,350
035 026649 Pipe fitting WS38S 6 pcs 0,350
036 017319 Pipe fitting WS15L 6 pcs 0,065

37167-Z160006 Page 6 / 14
Hydraulic Unit HA 75/55RT Serial No.: 00726

Mounting kit for Interconnection of hydraulic RK 7167 and HA 75-55RT:

Name, characteristics… quantity

Metric precision steel pipe 42x3

Pipe length: 6 m
Standard: EN 10305-4, E235+N
Material: Steel ST 37.4 NBK (1.0255)
8 pcs
Surface: electro galvanised

Metric precision steel pipe 38x4

Pipe length: 6 m
Standard: EN 10305-4, E235+N
Material: Steel ST 37.4 NBK (1.0255)
8 pcs
Surface: electro galvanised

Metric precision steel pipe 15x2

Pipe length: 6 m
Standard: EN 10305-4, E235+N
Material: Steel ST 37.4 NBK (1.0255)
8 pcs
Surface: electro galvanised

Mounting rail STSV

length: 0,4 m
Series: heavy 25 pcs
Standard: DIN 3015
Material: Steel
Surface: electro galvanised

37167-Z160006 Page 7 / 14
Hydraulic Unit HA 75/55RT Serial No.: 00726

Mounting rail nut, GMV (M10)

Series: heavy
Standard: DIN 3015
Material: Steel
200 pcs
Surface: electro galvanised

Pipe clamp, heavy series 5042 PA

Standard: DIN 3015-2
Material: Polyamide
External pipe Φ 42mm
25 pcs
Comment: „Return line“

Pipe clamp, heavy series 5038 PA

Standard: DIN 3015-2
Material: Polyamide
External pipe Φ 38mm
25 pcs
Comment: „Pressure line“

Pipe clamp, heavy series 3018 PA

Standard: DIN 3015-2
Material: Polyamide
External pipe Φ 18mm
25 pcs
Comment: „fixation of power cable“

Pipe clamp, heavy series 3015 PA

Standard: DIN 3015-2
Material: Polyamide
External pipe Φ 15mm
25 pcs
Comment: „Pressure Drain line“

37167-Z160006 Page 8 / 14
Hydraulic Unit HA 75/55RT Serial No.: 00726

Pipe clamp, heavy series 3008 PA

Standard: DIN 3015-2
Material: Polyamide
External pipe Φ 8mm
25 pcs
Comment: „fixation of data cable“

Stacking bolt AF 3S (M10)

Series: heavy
Standard: DIN 3015 50 pcs
Material: Steel
Surface: electro galvanised

Locking plate SIP 3S

Series: heavy
Standard: DIN 3015-2 25 pcs
Material: Steel
Surface: electro galvanised

Cover plate for single pipe clamp DPAL 5S

Series: heavy
Standard: DIN 3015-2
Material: Steel 50 pcs
Surface: electro galvanised

Cover plate for single pipe clamp DPAL 3S

Series: heavy
Standard: DIN 3015-2
Material: Steel 50 pcs
Surface: electro galvanised

37167-Z160006 Page 9 / 14
Hydraulic Unit HA 75/55RT Serial No.: 00726

Hexagon screw for single pipe clamp M10x70

Series: heavy – 5S
Standard: DIN 931 (ISO 4014) 100 pcs
Material: Steel
Surface: electro galvanised

Hexagon screw for single pipe clamp M10x45

Series: heavy – 3S
Standard: DIN 931 (ISO 4014) 100 pcs
Material: Steel
Surface: electro galvanised

Fitting GS42L - Series light

Connection 1 M52x2 (24° inner cone)
Connection 2 M52x2 (24° inner cone)
Construction straight 6 PCS
Standard ISO 8434-1
Material Steel
Surface electro galvanised

Fitting GS38S - Series heavy

Connection 1 M52x2 (24° inner cone)
Connection 2 M52x2 (24° inner cone)
Construction straight 6 PCS
Standard ISO 8434-1
Material Steel
Surface electro galvanised

Fitting GS15L - Series light

Connection 1 M22x1,5 (24° inner cone)
Connection 2 M22x1,5 (24° inner cone)
Construction straight 6 PCS
Standard ISO 8434-1
Material Steel
Surface electro galvanised

37167-Z160006 Page 10 / 14
Hydraulic Unit HA 75/55RT Serial No.: 00726

Fitting GS42/35L - Series light

Connection 1 M52x2 (24° inner cone)
Connection 2 M45x2 (24° inner cone)
Construction straight 1 PCS
Standard ISO 8434-1
Material Steel
Surface electro galvanised

Fitting GS38/30S - Series heavy

Connection 1 M52x2 (24° inner cone)
Connection 2 M42x2 (24° inner cone)
Construction straight 1 PCS
Standard ISO 8434-1
Material Steel
Surface electro galvanised

Fitting WS42L- Series light

Connection 1 M52x2 (24° inner cone)
Connection 2 M52x2 (24° inner cone)
Construction Angle 90° 6 PCS
Standard DIN 2353, ISO 8434-1
Material Steel
Surface electro galvanised

Fitting WS38S- Series heavy

Connection 1 M52x2 (24° inner cone)
Connection 2 M52x2 (24° inner cone)
Construction Angle 90° 6 PCS
Standard DIN 2353, ISO 8434-1
Material Steel
Surface electro galvanised

Fitting WS15L- Series light

Connection 1 M22x1,5 (24° inner cone)
Connection 2 M22x1,5 (24° inner cone)
Construction Angle 90° 6 PCS
Standard DIN 2353, ISO 8434-1
Material Steel
Surface electro galvanised

37167-Z160006 Page 11 / 14
Hydraulic Unit HA 75/55RT Serial No.: 00726

Union nut M42L - Series light

Connection 1 M52x2
Standard DIN 3870 24 PCS
Material Steel
Surface electro galvanised

Union nut M38S - Series heavy

Connection 1 M52x2
Standard DIN 3870 24 PCS
Material Steel
Surface electro galvanised

Union nut M15L - Series light

Connection 1 M22x1,5
Standard DIN 3870 24 PCS
Material Steel
Surface electro galvanised

Cutting ring P-R42L - Series light

Standard DIN 3861 shape B
Material Steel 24 PCS
Surface electro galvanised

Cutting ring P-38S - Series heavy

Standard DIN 3861 shape B
Material Steel 24 PCS
Surface electro galvanised

Cutting ring P-R15L - Series light

Standard DIN 3861 shape B
Material Steel 24 PCS
Surface electro galvanised

37167-Z160006 Page 12 / 14
Hydraulic Unit HA 75/55RT Serial No.: 00726

Hose 4SH32x2300 DKOS/CES

Connection 1 M52x2 24° outer cone with O-ring
Connection 2 M52x2 24° inner cone 1 PCS
Standard EN 856 4 SH

Hose 4SH25x1800 DKOS/DKOS

Connection 1 M42x2 24° outer cone with O-ring
Connection 2 M42x2 24° outer cone with O-ring 1 PCS
Standard EN 856 4 SH

Hose 1SN 38x2300 DKOL/CEL

Connection 1 M52x2 24° outer cone with O-ring
Connection 2 M52x2 24° inner cone 1 PCS
Standard EN 853 1SN

Hose 1SN 31x1800 DKOL 90°/DKOL

Connection 1 M52x2 24° outer cone with O-ring, ANGLE 90°
Connection 2 M52x2 24° outer cone with O-ring 1 PCS
Standard EN 853 1SN

Hose 1SN 12x2300 DKOL/CEL

Connection 1 M22x1,5 24° outer cone with O-ring
Connection 2 M22x1,5 24° inner cone 1 PCS
Standard EN 853 1SN

Hose 1SN 12x1800 DKOL/DKOL

Connection 1 M22x1,5 24° outer cone with O-ring
Connection 2 M22x1,5 24° outer cone with O-ring 1 PCS
Standard EN 853 1SN

37167-Z160006 Page 13 / 14
Hydraulic Unit HA 75/55RT Serial No.: 00726

Wearing parts

Item Part Number Part Name Qty. UM Notice

001 001149 Return filter element 3 pcs
002 026554 Pressure filter element 3 pcs
003 026182 Air filter element 1 pc
004 011105 Suction filter 1 pc
005 024474 Pressure filter 1 pc
006 026029 Return filter 1 pc

37167-Z160006 Page 14 / 14
Schematic drawing
of connection
Z170115

- MX1 - Rockbreaker boom system

Remote control
RK-6156-HD/G -RDO-
2in1 radio or cable
connection

60 m radio control

Cable control
35 m
Cable CANopen
30 m

Power cable
30 m

Control room

- MS1 -

- RM1 - Power Unit

HA-75 RT

Optic cable Cable control

Remote control
is NOT delivered by
DAVON
10 m -DT1a-

DAVON s.r.o. | Šumperská 1353 | 783 91 Uničov | Česká republika

IČ.: 60775980 | DIČ.: CZ60775980
Společnost je zapsána u Krajského soudu v Ostravě, Oddíl C, složka 6891
ISO 9001; ISO 14001; OHSAS 18001; ISO 50001; ISO 3834-2 1
Tento dokument je duševním vlastnictvím firmy DAVON s.r.o. a nesmí být poskytnut třetí straně. Výrobce
si vyhrazuje právo změn uvedených parametrů.
Schematic drawing
of connection
Z170115

INTERCONNECTION OF HYDRAULIC RK 6156HD/G AND HA 75RT

24 m hydraulic line

Tube 38x4 Steel ST 37.4 NBK (1.0255)

Pressure Hose 4SH32 EN 856 4SH
line

Tube 42x3 Steel ST 37.4 NBK (1.0255)

Return Hose 1SN 38 EN 853 1SN
line

Tube 15x2 Steel ST 37.4 NBK (1.0255)

Leakage Hose 2SN EN 853 2SN
line

DAVON s.r.o. | Šumperská 1353 | 783 91 Uničov | Česká republika

IČ.: 60775980 | DIČ.: CZ60775980
Společnost je zapsána u Krajského soudu v Ostravě, Oddíl C, složka 6891
ISO 9001; ISO 14001; OHSAS 18001; ISO 50001; ISO 3834-2 2
Tento dokument je duševním vlastnictvím firmy DAVON s.r.o. a nesmí být poskytnut třetí straně. Výrobce
si vyhrazuje právo změn uvedených parametrů.
SPARE PARTS CATALOGUE
WIRING SYSTEM 75 kW, 480V, 50Hz

CONTRACT CODE: Z170115

DAVON s.r.o. | No. 46156 – Z170115 | REV A | 06-2018 :

TABLE OF CONTENTS:
Item Description Drawing.No. Sheet
1 Circuit diagram 1801‐006_1 01÷17
2 Overview diagram ‐RM1 1801‐006_2 01÷05
3 Overview diagram ‐MX1 1801‐006_3 01÷03
4 Overview diagram ‐MS1 1801‐006_4 01÷03
5 Overview diagram ‐DT1a 1801‐006_5 01÷03
6 Transmitters ‐RC1 1801‐006_6 01÷01
7 Cable list 1801‐006_7 01÷07

Date 19.4.2018 Davon s.r.o. PROGREZA JV Drawing.No.

WIRING SYSTEM 86156‐Z170115_01
Wiring Ing. Jar.Vraga ROCKBREAKER BOOM SYSTEM S.R.O.
023523‐D
Check Ing. Jar.Vraga RK 6156‐HD/G ‐ Spence Sheet of
Rev. Com. Date Approved Ing. Jar.Vraga Orig. Sheet 1 of 1
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

3 x 460 V, 50 Hz, TN-S L1

A /02.2A
A
L2
/02.2A
L3
/02.2A

31
43
12
14
-BA1 -Q1 -Q3

5
1
2
3
U

32
44
11
Copyright in accordance with ISO 16016!

/09.4D

/09.4D
/07.4C
I> I> I> I> I> I>
B 90A-150A 1,6A-2,5A B

2
4

6
-FC0
1

5
2

100...250 A

5
-QA1.1 -QA1.2 -QA1.3 -QA3

6
C C
1
2
3

12
14

-FA1
11
/09.3D
PEN

D D
-XDPE
PE
/02.2E

-XD1
1

9
PE

PE
-10WE1 -10WE2 -1WD1.1 -1WD1.2 -1WD2
1

3
25 25 0,75

+RH
PE

E E
PE

PE
L1

-XD1 +ED1
W1

+ED1 -M1
PE

PE
U1

W
+ED1

V
3 x 460 V, 50 Hz, TN-S +ED1 -M3
Construction -M1 M M
3AC PTC Oil cooler 3AC
Main motor 3 x 460 V
Power supply source 3 x 460 V 0,75 kW
W2

50 Hz

L1 L1
A /01.7A
A
L2 L2
/01.7A
L3 L3
/01.7A

-FC2 -FC3

5
2

6
-D3/2 C4/3
Copyright in accordance with ISO 16016!

W
U

V
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
-TA2
B 208...550 VAC PE B
2x115 VAC PE
-TA1
24 VDC

11
10

12
24 VDC
9

480 W

24V
-FC4 1
2

-FC5 -FC6 -FC7

1
C3/1

2
C3/1 C10/1 C3/1
C C
24VDC_L3
/05.1A
-BH1
1

H> -1XG1 PE 24VDC_L2

N
L

/03.2A
3

+70%
24VDC_L1
/03.2A
PE
N
L

D WATCH OUT FOR CONDUCTOR CROSS- D

-1EA1
SECTION SIZE OF THE POTENTIAL 0VDC
1

-EB1
ON THE CONNECTOR XG1
0VDC
Heating /03.2A
2

250 W
Inside light

PE PE
/01.7D /03.2B
10

12
13
-XD1
PE

PE
-1WD3 -1WD4
1

1
2
E 0,75 0,75 E

+ED1 PE
N
PE

+ED1
N
L

-2XG1
-2EA1

Inside light

A A

24VDC_L1 24VDC_L1
/02.7D /04.2D
24VDC_L2 24VDC_L2 /09.1B
/02.7C /04.5A
0VDC 0VDC
/02.7D /04.2D
PE PE
/02.7E /04.2D
Copyright in accordance with ISO 16016!

5
1:24V 2:+ 3:- 4:PE 5:0V
-3KF1 Coupler supply Contacts supply Contacts supply Contacts supply Coupler supply
B BK9050 B
Ethernet
X001

ETHERNET_3
/11.6E

C -20WG1 C
1
2

+MX1
1
+MX2 -10XD1
1
2

-20XG1
2
1

11
21

-00SF1
12
22

-10WG1
1
2

1
3
4

-XG1
2
1

-20WG1 D
3
4

D
+MX2
11
21

-0SF1
3
4

-20XG1

3
-0K1 -0SF2
12
22

/04.2B

4
22
Start
-10WG1 -0PF1
3
4

21
-XG1 -0K2
4
3

/04.3B

E 22 E
1

8
-3KF2 I1 I3 I2 4 I5 I7 I6 I8
Input 1+ Input 1- Input 2+ Input 2 - Input 3+ Input 3- Input 4+ Input 4 -
KL1904 Emergency stop Button Emergency stop Button Emergency stop Button Emergency stop Button Safety function check Safety function check Safety function reset Safety function reset

A A

24VDC_L2 24VDC_L2
/03.5A /05.1A
-3KF3

61
KL2904
O1 O3 O2 O4 -0K1 -0K2
Safety output 1 Safety output 1 Safety output 2 Safety output 2 .2B .3B

62
1

6
Copyright in accordance with ISO 16016!

B B

A1
-0K1 -0K2

X1
A2

A2
-0PF1

X2
B
0VDC 0VDC
.4D /05.1F

C C

24VDC_L1 24VDC_L1
/03.5A /07.2B
0VDC 0VDC D
D /03.5A .5C
PE PE
/03.5B /07.2B
ND

-3KF4 24VDC 0VDC GND

CU1521-0010
Ethernet Optic- singlemode
RJ45

E ETHERNET_2 Ethernet_Optic E
/11.6E /17.5F

24VDC_L3
/02.7C
24VDC_L2 24VDC_L2
/04.6A /07.1C
A A

5
-0K1

6
1

5
-0K2

6
24VDC_L21
Copyright in accordance with ISO 16016!

/07.1C
24VDC_L31
/06.1A

B B
11

11
-2K1 -2K2 -2K3B
/11.3B /11.4B /11.5B
14
12

14
12

14
12
-XG1

5
-20WG1

5
+MX2
C -20XG1 C

5
-10WG1

5
+MX1
-10XD1 5

-XD2 -XD1
1

-1WC1 -1WC2 -2WC1

0,75
D D
+ED1 +ED1 +ED2
A

B
1

-Y101 -Y102 AIR -Y103

Unloading valve Exhaust valve Hammer
2

PVEO
2 0V
2

2
2

+MX1
-XD1
2

0VDC
/06.2C
-10XD1
6

E E
-10WG1
6

+MX2
-20XG1
6

-20WG1
6

-XG1
7
6

0VDC 0VDC
/04.5C /07.1E
F /07.2B F
Date 21.03.2018 DAVON s.r.o.
Scheme of wiring RM1 Drawing no. 1801-006_1 023523_D +RM1
Wiring Ing. Jaroslav Vrága ROCKBEAKER BOOM SYSTEM_Z170115
Check Z170115 Terra Nova
Order no. 1801-006
Revision Commentary Date of rev. Approved Orig. Sheet 05 of
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

A A

1KF12_Q0 1KF12_Q1 1KF12_Q2 1KF12_Q3

/09.3C /09.4C /09.6C /09.7C
24VDC_L31 Y421_Error Y422_Error Y423_Error Y424_Error
/05.2B /09.4A /09.5A /09.6A /09.6A

-XG1
9

17
Copyright in accordance with ISO 16016!

17
-10WG1
9

B +MX2 B
-20XG1

17
9

16
10

17
-20WG1
9

+MX1
/05.3E

17
-10XD1
9

0VDC

C C
3

DC -10K5
-10TA1
1

DC /10.8C
14
12
4

0VDC
/10.3B

D D
In= 0,63A In= 0,63A In= 0,63A In=0,63A
10

16
-XD2
1

4
-2WC2 -2WC3 -2WC4 -2WC5
1

4
0,5 0,5 0,5 0,5

E E
PE

PE
Error

Error

Error
Udc

Udc

Udc
Us

Us
0V

0V
+ED2 +ED2 +ED2 +ED2

-Y421 Proportional valve -Y422 Proportional valve -Y423 Proportional valve -Y424 Proportional valve
Arm Boom Tilting Slew
PVEH PVEH PVEH PVEH

Conector PWR:
A +24 VDC (brown) A
0 VDC (blue) -10KR2
-2KF1 RCSS1 (white) Transmitter
RCSS2 (black) T-Rx100JD
HMIGTO2310
Panel HMI HMI
Conector CAN:
CAN-L (black) – pin1

ETHERNET
USB2
CAN-H (green/yelow) – pin2

+24 VDC

FG
0 VDC

COM1
CAN-GND (blue) – pin3

USB1
Copyright in accordance with ISO 16016!

Conector CABLE: -10WF2

+24 VDC (white) - pin1 0,25
B ETHERNET_4 connected (brown) – pin2 B
/11.7E
0 VDC (green) – pin3 +MX2

CABLE
24VDC_L1 24VDC_L1 RS485A (yellow) – pin4
/04.4D .6F -20XF2
0VDC 0VDC RS485B (grey) – pin5
/05.4F
PE PE
/04.4D /08.3B
/08.3E

-20WF2
0,25
+MX1

CABLE
24VDC_L2 24VDC_L2
/05.2A /12.1A -10XF2
24VDC_L21
/05.2B
C -10KR1 C
Receiver T-Rx100
11

-1K1 -1K3 11 -BA1

/11.2B /11.2B /01.3B
14
12

14
12

+24 VDC

RCSS1
RCSS2
FG

CABLE
0 VDC

CAN
D D

PE
-QA1.1 -QA1.1
67

LADS2 LADS2

CAN
68

-10XF1

30
-10XD1
X1
A1

-PF1

Tx Rx
-QA1.1 -QA1.2 -QA1.3 -QA3 -K1 -BA2

30
-20WG1 -20WF1

T2
A2

A2
X2

W
0VDC 0VDC +MX2
/05.4F .6F
E E

30
-20XG1 -20XF1

10
-XD3 9

14 /09.2D 14 /09.3E
12 11 12 11

Tx Rx
-1WG10 -10WG1 -10WF1
1

0,5
-XG1

30
-XF1
+ED1
1

-M1 .3B
24VDC_L1 24VDC_L1
/08.1A
-PTC 0VDC 0VDC 10KR1_EStop CAN
.4E /08.2B /10.6E /08.5C
2

/08.2E

A A
24VDC_L1 24VDC_L1
/07.7F .1D
XD24V
.1D

-FC8

1
2
B1/1

-XD24V

1
Copyright in accordance with ISO 16016!

B B
0VDC 0VDC
/07.7F
PE PE
/07.3B
+24V

PE
0V
-1KF1
-1KF1 +24V 0V PE
Supply Supply Supply TM251MESC
TM251MESC
Ethernet CANopen

SUB
RJ45
C /11.5E
ETHERNET_1
/07.8F
CAN
C

24VDC_L1 24VDC_L1
.3A /09.1A
XD24V XD24V
.3A /09.1D

-XD24V
2

4
-1WG2 -1WG3 -1WG4
1

1
0,5 0,5 0,5
D D
L+ L+ L+
+ED1 +ED1 +ED1
P P T
-B301 4-20 mA -B302 4-20 mA -B304 4-20 mA
Pressure Pressure Temperature
L- L- L-
2

2
-XD3
1

3
0VDC 0VDC
/07.7F .4E
PE PE 0VDC 0VDC 0VDC 0VDC 0VDC 0VDC
/07.3B /09.1A .3E .5E .4E .7E .6E /09.1A
E /09.1B /09.1B E
/09.7E
+24V

PE
0V

7
-1KF11 +24V 0V PE I0+ I0- I1+ I1- I3+ I3-
Supply Supply Supply Pressure- hydraulic system Pressure- hydraulic system Pressure- tank Pressure- tank Temperature- oil Temperature- oil
TM3AI4G -B301 -B301 -B302 -B302 -B304 -B304

A A
24VDC_L1 24VDC_L1
/08.6D
0VDC 0VDC Y421_Error Y422_Error Y423_Error Y424_Error
/08.7E .4A /06.2A /06.3A /06.5A /06.6A
PE PE .4D 0VDC 0VDC
/08.3E /11.6D .3A

+24V

PE
0V

6
-1KF12 +24V 0V PE I0+ I0- I1+ I2+ I3+
TM3AI4G Supply Supply Supply Y421_Error Y421_Error Y422_Error Y423_Error Y424_Error
Copyright in accordance with ISO 16016!

B B

24VDC_L1 24VDC_L1
/03.5A .1D
0VDC 0VDC
/08.7E
PE PE
/08.3E
+24V

PE
0V

-1KF13 +24V 0V PE
Supply Supply Supply
TM3AQ4G
Q0+ Q0- Q1+ Q1- Q2+ Q2- Q3+ Q3-
C Arm Arm Boom Boom Tilting Tilting Slew Slew C
-Y421 -Y421 -Y422 -Y422 -Y423 -Y423 -Y424 -Y424

7
1KF12_Q0 1KF12_Q1 1KF12_Q2 1KF12_Q3
/06.2A /06.3A /06.5A /06.6A

0VDC 0VDC
.3A /10.6E

XD24V XD24V
/08.6D /10.1D
24VDC_L1 24VDC_L1 D
D .3B /10.2B

-XD24V

8
13

43
11

-1WG5 -1WG6 -1WG7 -1WG8

1
-0K1 -K1 -FA1 -Q1 -Q3
0,5 0,5 0,5 0,5
/04.2B /07.3E /01.2C /01.4B /01.6B
14

44
14
12

14
12

+ED1 +ED1 +ED1 +ED1

-B101 -B102 -B103 -B104

3
2

2
13

dP dP dP
-0K2 -BA2
1

1
/04.3B /07.4E Clogged Clogged Clogged Float
Suction filter Pressure filter Return filter Emergency level
14

14
12

2
E E
-XD3
4

7
0VDC 0VDC
/08.7E /10.6B

COM

COM
0

8
-1KF14 I0 I1 I2 I3 I4 I5 I6 I7 I8 COM1 COM2
Safety function Supply voltage Surge protection device Overloading M1 Circuit breakers Clogged suction filter Clogged pressure filter Clogged return filter Emergency oil level
TM3DI16G -B101 -B102 -B103 -B104

A A

24VDC_L1
.2B

-SF2

1
-SF1

2
Start Stop

24VDC_L1 24VDC_L1
Copyright in accordance with ISO 16016!

/09.7D .5A
/11.3D 0VDC 0VDC
/09.8E
/11.5A
B -FC9 1 B

COM

COM
12

13
+MX1

18
-10XD1
2

B1/1 -1KF14 I12 I13 COM3 COM4

24VDC_MX1 TM3DI16G Pump start Pump stop
.4D -B201
0VDC 0VDC /12.2D
-XG1 /06.6D .6D
-XD3

2
/12.2D
18
18

-10WG1
-2WG1

2
+MX2
+MX1
-20XG1
+ -
+ED2
18

C C
-B201
Position
18

-20WG1 L
Out
-10SF1

A1
2
3
4
-10PF4 -10PF3 -10PF2
-10K5
3

A2
X2

X2
1
XD24V XD24V W W W
/09.7D

23
+MX1 24VDC_MX1 -10XD1 0VDC
.3B .3B
-XD24V Lubrication_error
9

/12.3D

-XD3

23
-20WG1 14
4

/06.2C
-1WG9 12 11
1

0,5 -10XD1 +MX2 D

23
-20XG1

22
+ED1
-B105
2
3

-20WG1
T
+MX2

23
-10WG1
1

Therm
Emergency temp.
20
19

23
-20XG1 -XG1

22
2

-XD3
19

-10WG1
8

-XG1
19

E 10KR1_EStop 0VDC 0VDC E

/07.7F /09.8D /11.1B
/11.1E

COM

COM
10

11
9

3
-1KF14 I9 I10 I11 -1KF15 I0 I1 I2 I3 COM1 COM2 COM3
TM3DI16G Emergency oil temp. Lubrication- minimal level Slew limit TM3DI8G Control- local Control- remote Control- control room RDO_EStop
-B105 -B106

A A
24VDC_L1 24VDC_L1
/10.2B
0VDC 0VDC
.3E

+24V

0V
V1+ V1-
-1KF16 Supply Supply
TM3DQ16TG
Q0 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q5 Q7 Q11 Q12
Main motor Fan Greasing Unloading valve Quick exhaust valve Hammer down Signalization_delayed start Signalization- green
-M1 -M3 -M4
Copyright in accordance with ISO 16016!

12
B B
A1

A1
-1K1 -1K3 -1K4 -2K1 -2K2 -2K3B -K2 -10K1
A2

A2
0VDC 0VDC
/10.8E /12.3B

14 /07.2C 14 /07.3C 14 /12.2B 14 /05.2B 14 /05.2B 14 /05.3B 14 /12.3B 14 /12.4B

12 11 12 11 12 11 12 11 12 11 12 11 12 11 12 11

C C

24VDC_L1 24VDC_L1
/10.2B
0VDC 0VDC
.3E
PE PE
/09.3A
+24V

+24V

PE
0V

0V
D D
V2+ V2- -4KF1 +24V 0V PE
Supply Supply Supply Supply Supply

Q13 Q14 Q15

Signalization- yellow Signalization- red Signalization- acoustic
13

-4KF1
A1

-10K2 -10K3 -10K4

Ethernet port1 Ethernet port2 Ethernet port3 Ethernet port4
A2

E 0VDC 0VDC E
/10.8E .3D

RJ45

RJ45
.5A

14 /12.4B 14 /12.4B 14 /12.5B ETHERNET_1 ETHERNET_2 ETHERNET_3 ETHERNET_4

/08.4C /04.4E /03.2C /07.3B
12 11 12 11 12 11

A A

24VDC_L2
/07.4C

11
-1K4 -K2 -10K1 -10K2 -10K3 -10K4
/11.3B /11.7B /11.7B /11.2E /11.2E /11.3E

14
12

14
12
Copyright in accordance with ISO 16016!

1
B -PF2 -PF3 -PF4 -PF5 -PJ1 B

X2
Y G Y R

2
Delayed start

0VDC
/11.8B

-XG1 -XG1

27
8

27
-10WG1
8

1
+MX2
-20XG1
C

27
C
8

24
24

27
-20WG1
8

+MX1

27
-10XD1 0VDC 0VDC -10XD1
8

/10.3B .3D
PE PE
-10PF1
X1

X1
-XD1

L
3

-10PF1.1 -10PF1.2 -10PF1.3 -10PJ1

D D
X2

X2
G Y R

N
24VDC_MX1 0VDC
/10.3B .3D

-XD3
3

Lubrication_error
/10.2D
PE

-2WG3 -2WG2
1

2
2

0,75 0,5

E E

+ED2 1 2 3 PE 1
3

-CMS1 error
Control unit of -M4 M
Lubrication
lubrication DC
system 3A

+MS1
A A

-32KF1 -GSM
HMIGTO2310 UR5i V2 Libratum set
Panel HMI HMI Router
GSM

ETHERNET1
ETHERNET
USB2

+24 VDC

+24 VDC
FG
0 VDC

0 VDC
COM1

USB1

USB1
USB1
Copyright in accordance with ISO 16016!

B ETHERNET_3 ETHERNET_4 B
/17.5D /17.6D

24VDC_L1 24VDC_L1
.3E .5D
0VDC 0VDC
.3E .5E
PE PE
.2E .5E

12
22
-30SF0

3
-30SF1
C C

11
21

4
-30PF0
N
L

PE
-31TA1

-31FC1 24 VDC 24 VDC

4
70 W
I1 I3 I2 I4 I5 I7
0V

24V

-31KF3
2

Input 1+ Input 1- Input 2+ Input 2 - Input 3+ Input 3-

D2/1 EL1904 Emergency stop Button Emergency stop Button Emergency stop Button Emergency stop Button Safety function reset Safety function reset

D D
-31FC2 -31FC3
1

1
2

B2/1 B2/1

24VDC_L2 24VDC_L1 24VDC_L1

.5D .4B /17.2C
1

-31SF1 24VDC_L2 24VDC_L2

.3D /14.1E
24VDC_L1 0VDC 0VDC /17.6D
.1B .4B /14.1E

380/220V
PE PE
2

.4B /14.1E

5
1:24V 2:+ 3:- 4:PE 5:0V
E -31KF1 Controler supply Terminal-bus supply Terminal-bus supply Terminal-bus supply Controler supply E
0VDC
.1B CX9020-0115 X001
Ethernet port1
PE
.1B
X001
PE

-31XD1
N
L

ETHERNET_1
/17.4D

F F
Date 21.03.2018 DAVON s.r.o.
Scheme of wiring RM1 Drawing no. 1801-006_1 023523_D +RM1
Wiring Ing. Jaroslav Vrága ROCKBEAKER BOOM SYSTEM_Z170115
a) change power sopply 3.5.19 Check KO Z170115 Terra Nova
Order no. 1801-006
Revision Commentary Date of rev. Approved Orig. Sheet 13 of
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

A +DT1a A

-41J1

-Prop Y -Prop X -41BG1 -41BG2 -41BG3 -41BG4 -41SF1

Vertical Horizontal Direction YA Direction YB Direction XA Direction XB Upper button

GND
PwrFb

VBat

ND
7

23
B B

12VDC
/15.1C
0VDC
/15.1C
3

DC
-41TA1
1

DC
4

C 24VDC
/16.2B C
0VDC
PE

-41XG1
1

9
PE

-40WG1
1

9
0,75

SH
D D

+MS1

-32XD1
1

PE
24VDC_L2
/13.8D
0VDC 0VDC
/13.8E /15.3D
PE PE
/13.8E /17.2C
1

9
E -31KF4 I1 I3 I2 I4 -31KF5 I1 I2 I3 I4 I9 E
Input 1 Input 1 GND Input 2 Input 2 GND Joystickt Pos_Arm DOWN Joystickt Pos_Arm UP Joystickt Pos_Slew LEFT Joystickt Pos_Slew RIGHT Slew limit deblock
EL3064 Joystick Output_Arm Joystick Output_Arm Joystick Output_Slew Joystick Output_Slew EL1809

A A

+DT1a
Copyright in accordance with ISO 16016!

-41J2
B B

-Prop Y -Prop X -41BG5 -41BG6 -41BG7 -41BG8 -41SF2

Vertical Horizontal Direction YA Direction YB Direction XA Direction XB Upper button
GND
PwrFb

VBat

ND
7

23
12VDC 12VDC
/14.2B
0VDC 0VDC
/14.2B /16.2B
C C
10

16
-41XG1
10

16
-40WG1
0,75

SH
D D
+MS1
10

16
-32XD1

PE
0VDC 0VDC
/14.4E /17.2B
/17.2C

10
3

8
-31KF4 I5 I7 I6 I8 -31KF5 I5 I6 I7 I8 I10
Input 3 Input 3 GND Input 4 Input 4 GND Joystickt Pos_Boom UP Joystickt Pos_Boom DOWN Joystickt Pos_Tilting BACK Joystickt Pos_Tilting FWD Hammer
Joystick Output_Boom Joystick Output_Boom Joystick Output_Tilting Joystick Output_Tilting

E E

A A
Copyright in accordance with ISO 16016!

B +DT1a B
24VDC
/14.2C
0VDC
/15.2C

X1
3

3
-41SF2 -41SF3 -41SF4 -41PF1 -41PF2 -41PF3

X2
4

4
Pump run End poss. Fault

2
Pump Start/Stop Pump Stop Speed Parking G Y R
17

23
-41XG1
C C
17

23
-40WG1
0,75

SH
+MS1
D D
17

23
-32XD1

PE
11

I11 I12 I13 I14 Sig3

/17.7B
Pump Start Pump Stop Speed selection Parking possition Sig2
/17.6B
Sig1
/17.6D

E E

+MS1
A A

-31KF6
EL2008
O1 O2 O3 O4 O5 O6 O7 O8 O9
Signalization_Safety Signalization_Supply voltage Signalization_Delay start Signalization_Pump run Optic signalization_Warning Optic signalization_Accident Acoustic signalization Signalization_End possition Signalization_Fault

9
Sig2 Sig3
/16.6E /16.6D
Copyright in accordance with ISO 16016!

-30SF1

X1
A1

1
B -30PF0 -31PF1 -31PF2 -31PF4 -31PF5 -31PJ1 -31PF6 B
-31K1

A2
X2

X2
B W Y Y R Acoustic signal. End poss.

2
Safety Supply Delayed start Warning Accident Y
0VDC
/15.4D

14 .7D
24VDC_L1 24VDC_L1 12 11
/13.8D .2D
0VDC 0VDC 24 .8D
/15.4D .2D
PE PE .6E 22 21
/14.2E .2D
+24V

PE
0V

C -33KF1 +24V 0V PE C
Supply Supply Supply
XXXX
Ethernet port1 Ethernet port2 Ethernet port3 Ethernet port4

RJ45

RJ45
ETHERNET_1 ETHERNET_2 ETHERNET_3 ETHERNET_4
/13.5F .4E /13.3B /13.4B
24VDC_L2 24VDC_L2
/13.8D

24VDC_L1 24VDC_L1
.4C

21
0VDC 0VDC
.4C -31K1 -31K1
PE PE D
D .4C .4B .4B

14
12

24
22
ND

Sig1
/16.6E
-31KF7 24VDC 0VDC GND
CU1521-0010

X1
Ethernet Optic- singlemode -31PF3

X2
G
Pump run
SC
RJ45

0VDC 0VDC
.4C
ETHERNET_2 -32XD2

2
.4D

E E

-30WF1
Singlemode optic 9/125
9 µm
signalization-
main pump
Ethernet_Optic

RUN
/04.5E

1000,00

A A

-4KF1

-FC3
-FC2

-FC5

-FC6

-FC7

-FC8

-FC9
-FC4
-1KF13 -1KF15
-BA1 -1XG1
-1KF1 -1KF11 -1KF14 -1KF16

PWR

T M3DQ16TG

TM3DI8G
PWR 0 0 0
1 1 1
2 2 2

TM251MESC
A1 11 21 PWR
3 3 3

0V 24V
L PE N

0
RUN 4 4 4
T1 T2 R 5 5 5

1
RUN ERR
6 6 6
U

G
I/O

2
7 7

2
7
STOP

TM3AI4G
8 8

I0 + NC NC NC NC
SD

3
9 9

iC60N iC60N iC60N iC60N iC60N iC60N iC60N Serial BAT

M251
Test/ 10 10

4
Reset ETH
11 11
12 12

5
SL 13 13

24V
Failure

6
14

6
14
TM4
15 15

COMCOM 7

7
CAN_R

V+
I0-
CAN_E

GND

TM3DQ16TG
TM3DI16G
NC

V-
UR6R1052
I I

Q0+
Ethernet

3
I1+ NC

8
. .

Q0-

4
I.ON I.ON I.ON I.ON I.ON I.ON I.ON I.ON I.ON

9
O O

Q1+

5
I2 + NC I1-

10
R
Copyright in accordance with ISO 16016!

N N

11
Q1-

6
CANopen

12
Q2+

7
13

13
I3+ NC I2-

COM
14

14
Q2-
L PE N

COM COM 15

15
22 24

COM COM
Q3 +

V+
I3-
12 14 A2

Q3 -
NC

V-
Analog IN Analog OUT DC IN DC IN Tr OUT Source
25,00

B B

-3KF3
-Q3 12
12
12
12
12
12
22
22
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
-BA2 -3KF1 -3KF2 -3KF4
1 3 5
11
11
11
11 1
11 2
21
11
11
11
11
11
11
11
11
11
11
11
11
11
11
11
11
11
11
1L1 3L2 5L3 1L1 3L2 5L3 1L1 3L2 5L3 1 1

A1 11 21
14
14
14
14 1
14 2
24 14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
13 NO 21 NC A1 4 4 T1 T2 R
13 NO 21 NC A1 13 NO 21 NC A1
R
U
J
4
24V 24V 24V 24V 24V 24V 24V 24V 24V 24V 24V 24V
Test/ 5
Reset

-0K1

-2K3B
0 1
-QA3

-10K1
-10K2
-10K3
-10K4
(61) Failure

-0K2

-2K1
-2K2
(73) 31

-1K1
-1K3
-1K4

-K1
-K2
43

UR6R1052
44
Test (74) 32 RJ45
(62)
GZ1-Mxx
R

14 NO 22 NC A2
14 NO 22 NC A2 14 NO 22 NC A2

A
1L1 3L2 5L3 1L1 3L2 5L3 1L1 3L2 5L3 A1+
A1
A1+
A1 A1
1 A1+
A1
A1+
A1
A1+
A1
A1+
A1
A1+
A1
A1+
A1
A1+
A1
A1+
A1
A1+
A1
+ 22 24
A
12 14 A2
A2- A2 A2- A2 A2- A2- A2- A2- A2- A2- A2- A2- A2-
A2 A2 A2 A2 A2 A2 A2 A2 A2 A2
2 4 6 2
-
IN OUT

C C

-Q1

-QA1.1 -QA1.2 -QA1.3 1 L1 3 L2 5 L3

12 11 14 +
Output:
+ - - -
24V 20A

DC OK
1 L1 3 L2 5 L3 1 L1 3 L2 5 L3 1 L1 3 L2 5 L3
Adjust

55 - + 67
NC
0,1
NO -TA1
1 -BH1
3

NC 10 30 NO

D D
PRO MAX 480W
56 68 24V 20A
LADS2

2 L1 4 L2 6 L3 2 L1 4 L2 6 L3 2 L1 4 L2 6 L3 Input:
1W+N+PE
100-240V~ 50/
L(+) 60Hz
N(-) PE

2 L1 4 L2 6 L3

-TA2

E 9 10 11 12
E
MURR
1 9
ELEKTRONIK 2
ArtNr.: 86148 3
MST: 0500-208...550/2x115 10
Při: 208...550 VAC 4
Sec: 2x 115 VAC 5 11
P: 500VA 6
Isol.Kl: T40/B
7
EN 6158-2-4 8 12
50/60Hz
Made in czech republic

-XD1 -FC0
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

11 14 12 -FA1
-XD1 L L L

1 ON

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

0 OFF

-EB1
TEST
PE PE PE

-XD24V
-XD2 -XD3

F -XDPE
1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 F

XG1

G G

DAVON s.r.o.
ROCKBEAKER BOOM SYSTEM_Z170115
Z170115 Terra Nova Layout of devices RM1
H Orig. H
Date 12.02.2018
Drawing No. 1801-006_2 RM1_Z170115 +RM1
Wiring Ing. Jaroslav Vrága
Check
Archive no. 1801-006
Revision Commentary Date of rev. Approved Sheet 01 of

1 2 3 4 5 6
1 2 3 4 5 6

1000,00

A A
Copyright in accordance with ISO 16016!

-PF1 -PF2 -PF3 -PF4 -PF5

B B

-2KF1
Magelis

-PJ1

C C

-SF1 -SF2

D -0PF1
D
-0SF2
1400,00

-0SF1

E E

-FC0

F F

G G

DAVON s.r.o.
ROCKBEAKER BOOM SYSTEM_Z170115
Z170115 Terra Nova View of the front panel RM1
H Orig. H
Date 12.02.2018
Drawing No. 1801-006_2 RM1_Z170115 +RM1
Wiring Ing. Jaroslav Vrága
Check
Archive no. 1801-006
Revision Commentary Date of rev. Approved Sheet 02 of

1 2 3 4 5 6
Item Part No.: Loc. ID Description Type Katalog No. Comment Producer Circuit diagram Overview diagram
1 34303 +RM1 El. Switchboard RM1‐Z170115 Complete El. Switchboard PROGREZA JV
2 26444 +RM1 ‐0K1 Contactor LC1D09BD Telemecanique 1801‐006_1 04.2B
3 26444 +RM1 ‐0K2 Contactor LC1D09BD Telemecanique 1801‐006_1 04.3B
4 26460 +RM1 ‐0PF1 Blue light block LED ZBVB6 B Schneider Electric 1801‐006_1 04.5B
5 26447 +RM1 ‐0SF1 Emergency stop button ZB5AS844 Schneider Electric 1801‐006_1 03.2D
6 26458 +RM1 ‐0SF2 Blue Reset button ZB5AW363 Start Schneider Electric 1801‐006_1 03.5D
7 30018 +RM1 ‐1EA1 Industrial LED Light Bar WLB 32 Inside light Turck 1801‐006_1 02.3D
8 26456 +RM1 ‐1K1 Contactor TRZ 24VDC 1CO Weidmuller 1801‐006_1 11.2B
9 26456 +RM1 ‐1K3 Contactor TRZ 24VDC 1CO Weidmuller 1801‐006_1 11.2B
10 26456 +RM1 ‐1K4 Contactor TRZ 24VDC 1CO Weidmuller 1801‐006_1 11.3B
11 26432 +RM1 ‐1KF1 Automation System TM251MESC Main CPU device Schneider Electric
12 26433 +RM1 ‐1KF11 Automation System TM3AI4G Analog inputs Schneider Electric
13 26433 +RM1 ‐1KF12 Automation System TM3AI4G Analogové vstupy Schneider Electric
14 26434 +RM1 ‐1KF13 Automation System TM3AQ4G Analog outputs Schneider Electric
15 26435 +RM1 ‐1KF14 Automation System TM3DI16G Digital inputs Schneider Electric
16 26436 +RM1 ‐1KF15 Automation System TM3DI8G Digital inputs Schneider Electric
17 26437 +RM1 ‐1KF16 Automation System TM3DQ16TG Digital outputs Schneider Electric
18 26584 +RM1 ‐1XG1 Socket Socket DIN 230 VAC 1801‐006_1 02.3C
19 26456 +RM1 ‐2K1 Contactor TRZ 24VDC 1CO Weidmuller 1801‐006_1 11.3B
20 26456 +RM1 ‐2K2 Contactor TRZ 24VDC 1CO Weidmuller 1801‐006_1 11.4B
21 26456 +RM1 ‐2K3B Contactor TRZ 24VDC 1CO Weidmuller 1801‐006_1 11.5B
22 27346 +RM1 ‐2KF1 Automation System HMIGTO2310 Panel HMI Schneider Electric 1801‐006_1 07.2B
23 31460 +RM1 ‐3KF1 Automation System BK9050 Control system Beckhoff
24 31471 +RM1 ‐3KF2 Automation System KL1904 Digital inputs Beckhoff
25 31463 +RM1 ‐3KF3 Automation System KL2904 Digital outputs Beckhoff
26 31464 +RM1 ‐3KF4 Automation System CU1521‐0010 Beckhoff 1801‐006_2 01.5B
27 31465 +RM1 ‐4KF1 Automation System WM IE‐SW‐BL05‐5TX Weidmuller
28 26456 +RM1 ‐10K1 Contactor TRZ 24VDC 1CO Weidmuller 1801‐006_1 11.7B

Date 19.4.2018 Davon s.r.o. PROGREZA JV Drawing.No.

86156‐Z170115_01
Wiring Ing. Jar.Vraga ROCKBREAKER BOOM SYSTEM S.R.O.
Product specification 1801‐006_2
Check Ing. Jar.Vraga RK 6156‐HD/G ‐ Spence Sheet of
Rev. Com. Date Approved Ing. Jar.Vraga Orig. Sheet 3 of 5
Item Part No.: Loc. ID Description Type Katalog No. Comment Producer Circuit diagram Overview diagram
29 26456 +RM1 ‐10K2 Relay TRZ 24VDC 1CO Weidmuller 1801‐006_1 11.2E
30 26456 +RM1 ‐10K3 Relay TRZ 24VDC 1CO Weidmuller 1801‐006_1 11.2E
31 26456 +RM1 ‐10K4 Relay TRZ 24VDC 1CO Weidmuller 1801‐006_1 11.3E
32 30015 +RM1 ‐BA1 Line monitoring relay CM ‐ PFS.S ABB 1801‐006_1 01.3B
33 30141 +RM1 ‐BA2 Relay CM ‐ MSS.12S ABB 1801‐006_1 07.4E
34 27348 +RM1 ‐BH1 Senzor FLZ600 70% Pfannenberg 1801‐006_1 02.2C
35 35724 +RM1 ‐EB1 Radiant Heaters FLH 250 Heating Pfannenberg 1801‐006_1 02.2D
36 26450 +RM1 ‐FA1 Overvoltage protection WM WPU I 3R Weidmuller 1801‐006_1 01.2C
37 33487 +RM1 ‐FC0 Circuit breakers LV431405 100...250 A Schneider Electric 1801‐006_1 01.2B
38 30143 +RM1 ‐FC2 Circuit breakers A9F05203 ‐D3/2 Schneider Electric 1801‐006_1 02.2A
39 30022 +RM1 ‐FC3 Circuit breakers A9F04304 C4/3 Schneider Electric 1801‐006_1 02.6A
40 30023 +RM1 ‐FC4 Circuit breakers A9F04103 C3/1 Schneider Electric 1801‐006_1 02.2C
41 30023 +RM1 ‐FC5 Circuit breakers A9F04103 C3/1 Schneider Electric 1801‐006_1 02.6C
42 35725 +RM1 ‐FC6 Circuit breakers A9F04110 C10/1 Schneider Electric 1801‐006_1 02.6C
43 30023 +RM1 ‐FC7 Circuit breakers A9F04103 C3/1 Schneider Electric 1801‐006_1 02.6C
44 35726 +RM1 ‐FC8 Circuit breakers A9F03101 B1/1 Schneider Electric 1801‐006_1 08.2A
45 35726 +RM1 ‐FC9 Circuit breakers A9F03101 B1/1 Schneider Electric 1801‐006_1 10.2B
46 26456 +RM1 ‐K1 Relay TRZ 24VDC 1CO Weidmuller 1801‐006_1 07.3E
47 26456 +RM1 ‐K2 Relay TRZ 24VDC 1CO Weidmuller 1801‐006_1 11.7B
48 +RM1 ‐PE1 Earthing PE 1801‐006_1 06.2E
49 +RM1 ‐PE2 Earthing PE 1801‐006_1 06.4E
50 +RM1 ‐PE3 Earthing PE 1801‐006_1 06.5E
51 +RM1 ‐PE4 Earthing PE 1801‐006_1 06.6E
52 26572 +RM1 ‐PF1 White LED light XB5AVB1 W Schneider Electric 1801‐006_1 07.4E
53 26452 +RM1 ‐PF2 Yelow/Orange LED XB5AVB5 Y Schneider Electric 1801‐006_1 12.3B
54 26453 +RM1 ‐PF3 Green LED light XB5AVB3 G Telemecanique 1801‐006_1 12.3B
55 26452 +RM1 ‐PF4 Yelow/Orange LED XB5AVB5 Y Telemecanique 1801‐006_1 12.4B
56 26573 +RM1 ‐PF5 Red LED light XB5AVB4 R Telemecanique 1801‐006_1 12.4B
57 27136 +RM1 ‐PJ1 Electronic Sounder AS‐95 S 24VDC IP65 Eleco 1801‐006_1 12.5B

Date 19.4.2018 Davon s.r.o. PROGREZA JV Drawing.No.

86156‐Z170115_01
Wiring Ing. Jar.Vraga ROCKBREAKER BOOM SYSTEM S.R.O. Product
1801‐006_2
Check Ing. Jar.Vraga RK 6156‐HD/G ‐ Spence specification Sheet of
Rev. Com. Date Approved Ing. Jar.Vraga Orig. Sheet 4 of 5
Item Part No.: Loc. ID Description Type Katalog No. Comment Producer Circuit diagram Overview diagram
58 33494 +RM1 ‐Q1 Circuit breakers LV430404 Scheider Electric 1801‐006_1 01.4B
59 26576 +RM1 ‐Q3 Circuit breakers GZ1M07 Scheider Electric 1801‐006_1 01.6B
60 26443 +RM1 ‐QA1.1 Contactor LC1D95BD Telemecanique 1801‐006_1 07.2E
61 26443 +RM1 ‐QA1.2 Contactor LC1D95BD Telemecanique 1801‐006_1 07.2E
62 26577 +RM1 ‐QA1.3 Contactor LC1D80BD Telemecanique 1801‐006_1 07.3E
63 26444 +RM1 ‐QA3 Contactor LC1D09BD Telemecanique 1801‐006_1 07.3E
64 35728 +RM1 ‐SF1 Green Start button XB5AA333 Start Telemecanique 1801‐006_1 10.5A
65 32829 +RM1 ‐SF2 Red Stop button XB5AA434 Stop Telemecanique 1801‐006_1 10.5A
66 26439 +RM1 ‐TA1 Power Supply PRO MAX3 480W 24V 20A Weidmuller 1801‐006_1 02.6B
67 28242 +RM1 ‐TA2 1‐phase transformer MST 208...550VAC/2x115VAC MURR elektronik 1801‐006_1 02.2B ,1801‐006_2 01.1A
68 26448 +RM1 ‐XD1 Feed‐through terminal ZDU 35 Weidmuller
69 26449 +RM1 ‐XD2 Terminal PDU 2,5/4 Weidmuller
70 26449 +RM1 ‐XD3 Terminal PDU 2,5/4 Weidmuller
71 26581 +RM1 ‐XD24V Terminal PPV 4 Weidmuller
72 26582 +RM1 ‐XDPE Screw Connection PE 7 Elcon 1801‐006_1 01.2D
73 35729 +RM1 ‐XF1 Connector compl. 710‐0300, 709‐0300 Deltron 1801‐006_1 07.8F
74 26585 +RM1 ‐XG1 Screw Connection HDC‐KIT‐HE 48.150 M Weidmuller

Date 19.4.2018 Davon s.r.o. PROGREZA JV Drawing.No.

A A

400
Copyright in accordance with ISO 16016!

B B

10KR1

-10K5
12
12

11
11
OUTPUT
14
14 12 VDC/3300 mA

-10TA1
24V

TRACO POWER
C C

INPUT 9-36
A1 VDC
A1+

A2
A2-

D D

500
10XD1

XD1 XD2 XD3

E E

F F

G G

DAVON s.r.o.
ROCKBEAKER BOOM SYSTEM_Z170115
Z170115 Terra Nova Layout of devices MX1
H Orig. H
Date 12.02.2018
Drawing No. 1801-006_3 MX1_Z170115 +MX1
Wiring Ing. Jaroslav Vrága
Check
Archive no. 1801-006
Revision Commentary Date of rev. Approved Sheet 01 of

1 2 3 4 5 6
1 2 3 4 5 6

A A
Copyright in accordance with ISO 16016!

B R B

G
C C

-10PF1

-10PF2 -10PF3 -10PF4

D D

-10SF1
E E
0
1

-00SF1

F F

G G

DAVON s.r.o.
ROCKBEAKER BOOM SYSTEM_Z170115
Z170115 Terra Nova View of the front panel MX1
H Orig. H
Date 12.02.2018
Drawing No. 1801-006_3 MX1_Z170115 +MX1
Wiring Ing. Jaroslav Vrága
Check
Archive no. 1801-006
Revision Commentary Date of rev. Approved Sheet 02 of

1 2 3 4 5 6
Item Part No.: Loc. ID Description Type Katalog No. Comment Producer Circuit diagram Overview diagram
1 34303 +MX1 El.Switchboard MX1‐Z170115 Complete El. Switchboard PROGREZA JV
2 26447 +MX1 ‐00SF1 Emergency stop button ZB5AS844 Schneider electric 1801‐006_1 03.3C
3 26456 +MX1 ‐10K5 Relay TRZ 24VDC 1CO Weidmuller 1801‐006_1 10.8C
4 28245 +MX1 ‐10KR1 Receiver T‐Rx100 REMOTUS T‐RX100 AKERSTROMS 1801‐006_1 07.6D
5 35730 +MX1 ‐10PF1 Light Tower TL50HGYRALSQ Turck 1801‐006_1 12.3D
6 26572 +MX1 ‐10PF2 White LED light XB5AVB1 Schneider Electric 1801‐006_1 10.7C
7 26572 +MX1 ‐10PF3 White LED light XB5AVB1 Schneider Electric 1801‐006_1 10.7C
8 26572 +MX1 ‐10PF4 White LED light XB5AVB1 Schneider Electric 1801‐006_1 10.7C
9 28119 +MX1 ‐10SF1 Cam stepping switch VSN 10 1301 A8 Obzor 1801‐006_1 10.4C
10 33499 +MX1 ‐10TA1 Power Supply TMDC 40‐2412 TRACO POWER 1801‐006_1 06.1C
11 35731 +MX1 ‐10XD1 Terminal PDK 2,5/4 Weidmuller
12 27350 +MX1 ‐10XF1 Connector compl. 708‐0300, 711‐0300 Deltron 1801‐006_1 07.8D
13 27351 +MX1 ‐10XF2 Connector compl. 709‐0500, 710‐0500 Deltron 1801‐006_1 07.8C
14 26449 +MX1 ‐XD1 Terminal PDU 2,5/4
15 26449 +MX1 ‐XD2 Terminal PDU 2,5/4
16 26449 +MX1 ‐XD3 Terminal PDU 2,5/4

Date 19.4.2018 Davon s.r.o. PROGREZA JV Drawing.No.

86156‐Z170115_01
Wiring Ing. Jar.Vraga ROCKBREAKER BOOM SYSTEM S.R.O.
Product specification 1801‐006_3
Check Ing. Jar.Vraga RK 6156‐HD/G ‐ Spence Sheet of
Rev. Com. Date Approved Ing. Jar.Vraga Orig. Sheet 3 of 3
1 2 3 4 5 6

A A

-31KF3 -31KF5
Copyright in accordance with ISO 16016!

-31KF1 -31KF2 -31KF4 -31KF6 -32KF1

-31KF7

B B

RJ45

C C

-31FC2 + + - - -GSM
-31FC1 -31FC3
Output:
24V 3A
-31SF1
22 12
12 22
1
21 112
1 1
1
24 142
DC OK 4 4
iC60N iC60N iC60N Adjust 24V
-31K1

-31TA1
D I.ON I.ON I.ON
D

CP M SNT 70W 24V 3A A

A1
1
A
Input: 1W+N+PE
+A2
2
100-240V~ 2-1A
50/60Hz -
L(+) N(-) PE

31XD1 32XD1 32XD2

E E

L N PE 1 2

F F

G G

DAVON s.r.o.
ROCKBEAKER BOOM SYSTEM_Z170115
Z170115 Terra Nova Layout of devices MS1
H Orig. H
Date 12.02.2018
Drawing No. 1801-006_4 MS1_Z170115 +MS1
Wiring Ing. Jaroslav Vrága
Check
Archive no. 1801-006
Revision Commentary Date of rev. Approved Sheet 01 of

1 2 3 4 5 6
1 2 3 4 5 6

rear wall with mounting holes

A A
Copyright in accordance with ISO 16016!

B B

400

-31PF1 -30PF0 -31PF2 -31PF3 -31PF4 -31PF5

C C

-31PJ1

Magelis
D D

E
500 E

-30SF1

F F

-30SF0

G G

DAVON s.r.o.
ROCKBEAKER BOOM SYSTEM_Z170115
Z170115 Terra Nova View of the front panel MS1
H Orig. H
Date 12.02.2018
Drawing No. 1801-006_4 MS1_Z170115 +MS1
Wiring Ing. Jaroslav Vrága
Check
Archive no. 1801-006
Revision Commentary Date of rev. Approved Sheet 02 of

1 2 3 4 5 6
Item Part No.: Loc. ID Description Type Katalog No. Comment Producer Circuit diagram Overview diagram
1 34306 +MS1 El.Switchboard MS1‐Z170115 Complete El. Switchboard 1801‐006_1 13.2D
2 26447 +MS1 ‐30SF0 Emergency stop button ZB5AS844 Schneider electric 1801‐006_1 13.5C
3 26458 +MS1 ‐30SF1 Blue Reset button XB5AA61 ‐30PF0 Telemecanique 1801‐006_1 13.7C
4 31467 +MS1 ‐31FC1 Contactor A9F05102 D2/1 Schneider Electric 1801‐006_1 13.2D
5 26566 +MS1 ‐31FC2 Contactor A9F03102 B2/1 Schneider Electric 1801‐006_1 13.3D
6 26566 +MS1 ‐31FC3 Contactor A9F03102 B2/1 Schneider Electric 1801‐006_1 13.3D
7 26446 +MS1 ‐31K1 Contactor TRZ 24VDC 2CO Weidmuller 1801‐006_1 17.4B
8 31469 +MS1 ‐31KF1 CPU module CX5120‐0125 Beckhoff
9 31470 +MS1 ‐31KF2 Safety PLC Terminal EL6900 Beckhoff
10 31471 +MS1 ‐31KF3 Digital input terminal EL1904 Digital inputs‐ safety Beckhoff
11 31472 +MS1 ‐31KF4 Analog input terminal EL3064 Analog inputs Beckhoff
12 31473 +MS1 ‐31KF5 Digital inputs terminal EL1809 Digital inputs Beckhoff
13 35732 +MS1 ‐31KF6 Digital outputs terminal EL2809 Digitální výstupy Beckhoff
14 31464 +MS1 ‐31KF7 EtherCAT media converter fibre optic CU1521‐0010 Beckhoff 1801‐006_4 01.4B
15 26572 +MS1 ‐31PF1 White LED light XB5AVB1 W Schneider Electric 1801‐006_1 17.3B
16 26452 +MS1 ‐31PF2 Yelow/Orange LED light XB5AVB5 Y Schneider Electric 1801‐006_1 17.3B
17 26453 +MS1 ‐31PF3 Green LED light XB5AVB3 G Telemecanique 1801‐006_1 17.7D
18 26452 +MS1 ‐31PF4 Yelow/Orange LED light XB5AVB5 Y Telemecanique 1801‐006_1 17.5B
19 26573 +MS1 -31PF5 Red LED light XB5AVB4 R Telemecanique 1801‐006_1 17.5B
20 26452 +MS1 ‐31PF6 Yelow/Orange LED light XB5AVB5 End poss. Telemecanique 1801‐006_1 17.6B
21 27136 +MS1 ‐31PJ1 Horn AS‐95 Acoustic signal. Eleco 1801‐006_1 17.6B
22 31475 +MS1 ‐31SF1 Switch Disconnector VCD01 Schneider Electric 1801‐006_1 13.2D ,1801‐006_4 01.5C
23 32680 +MS1 ‐31TA1 Power supply PRO ECO 72W 24V 3A Weidmuller 1801‐006_1 13.2C
24 26449 +MS1 ‐31XD1 Terminal PDU 2,5/4 Weidmuller
25 27346 +MS1 ‐32KF1 Automation Systém HMIGTO2310 Panel HMI Schneider Electric 1801‐006_1 13.2B
26 26449 +MS1 ‐32XD1 Terminal PDU 2,5/4 Weidmuller
27 26449 +MS1 ‐32XD2 Terminal PDU 2,5/4 Weidmuller
28 31465 +MS1 ‐33KF1 Network switch WM IE‐SW‐BL05‐5TX Weidmuller
29 27347 +MS1 ‐GSM GSM Router UR5i V2 Libratum set Conel 1801‐006_1 13.4B ,1801‐006_4 01.4C

Date 19.4.2018 Davon s.r.o. PROGREZA JV Drawing.No.

86156‐Z170115_01
Wiring Ing. Jar.Vraga ROCKBREAKER BOOM SYSTEM S.R.O.
Product specification 1801‐006_4
Check Ing. Jar.Vraga RK 6156‐HD/G ‐ Spence Sheet of
Rev. Com. Date Approved Ing. Jar.Vraga Orig. Sheet 3 of 3
Item Part No.: Loc. ID Description Type Katalog No. Comment Producer Circuit diagram Overview diagram
1 35734 +DT1a Control box DT1a‐Z170115 Complete Control box
2 32843 +DT1a ‐41J1 Joy ‐Stick JS1H‐XY‐PSP Left joystick 1801‐006_1 14.1A
3 32843 +DT1a ‐41J2 Joy ‐Stick JS1H‐XY‐PSP Right joystick 1801‐006_1 15.1B
4 26453 +DT1a ‐41PF1 Green LED light XB5AVB3 Pump run Telemecanique 1801‐006_1 16.4B
5 26452 +DT1a ‐41PF2 Yelow/Orange LED light XB5AVB5 End poss. Telemecanique 1801‐006_1 16.5B
6 26573 +DT1a ‐41PF3 Red LED light XB5AVB4 Fault Telemecanique 1801‐006_1 16.5B
7 31476 +DT1a ‐41SF2 Start / stop button ZB5 AA7341 Pump Start/Stop 1801‐006_1 16.2B
8 31477 +DT1a ‐41SF3 Selector switch XB5AD21 Speed 1801‐006_1 16.3B
9 31477 +DT1a ‐41SF4 Selector switch XB5AD21 Parking 1801‐006_1 16.4B
10 33499 +DT1a ‐41TA1 Power Supply TMDC 40‐2412 TRACO POWER 1801‐006_1 14.2C
11 35728 +DT1a ‐41XG1 Screw Connection HDC‐KIT‐HE 24.130M Weidmuller

Date 19.4.2018 Davon s.r.o. PROGREZA JV Drawing.No.

A A

500
Copyright in accordance with ISO 16016!

B B

-41PF1 -41PF2 -41PF3

C C
-41J1 -41J2

-41SF2

300
D D
-41SF3 -41SF4

rear wall with mounting holes

E E

F F
Date DAVON s.r.o.
297 x 420mm, pro obvodové schéma Drawing no. 1801-006_5 DT1a_Z170115
Wiring ROCKBEAKER BOOM SYSTEM_Z170115
Check Z170115 Terra Nova
Order no.
Revision Commentary Date of rev. Approved Orig. Sheet 01 of
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
‐41J1 ‐41J2

‐41PF1 ‐41PF2 ‐41PF3

‐41SF2
‐41XG1

‐42SF3 ‐42SF4

‐41TA1

Date 19.4.2018 Davon s.r.o. PROGREZA JV Drawing.No.

86156‐Z170115_01
Wiring Ing. Jar.Vraga ROCKBREAKER BOOM SYSTEM S.R.O.
Product specification 1801‐006_5
Check Ing. Jar.Vraga RK 6156‐HD/G ‐ Spence Sheet of
Rev. Com. Date Approved Ing. Jar.Vraga Orig. Sheet 2 of 3
Item Part No.: Loc. ID Description Type Katalog No. Comment Producer Circuit diagram Overview diagram
1 28245 +RC1 Transmitter Remotus T‐Rx 100J Complete Transmitter AKERSTROMS
2 35736 Kabel – 30m CAN_BUS‐1X2X0,34 PUR Accessories AKERSTROMS
3 32695 Charger 230 V BC82‐92 MC83‐95, 100J Accessories AKERSTROMS
4 32694 Battery BC82/92 MC83/93‐95 100J Accessories AKERSTROMS
5 31259 Belt MC93‐95, TX100/150, ERA90/100 Accessories AKERSTROMS
6 32687 Adaptér multi SKROSS PA34

1 2 3 4

5 6

Date 19.4.2018 Davon s.r.o. PROGREZA JV Drawing.No.

86156‐Z170115_01
Wiring Ing. Jar.Vraga ROCKBREAKER BOOM SYSTEM S.R.O.
Product specification 1801‐006_6
Check Ing. Jar.Vraga RK 6156‐HD/G ‐ Spence Sheet of
Rev. Com. Date Approved Ing. Jar.Vraga Orig. Sheet 1 of 1
Description & No. of
Cable
Item Sign. Colour conductors x cross‐ Comment Cable type Connection point A Connection point B Circuit diagram
Num section in mm2
1 ‐10WE1 GRN/YEL 6 mm Ground +ED1 PE 1801‐006_1 01.3E
2 ‐10WE2 GRN/YEL 6 mm Ground +ED1 ‐M1 PE 1801‐006_1 01.3E
3 ‐1WC1 1 BLK 0,75 Unloading valve Power cables +ED1 ‐Y101 1 +RM1 ‐XD2 1 1801‐006_1 05.2D
4 ‐1WC1 2 BLK 0,75 Unloading valve Power cables +ED1 ‐Y101 2 +RM1 ‐XD2 2 1801‐006_1 05.2D
5 ‐1WC2 1 BLK 0,75 Exhaust valve Power cables +ED1 ‐Y102 1 +RM1 ‐XD2 3 1801‐006_1 05.2D
6 ‐1WC2 2 BLK 0,75 Exhaust valve Power cables +ED1 ‐Y102 2 +RM1 ‐XD2 4 1801‐006_1 05.2D
7 ‐1WD1.1 1 BLK 25 Main motor Power cables +ED1 ‐M1 U1 +RM1 ‐XD1 1 1801‐006_1 01.4E
8 ‐1WD1.1 2 BLK 25 Main motor Power cables +ED1 ‐M1 V1 +RM1 ‐XD1 2 1801‐006_1 01.4E
9 ‐1WD1.1 3 BLK 25 Main motor Power cables +ED1 ‐M1 W1 +RM1 ‐XD1 3 1801‐006_1 01.4E
10 ‐1WD1.1 PE GRN/YEL 25 Main motor Ground +ED1 ‐M1 PE +RH PE PE 1801‐006_1 01.5E
11 ‐1WD1.2 1 BLK 25 Main motor Power cables +ED1 ‐M1 W2 +RM1 ‐XD1 4 1801‐006_1 01.5E
12 ‐1WD1.2 2 BLK 25 Main motor Power cables +ED1 ‐M1 U2 +RM1 ‐XD1 5 1801‐006_1 01.5E
13 ‐1WD1.2 3 BLK 25 Main motor Power cables +ED1 ‐M1 V2 +RM1 ‐XD1 6 1801‐006_1 01.5E
14 ‐1WD1.2 PE GRN/YEL 25 Ground
15 ‐1WD2 1 BLK 1,5 Oil cooler Power cables +ED1 ‐M3 U +RM1 ‐XD1 7 1801‐006_1 01.6E
16 ‐1WD2 2 BLK 1,5 Oil cooler Power cables +ED1 ‐M3 V +RM1 ‐XD1 8 1801‐006_1 01.7E
17 ‐1WD2 3 BLK 1,5 Oil cooler Power cables +ED1 ‐M3 W +RM1 ‐XD1 9 1801‐006_1 01.7E
18 ‐1WD2 PE GRN/YEL 1,5 Oil cooler Ground +ED1 ‐M3 PE +RH PE PE 1801‐006_1 01.7E
19 ‐1WD3 1 BLK 1,5 Socket  DIN 230 VAC Power cables +ED1 ‐2XG1 L +RM1 ‐XD1 10 1801‐006_1 02.4E
20 ‐1WD3 2 BLK 1,5 Socket  DIN 230 VAC Power cables +ED1 ‐2XG1 PE +RH PE PE 1801‐006_1 02.4E
21 ‐1WD3 3 BLK 1,5 Power cables
22 ‐1WD3 PE GRN/YEL 1,5 Socket  DIN 230 VAC Ground +ED1 ‐2XG1 N +RM1 ‐XD1 11 1801‐006_1 02.4E
23 ‐1WD4 1 BLK 1,5 Inside light Power cables +ED1 ‐2EA1 L +RM1 ‐XD1 12 1801‐006_1 02.5E
24 ‐1WD4 2 BLK 1,5 Inside light Power cables +ED1 ‐2EA1 N +RM1 ‐XD1 13 1801‐006_1 02.5E
25 ‐1WD4 3 BLK 1,5 Power cables
26 ‐1WD4 PE GRN/YEL 1,5 Inside light Ground +ED1 ‐2EA1 PE +RM1 ‐TA1 PE 1801‐006_1 02.5E
27 ‐1WG1 1 BLK 0,75 Power cables
28 ‐1WG1 2 BLK 0,75 Power cables
29 ‐1WG2 1 BLK 0,75 Pressure Power cables +ED1 ‐B301 L+ +RM1 ‐XD24V 2 1801‐006_1 08.4D
30 ‐1WG2 2 BLK 0,75 Pressure Power cables +ED1 ‐B301 L‐ +RM1 ‐XD3 1 1801‐006_1 08.4E
31 ‐1WG3 1 BLK 0,75 Pressure Power cables +ED1 ‐B302 L+ +RM1 ‐XD24V 3 1801‐006_1 08.5D
32 ‐1WG3 2 BLK 0,75 Pressure Power cables +ED1 ‐B302 L‐ +RM1 ‐XD3 2 1801‐006_1 08.5E

Date 19.4.2018 Davon s.r.o. PROGREZA JV Drawing.No.

86156‐Z170115_01
Wiring Ing. Jar.Vraga ROCKBREAKER BOOM SYSTEM S.R.O. Cable list
Check Ing. Jar.Vraga RK 6156‐HD/G ‐ Spence
1801‐006_7 Sheet of
Rev. Com. Date Approved Ing. Jar.Vraga Orig. Sheet 1 of 7
Description & No. of
Cable
Item Sign. Colour conductors x cross‐section Comment Cable type Connection point A Connection point B Circuit diagram
Num in mm2
33 ‐1WG4 1 BLK 0,75 Temperature Power cables +ED1 ‐B304 L+ +RM1 ‐XD24V 4 1801‐006_1 08.6D
34 ‐1WG4 2 BLK 0,75 Temperature Power cables +ED1 ‐B304 L‐ +RM1 ‐XD3 3 1801‐006_1 08.6E
35 ‐1WG5 1 BLK 0,75 Clogged Power cables +ED1 ‐B101 2 +RM1 ‐XD24V 5 1801‐006_1 09.5D
36 ‐1WG5 2 BLK 0,75 Clogged Power cables +ED1 ‐B101 1 +RM1 ‐XD3 4 1801‐006_1 09.5E
37 ‐1WG6 1 BLK 0,75 Clogged Power cables +ED1 ‐B102 2 +RM1 ‐XD24V 6 1801‐006_1 09.5D
38 ‐1WG6 2 BLK 0,75 Clogged Power cables +ED1 ‐B102 1 +RM1 ‐XD3 5 1801‐006_1 09.5E
39 ‐1WG7 1 BLK 0,75 Clogged Power cables +ED1 ‐B103 2 +RM1 ‐XD24V 7 1801‐006_1 09.6D
40 ‐1WG7 2 BLK 0,75 Clogged Power cables +ED1 ‐B103 1 +RM1 ‐XD3 6 1801‐006_1 09.6E
41 ‐1WG8 1 BLK 0,75 Float Power cables +ED1 ‐B104 2 +RM1 ‐XD24V 8 1801‐006_1 09.6D
42 ‐1WG8 2 BLK 0,75 Float Power cables +ED1 ‐B104 1 +RM1 ‐XD3 7 1801‐006_1 09.6E
43 ‐1WG9 1 BLK 0,75 Therm Power cables +ED1 ‐B105 3 +RM1 ‐XD24V 9 1801‐006_1 10.2D
44 ‐1WG9 2 BLK 0,75 Therm Power cables +ED1 ‐B105 1 +RM1 ‐XD3 8 1801‐006_1 10.2E
45 ‐1WG10 1 BLK 0,75 Power cables +ED1 ‐M1 ‐PTC 1 +RM1 ‐XD3 9 1801‐006_1 07.5E
46 ‐1WG10 2 BLK 0,75 Power cables +ED1 ‐M1 ‐PTC 2 +RM1 ‐XD3 10 1801‐006_1 07.5E
47 ‐2WC1 1 BLK 0,75 Hammer Power cables +ED2 ‐Y103 B +MX1 ‐XD1 1 1801‐006_1 05.3D
48 ‐2WC1 2 BLK 0,75 Hammer Power cables +ED2 ‐Y103 0V +MX1 ‐XD1 2 1801‐006_1 05.3E
49 ‐2WC2 1 BLK 0,5 Arm Power cables +ED2 ‐Y421 Udc +MX1 ‐XD2 1 1801‐006_1 06.2E
50 ‐2WC2 2 BLK 0,5 Arm Power cables +ED2 ‐Y421 Us +MX1 ‐XD2 5 1801‐006_1 06.2E
51 ‐2WC2 3 BLK 0,5 Arm Power cables +ED2 ‐Y421 0V +MX1 ‐XD2 6 1801‐006_1 06.2E
52 ‐2WC2 4 BLK 0,5 Arm Power cables +ED2 ‐Y421 Error +MX1 ‐XD2 7 1801‐006_1 06.2E
53 ‐2WC2 shield Copper Shielded +RM1 ‐PE1 PE 1801‐006_1 06.2E
54 ‐2WC3 1 BLK 0,5 Boom Power cables +ED2 ‐Y422 Udc +MX1 ‐XD2 2 1801‐006_1 06.3E
55 ‐2WC3 2 BLK 0,5 Boom Power cables +ED2 ‐Y422 Us +MX1 ‐XD2 8 1801‐006_1 06.3E
56 ‐2WC3 3 BLK 0,5 Boom Power cables +ED2 ‐Y422 0V +MX1 ‐XD2 9 1801‐006_1 06.3E
57 ‐2WC3 4 BLK 0,5 Boom Power cables +ED2 ‐Y422 Error +MX1 ‐XD2 10 1801‐006_1 06.3E
58 ‐2WC3 shield Copper Shielded +RM1 ‐PE2 PE 1801‐006_1 06.3E
59 ‐2WC4 1 BLK 0,5 Tilting Power cables +ED2 ‐Y423 Udc +MX1 ‐XD2 3 1801‐006_1 06.4E
60 ‐2WC4 2 BLK 0,5 Tilting Power cables +ED2 ‐Y423 Us +MX1 ‐XD2 11 1801‐006_1 06.4E
61 ‐2WC4 3 BLK 0,5 Tilting Power cables +ED2 ‐Y423 0V +MX1 ‐XD2 12 1801‐006_1 06.4E
62 ‐2WC4 4 BLK 0,5 Tilting Power cables +ED2 ‐Y423 Error +MX1 ‐XD2 13 1801‐006_1 06.4E
63 ‐2WC4 shield Copper Shielded +RM1 ‐PE3 PE 1801‐006_1 06.5E
64 ‐2WC5 1 BLK 0,5 Slew Power cables +ED2 ‐Y424 Udc +MX1 ‐XD2 4 1801‐006_1 06.5E

Date 19.4.2018 Davon s.r.o. PROGREZA JV Drawing.No.

86156‐Z170115_01
Wiring Ing. Jar.Vraga ROCKBREAKER BOOM SYSTEM S.R.O. Cable list
Check Ing. Jar.Vraga RK 6156‐HD/G ‐ Spence
1801‐006_7 Sheet of
Rev. Com. Date Approved Ing. Jar.Vraga Orig. Sheet 2 of 7
Description & No. of
Cable
Item Sign. Colour conductors x cross‐section in Comment Cable type Connection point A Connection point B Circuit diagram
Num mm2
65 ‐2WC5 2 BLK 0,5 Slew Power cables +ED2 ‐Y424 Us +MX1 ‐XD2 14 1801‐006_1 06.5E
66 ‐2WC5 3 BLK 0,5 Slew Power cables +ED2 ‐Y424 0V +MX1 ‐XD2 15 1801‐006_1 06.6E
67 ‐2WC5 4 BLK 0,5 Slew Power cables +ED2 ‐Y424 Error +MX1 ‐XD2 16 1801‐006_1 06.6E
68 ‐2WC5 shield Copper Shielded +RM1 ‐PE4 PE 1801‐006_1 06.6E
69 ‐2WG1 1 BLK 0,35 Position Power cables +ED2 ‐B201 + +MX1 ‐XD3 1 1801‐006_1 10.3C
70 ‐2WG1 2 BLK 0,35 Position Power cables +ED2 ‐B201 ‐ +MX1 ‐XD3 2 1801‐006_1 10.3C
71 ‐2WG1 3 BLK 0,35 Position Power cables +ED2 ‐B201 Out +MX1 ‐XD3 5 1801‐006_1 10.3C
72 ‐2WG1 4 GRN/YEL 0,35 Ground
73 ‐2WG2 1 BLK 0,5 Lubrication Power cables +ED2 ‐CMS1 1 +MX1 ‐XD3 3 1801‐006_1 12.2E
74 ‐2WG2 2 BLK 0,5 Lubrication Power cables +ED2 ‐CMS1 3 +MX1 ‐XD3 4 1801‐006_1 12.2E
75 ‐2WG3 1 BLK 0,75 Lubrication Power cables +ED2 ‐CMS1 1 +MX1 ‐XD1 4 1801‐006_1 12.2E
76 ‐2WG3 2 BLK 0,75 Lubrication Power cables +ED2 ‐CMS1 2 +MX1 ‐XD1 3 1801‐006_1 12.2E
77 ‐2WG3 3 BLK 0,75 Power cables
78 ‐2WG3 PE GRN/YEL 0,75 Ground
79 ‐10WF1 Rx BRN 0,34 Control +MX2 ‐20XF1 +RM1 ‐XF1 1801‐006_1 07.8E
80 ‐10WF1 shield Copper Shielded
81 ‐10WF1 Tx WH 0,34 Control 1801‐006_1 07.8E
82 ‐10WF2 blue 0,25 Transmission cable
83 ‐10WF2 brown WH 0,25 Control
84 ‐10WF2 green 0,25 Transmission cable
85 ‐10WF2 grey 0,25 Copper Shielded
86 ‐10WF2 pink 0,25 Transmission cable
87 ‐10WF2 red 0,25 Transmission cable
88 ‐10WF2 white BRN 0,25 Control +MX2 ‐20XF2 CABLE 1801‐006_1 07.8B
89 ‐10WF2 yellow 0,25 Transmission cable
90 ‐10WG1 1 BLK 1 Power cables +MX2 ‐20XG1 1 +RM1 ‐XG1 1 1801‐006_1 03.2D
91 ‐10WG1 2 BLK 1 Power cables +MX2 ‐20XG1 2 +RM1 ‐XG1 2 1801‐006_1 03.2D
92 ‐10WG1 3 BLK 1 Power cables +MX2 ‐20XG1 3 +RM1 ‐XG1 3 1801‐006_1 03.3E
93 ‐10WG1 4 BLK 1 Power cables +MX2 ‐20XG1 4 +RM1 ‐XG1 4 1801‐006_1 03.3E
94 ‐10WG1 5 BLK 1 Power cables +MX1 ‐10XD1 5 +MX2 ‐20XG1 5 1801‐006_1 05.3C

Date 19.4.2018 Davon s.r.o. PROGREZA JV Drawing.No.

86156‐Z170115_01
Wiring Ing. Jar.Vraga ROCKBREAKER BOOM SYSTEM S.R.O. Cable list
Check Ing. Jar.Vraga RK 6156‐HD/G ‐ Spence
1801‐006_7 Sheet of
Rev. Com. Date Approved Ing. Jar.Vraga Orig. Sheet 3 of 7
Description & No. of
Cable
Item Sign. Colour conductors x cross‐section Comment Cable type Connection point A Connection point B Circuit diagram
Num in mm2
95 ‐10WG1 6 BLK 1 Power cables +MX1 ‐10XD1 6 +MX2 ‐20XG1 6 1801‐006_1 05.3E
96 ‐10WG1 7 BLK 1 Power cables +MX1 ‐10XD1 6 +MX2 ‐20XG1 7 1801‐006_1 05.3E
97 ‐10WG1 8 BLK 1 Power cables +MX2 ‐20XG1 8 +RM1 ‐XG1 8 1801‐006_1 12.2C
98 ‐10WG1 9 BLK 1 Power cables +MX2 ‐20XG1 9 +RM1 ‐XG1 9 1801‐006_1 06.1B
99 ‐10WG1 10 BLK 1 Power cables +MX2 ‐20XG1 10 +RM1 ‐XG1 10 1801‐006_1 06.2B
100 ‐10WG1 11 BLK 1 Power cables +MX2 ‐20XG1 11 +RM1 ‐XG1 11 1801‐006_1 06.2B
101 ‐10WG1 12 BLK 1 Power cables +MX2 ‐20XG1 12 +RM1 ‐XG1 12 1801‐006_1 06.3B
102 ‐10WG1 13 BLK 1 Power cables +MX2 ‐20XG1 13 +RM1 ‐XG1 13 1801‐006_1 06.3B
103 ‐10WG1 14 BLK 1 Power cables +MX2 ‐20XG1 14 +RM1 ‐XG1 14 1801‐006_1 06.4B
104 ‐10WG1 15 BLK 1 Power cables +MX2 ‐20XG1 15 +RM1 ‐XG1 15 1801‐006_1 06.4B
105 ‐10WG1 16 BLK 1 Power cables +MX2 ‐20XG1 16 +RM1 ‐XG1 16 1801‐006_1 06.5B
106 ‐10WG1 17 BLK 1 Power cables +MX2 ‐20XG1 17 +RM1 ‐XG1 17 1801‐006_1 06.6B
107 ‐10WG1 18 BLK 1 Power cables +MX2 ‐20XG1 18 +RM1 ‐XG1 18 1801‐006_1 10.2C
108 ‐10WG1 19 BLK 1 Power cables +MX2 ‐20XG1 19 +RM1 ‐XG1 19 1801‐006_1 10.2E
109 ‐10WG1 20 BLK 1 Power cables +MX2 ‐20XG1 20 +RM1 ‐XG1 20 1801‐006_1 10.3E
110 ‐10WG1 21 BLK 1 Power cables +MX2 ‐20XG1 21 +RM1 ‐XG1 21 1801‐006_1 10.5D
111 ‐10WG1 22 BLK 1 Power cables +MX2 ‐20XG1 22 +RM1 ‐XG1 22 1801‐006_1 10.5D
112 ‐10WG1 23 1 Power cables +MX2 ‐20XG1 23 +RM1 ‐XG1 23 1801‐006_1 10.6D
113 ‐10WG1 24 BLK 1 Power cables +MX2 ‐20XG1 24 +RM1 ‐XG1 24 1801‐006_1 12.3C
114 ‐10WG1 25 BLK 1 Power cables +MX2 ‐20XG1 25 +RM1 ‐XG1 25 1801‐006_1 12.4C
115 ‐10WG1 26 BLK 1 Power cables +MX2 ‐20XG1 26 +RM1 ‐XG1 26 1801‐006_1 12.4C
116 ‐10WG1 27 BLK 1 Power cables +MX2 ‐20XG1 27 +RM1 ‐XG1 27 1801‐006_1 12.5C
117 ‐10WG1 28 BLK 1 Power cables +MX2 ‐20XG1 28 +RM1 ‐XG1 28 1801‐006_1 07.6E
118 ‐10WG1 29 BLK 1 Power cables +MX2 ‐20XG1 29 +RM1 ‐XG1 29 1801‐006_1 07.6E
119 ‐10WG1 30 BLK 1 Power cables +MX2 ‐20XG1 30 +RM1 ‐XG1 30 1801‐006_1 07.7E
120 ‐10WG1 31 BLK 1 Power cables
121 ‐10WG1 32 BLK 1 Power cables
122 ‐10WG1 33 BLK 1 Power cables
123 ‐10WG1 34 BLK 1 Power cables
124 ‐10WG1 35 BLK 1 Power cables
125 ‐10WG1 36 1 Power cables
126 ‐20WF1 Rx BRN 0,34 Control 1801‐006_1 07.8E

Date 19.4.2018 Davon s.r.o. PROGREZA JV Drawing.No.

86156‐Z170115_01
Wiring Ing. Jar.Vraga ROCKBREAKER BOOM SYSTEM S.R.O. Cable list
Check Ing. Jar.Vraga RK 6156‐HD/G ‐ Spence
1801‐006_7 Sheet of
Rev. Com. Date Approved Ing. Jar.Vraga Orig. Sheet 4 of 7
Description & No. of
Cable
Item Sign. Colour conductors x cross‐section Comment Cable type Connection point A Connection point B Circuit diagram
Num in mm2
127 ‐20WF1 shield Copper Shielded
128 ‐20WF1 Tx WH 0,34 Control +MX1 ‐10XF1 +MX2 ‐20XF1 1801‐006_1 07.8E
129 ‐20WF2 blue 0,25 Transmission cable
130 ‐20WF2 brown WH 0,25 Control
131 ‐20WF2 green 0,25 Transmission cable
132 ‐20WF2 grey 0,25 Copper Shielded
133 ‐20WF2 pink 0,25 Transmission cable
134 ‐20WF2 red 0,25 Transmission cable
135 ‐20WF2 white BRN 0,25 Control +MX1 ‐10XF2 CABLE +MX2 ‐20XF2 1801‐006_1 07.8C
136 ‐20WF2 yellow 0,25 Transmission cable
137 ‐20WG1 1 BLK 1 Power cables +MX1 ‐10XD1 1 +MX2 ‐20XG1 1 1801‐006_1 03.2C
138 ‐20WG1 2 BLK 1 Power cables +MX1 ‐10XD1 2 +MX2 ‐20XG1 2 1801‐006_1 03.2C
139 ‐20WG1 3 BLK 1 Power cables +MX1 ‐10XD1 3 +MX2 ‐20XG1 3 1801‐006_1 03.3D
140 ‐20WG1 4 BLK 1 Power cables +MX1 ‐10XD1 4 +MX2 ‐20XG1 4 1801‐006_1 03.3D
141 ‐20WG1 5 BLK 1 Power cables +MX2 ‐20XG1 5 +RM1 ‐XG1 5 1801‐006_1 05.3C
142 ‐20WG1 6 BLK 1 Power cables +MX2 ‐20XG1 6 +RM1 ‐XG1 6 1801‐006_1 05.3F
143 ‐20WG1 7 BLK 1 Power cables +MX2 ‐20XG1 7 +RM1 ‐XG1 7 1801‐006_1 05.3F
144 ‐20WG1 8 BLK 1 Power cables +MX1 ‐10XD1 8 +MX2 ‐20XG1 8 1801‐006_1 12.2C
145 ‐20WG1 9 BLK 1 Power cables +MX1 ‐10XD1 9 +MX2 ‐20XG1 9 1801‐006_1 06.1B
146 ‐20WG1 10 BLK 1 Power cables +MX1 ‐10XD1 10 +MX2 ‐20XG1 10 1801‐006_1 06.2B
147 ‐20WG1 11 BLK 1 Power cables +MX1 ‐10XD1 11 +MX2 ‐20XG1 11 1801‐006_1 06.2B
148 ‐20WG1 12 BLK 1 Power cables +MX1 ‐10XD1 12 +MX2 ‐20XG1 12 1801‐006_1 06.3B
149 ‐20WG1 13 BLK 1 Power cables +MX1 ‐10XD1 13 +MX2 ‐20XG1 13 1801‐006_1 06.3B
150 ‐20WG1 14 BLK 1 Power cables +MX1 ‐10XD1 14 +MX2 ‐20XG1 14 1801‐006_1 06.4B
151 ‐20WG1 15 BLK 1 Power cables +MX1 ‐10XD1 15 +MX2 ‐20XG1 15 1801‐006_1 06.4B
152 ‐20WG1 16 BLK 1 Power cables +MX1 ‐10XD1 16 +MX2 ‐20XG1 16 1801‐006_1 06.5B
153 ‐20WG1 17 BLK 1 Power cables +MX1 ‐10XD1 17 +MX2 ‐20XG1 17 1801‐006_1 06.6B
154 ‐20WG1 18 BLK 1 Power cables +MX1 ‐10XD1 18 +MX2 ‐20XG1 18 1801‐006_1 10.2C
155 ‐20WG1 19 BLK 1 Power cables +MX1 ‐10XD1 19 +MX2 ‐20XG1 19 1801‐006_1 10.2D
156 ‐20WG1 20 BLK 1 Power cables +MX1 ‐10XD1 20 +MX2 ‐20XG1 20 1801‐006_1 10.3D
157 ‐20WG1 21 BLK 1 Power cables +MX1 ‐10XD1 21 +MX2 ‐20XG1 21 1801‐006_1 10.5D
158 ‐20WG1 22 BLK 1 Power cables +MX1 ‐10XD1 22 +MX2 ‐20XG1 22 1801‐006_1 10.5D
159 ‐20WG1 23 1 Power cables +MX1 ‐10XD1 23 +MX2 ‐20XG1 23 1801‐006_1 10.6D
160 ‐20WG1 24 BLK 1 Power cables +MX1 ‐10XD1 24 +MX2 ‐20XG1 24 1801‐006_1 12.3C
161 ‐20WG1 25 BLK 1 Power cables +MX1 ‐10XD1 25 +MX2 ‐20XG1 25 1801‐006_1 12.4C
162 ‐20WG1 26 BLK 1 Power cables +MX1 ‐10XD1 26 +MX2 ‐20XG1 26 1801‐006_1 12.4C

Date 19.4.2018 Davon s.r.o. PROGREZA JV Drawing.No.

86156‐Z170115_01
Wiring Ing. Jar.Vraga ROCKBREAKER BOOM SYSTEM S.R.O. Cable list
Check Ing. Jar.Vraga RK 6156‐HD/G ‐ Spence
1801‐006_7 Sheet of
Rev. Com. Date Approved Ing. Jar.Vraga Orig. Sheet 5 of 7
Description & No. of
Cable Num Sign. Colour conductors x cross‐ Comment Cable type Connection point A Connection point B Circuit diagram
section in mm2
163 ‐20WG1 27 1 Power cables +MX1 ‐10XD1 27 +MX2 ‐20XG1 27 1801‐006_1 12.5C
164 ‐20WG1 28 1 Power cables +MX1 ‐10XD1 28 +MX2 ‐20XG1 28 1801‐006_1 07.6E
165 ‐20WG1 29 1 Power cables +MX1 ‐10XD1 29 +MX2 ‐20XG1 29 1801‐006_1 07.6E
166 ‐20WG1 30 1 Power cables +MX1 ‐10XD1 30 +MX2 ‐20XG1 30 1801‐006_1 07.7E
167 ‐20WG1 31 1 Power cables
168 ‐20WG1 32 1 Power cables
169 ‐20WG1 33 1 Power cables
170 ‐20WG1 34 1 Power cables
171 ‐20WG1 35 1 Power cables
172 ‐20WG1 36 Power cables
173 ‐30WF1 9 µm‐Singlemode optic 9/125 Control +MS1 ‐31KF7 Optic‐ singlemode SC +RM1 ‐3KF4 Optic‐ singlemode SC 1801‐006_1 17.5E
174 ‐40WG1 1 1 Power cables +DT1a ‐41XG1 1 +MS1 ‐32XD1 1 1801‐006_1 14.2D
175 ‐40WG1 2 1 Power cables +DT1a ‐41XG1 2 +MS1 ‐32XD1 2 1801‐006_1 14.2D
176 ‐40WG1 3 1 Power cables +DT1a ‐41XG1 3 +MS1 ‐32XD1 3 1801‐006_1 14.2D
177 ‐40WG1 4 1 Power cables +DT1a ‐41XG1 4 +MS1 ‐32XD1 4 1801‐006_1 14.4D
178 ‐40WG1 5 1 Power cables +DT1a ‐41XG1 5 +MS1 ‐32XD1 5 1801‐006_1 14.5D
179 ‐40WG1 6 1 Power cables +DT1a ‐41XG1 6 +MS1 ‐32XD1 6 1801‐006_1 14.6D
180 ‐40WG1 7 1 Power cables +DT1a ‐41XG1 7 +MS1 ‐32XD1 7 1801‐006_1 14.6D
181 ‐40WG1 8 1 Power cables +DT1a ‐41XG1 8 +MS1 ‐32XD1 8 1801‐006_1 14.7D
182 ‐40WG1 9 1 Power cables +DT1a ‐41XG1 9 +MS1 ‐32XD1 9 1801‐006_1 14.8D
183 ‐40WG1 10 1 Power cables +DT1a ‐41XG1 10 +MS1 ‐32XD1 10 1801‐006_1 15.2D
184 ‐40WG1 11 1 Power cables +DT1a ‐41XG1 11 +MS1 ‐32XD1 11 1801‐006_1 15.4D
185 ‐40WG1 12 1 Power cables +DT1a ‐41XG1 12 +MS1 ‐32XD1 12 1801‐006_1 15.5D
186 ‐40WG1 13 1 Power cables +DT1a ‐41XG1 13 +MS1 ‐32XD1 13 1801‐006_1 15.6D
187 ‐40WG1 14 1 Power cables +DT1a ‐41XG1 14 +MS1 ‐32XD1 14 1801‐006_1 15.6D
188 ‐40WG1 15 1 Power cables +DT1a ‐41XG1 15 +MS1 ‐32XD1 15 1801‐006_1 15.7D
189 ‐40WG1 16 1 Power cables +DT1a ‐41XG1 16 +MS1 ‐32XD1 16 1801‐006_1 15.8D
190 ‐40WG1 17 1 Power cables +DT1a ‐41XG1 17 +MS1 ‐32XD1 17 1801‐006_1 16.2C
191 ‐40WG1 18 1 Power cables +DT1a ‐41XG1 18 +MS1 ‐32XD1 18 1801‐006_1 16.3C
192 ‐40WG1 19 1 Power cables +DT1a ‐41XG1 19 +MS1 ‐32XD1 19 1801‐006_1 16.3C
193 ‐40WG1 20 1 Power cables +DT1a ‐41XG1 20 +MS1 ‐32XD1 20 1801‐006_1 16.4C
194 ‐40WG1 21 1 Power cables +DT1a ‐41XG1 21 +MS1 ‐32XD1 21 1801‐006_1 16.4C
195 ‐40WG1 22 1 Power cables +DT1a ‐41XG1 22 +MS1 ‐32XD1 22 1801‐006_1 16.5C
196 ‐40WG1 23 1 Power cables +DT1a ‐41XG1 23 +MS1 ‐32XD1 23 1801‐006_1 16.5C
197 ‐40WG1 24 1 Power cables
198 ‐40WG1 PE 1 Ground +DT1a ‐41XG1 PE +MS1 1801‐006_1 14.2D
1801‐006_1 14.8D ,1801‐
199 ‐40WG1 SH Copper Shielded
006_1 15.8D ,1801‐006_1

Date 19.4.2018 Davon s.r.o. PROGREZA JV Drawing.No.

1 ‐1WC1 HMH‐OZ 2x0,75
2 ‐1WC2 HMH‐OZ 2x0,75
3 ‐1WD1.1 HMH‐JZ 4x25
4 ‐1WD1.2 HMH‐JZ 4x25
5 ‐1WD2 HMH‐JZ 4x1,5
6 ‐1WD3 HMH‐JZ 4x1,5
7 ‐1WD4 HMH‐JZ 4x1,5
8 ‐1WG1 HMH‐OZ 2x0,75
9 ‐1WG2 HMH‐OZ 2x0,75
10 ‐1WG3 HMH‐OZ 2x0,75
11 ‐1WG4 HMH‐OZ 2x0,75
12 ‐1WG5 HMH‐OZ 2x0,75
13 ‐1WG6 HMH‐OZ 2x0,75
14 ‐1WG7 HMH‐OZ 2x0,75
15 ‐1WG8 HMH‐OZ 2x0,75
16 ‐1WG9 HMH‐OZ 2x0,75
17 ‐1WG10 HMH‐OZ 2x0,75
18 ‐2WC1 HMH‐OZ 2x0,75
19 ‐2WC2 HMH‐C 4x0,5
20 ‐2WC3 HMH‐C 4x0,5
21 ‐2WC4 HMH‐C 4x0,5
22 ‐2WC5 HMH‐C 4x0,5
23 ‐2WG1 WKC4.5T‐5/TXL
24 ‐2WG2 HMH‐OZ 2x0,75
25 ‐2WG3 HMH‐OZ 2x0,75
26 ‐10WF1 CAN‐BUS 1x2x0,34 PUR fial
27 ‐10WF2 Unitronics sensor FD
28 ‐10WG1 TPE‐FLEX 42x1
29 ‐20WF1 CAN‐BUS 1x2x0,34 PUR fial
30 ‐20WF2 Unitronics sensor FD
31 ‐20WG1 TPE‐FLEX 42x1
32 ‐30WF1
33 ‐40WG1
LIST OF LUBRICANTS RK 6156, HA 75RT-K

EQUIPMENT GREASE REPLACEMENT TIME

OIL SPECIFICATION FIRST FILL
COMPONENTS SPECIFICATION (HOURS OF OPERATION)
HYDRAULIC
ISO VG 32/46 N/A 490 L (tank) 1000 OR 12 MONTHS
SYSTEM
PLANETARY
ISO VG 150/220 N/A 8,3 L 2000 OR 12 MONTHS
GEARBOX
SLEW BEARING N/A NLGI 0/00 25 kg LIFETIME

CENTRAL
LUBRICATION N/A NLGI 00/000 - 2 8 kg DEPENDS ON DUTY
SYSTEM
illustration photo

OWNER´S
MANUAL
ROCKBREAKER BOOM SYSTEM RK 6156
INSTALATION, OPERATION, MAINTENANCE AND PARTS
SERIAL NUMBERS
BOOM SYSTEM: RK 6156 S/N: 00824
HYDRAULIC UNIT: HA 75RT-K S/N: 00837
HYDRAULIC HAMMER: HB 2000 DP CONTILUBE™II S/N: DEQ180465

THE MANUFACTURER

DAVON s.r.o. Phone: +420 585 004 532

Šumperská 1353 Fax: +420 585 053 229
783 91 Uničov (Czech Republic) ID No.: 60775980 | VAT No.: CZ60775980
[email protected] Commercial Register administered by the
www.davoncompany.com Regional Court Ostrava Sec. C, file 6891

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Chapter 1 - Introduction Chapter 9 - Maintenance and Repair

Chapter 2 - Safety Chapter 10 - Taking Out of Service
Chapter 3 - Design and Function Chapter 11 - Storage
Chapter 4 - Transport and packing Chapter 12 - Specifications
Chapter 5 - Installation Chapter 13 - Drawings
Chapter 6 - Commissioning Chapter 14 - Modification
Chapter 7 - Operation Chapter 15 - Warranty
Chapter 8 - Troubleshooting
Contents
1. INTRODUCTION ............................................................................................................................... 1
1.1. This is how to read the instructions for use ................................................................................. 1
1.2. Archiving and distribution of the instructions for use ................................................................. 1
1.3. Intended use of the equipment ................................................................................................... 1
1.4. Applicable international/national standards for the equipment ................................................. 1
1.4.1. Legislation for equipment ..................................................................................................... 1
1.4.2. Main equipment standards ................................................................................................... 1
1.5. Contact details for the manufacturer........................................................................................... 3
1.5.1. THE MANUFACTURER ............................................................................................................ 3
2. Safety ................................................................................................................................................... 4
2.1. general .......................................................................................................................................... 4
2.2. Explanation of the warning levels ................................................................................................ 4
2.3. Explanation of the warning symbols/signs/stickers ..................................................................... 5
2.4. Supervisor and operator............................................................................................................... 7
2.4.1. Responsibility ........................................................................................................................ 7
2.4.2. Operator requirements ......................................................................................................... 7
2.5. Protective equipment................................................................................................................... 7
2.5.1. Personal protective equipment ............................................................................................. 7
2.5.2. Emergency stop, signals and warning functions ................................................................... 9
2.5.3. Firefighting equipment .......................................................................................................... 9
2.5.4. Evacuation routes .................................................................................................................. 9
2.6. Residual risks .............................................................................................................................. 10
2.7. Forbidden use ............................................................................................................................. 10
2.7.1 Lifting/Transport................................................................................................................ 11
2.7.2 Impacts .............................................................................................................................. 11
2.7.3 Relocating objects ............................................................................................................. 12
2.7.4 Prying ................................................................................................................................. 12
2.8. Risk area and safe distance ........................................................................................................ 13
2.9. Hazards during assembly/installation ........................................................................................ 13
2.10. Hazards during commissioning................................................................................................. 13
2.10.1 Stability .............................................................................................................................. 13
2.10.2 Wiring ................................................................................................................................ 14
2.10.3 Safe working procedure .................................................................................................... 14
2.10.4 Electrical storm injury prevention .......................................................................................... 14
2.10.5 Risk of amputation or crushing of hands or fingers .......................................................... 14
2.10.6 Intoxicants, alcohol and medicines ................................................................................... 14
2.10.7 Hydraulic system ............................................................................................................... 14
2.10.8 Squirting of hot hydraulic oil under high pressure ............................................................ 15
2.10.9 Hot parts ............................................................................................................................ 15
2.11. Hazards during use (work/handling) ........................................................................................ 15
2.11.1 During lifts .............................................................................................................................. 15
2.11.2 During transport ................................................................................................................ 15
2.11.3 At the workplace .................................................................................................................... 16
2.11.4 Before work ............................................................................................................................ 16
2.11.6 Maneuvering (moving and towing) ........................................................................................ 17
2.11.7 After work............................................................................................................................... 17
2.11.8 Electrical storm injury prevention .......................................................................................... 17
2.11.9 Other risks .............................................................................................................................. 17
2.12. Risks during troubleshooting.................................................................................................... 19
2.12.1 Electrical storm injury prevention .......................................................................................... 19
2.13. Risks during maintenance and repairs ..................................................................................... 19
2.13.1 Electrical storm injury prevention .......................................................................................... 20
2.14. Others ....................................................................................................................................... 20
2.15. Accidents and defects .............................................................................................................. 22
2.16. Risks during painting ................................................................................................................ 22
3. Design a function ............................................................................................................................... 23
3.1 Machine designation (type or series designation) ................................................................ 23
3.1.1 boom system ................................................................................................................. 23
3.1.2 Power unit ..................................................................................................................... 23
3.1.3 Area of use and environment ........................................................................................ 23
3.2 Symbols, stickers and signs on the equipment ..................................................................... 24
3.2.1 Name plate .................................................................................................................... 25
3.2.2 Prohibition, warning and command signs ..................................................................... 26
3.2.3 Symbols ......................................................................................................................... 27
3.3 Equipment ............................................................................................................................. 29
3.3.1 Description of the design and function of the equipment RK DAVON.......................... 29
3.4 Components included ........................................................................................................... 30
3.4.1 Boom system RK 6156 ....................................................................................................... 30
5. Mechanical end stop .......................................................................................................... 31
SLEW .............................................................................................................................................. 31
3.4.2 Hydraulic power unit HA 75RT-K ....................................................................................... 37
3.4.3 Hydraulic hammer ............................................................................................................. 50
3.5.4. Control elements ............................................................................................................... 50
3.5.4.1. Electric distributor MX1 AND ds1 .............................................................................. 53
3.5 Working positions used by operator ..................................................................................... 63
3.6 Essential characteristics of tools ........................................................................................... 63
4. Transport and packing ....................................................................................................................... 65
4.1. transport ..................................................................................................................................... 65
4.1.1. Preparations, protective measures ..................................................................................... 65
4.1.2. Equipment/tools, personal protective equipment ............................................................. 65
4.1.3. Equipment/tools, personal protective equipment ............................................................. 66
4.1.4. transport .............................................................................................................................. 66
4.1.5. Settings/Adjustments .......................................................................................................... 67
4.1.6. Checks .................................................................................................................................. 67
4.2. Unpacking ................................................................................................................................... 67
4.3. Repacking ................................................................................................................................... 67
5.1 Assembly, Installation and Connection ................................................................................. 68
5.1.1 Preparations, protective measures ............................................................................... 68
5.1.2 Equipment/tools, personal protective equipment........................................................ 68
5.1.3 Reduction of noise and vibrations ................................................................................. 69
5.1.4 Assembly............................................................................................................................ 69
5.1.5 Settings/Adjustments ........................................................................................................ 79
5.1.6 Checks ................................................................................................................................ 79
5.2 Installation ............................................................................................................................. 79
5.2.1 Preparations, protective measures ................................................................................... 79
5.2.2 Equipment/tools, personal protective equipment............................................................ 79
5.2.3 Reduction of noise and vibrations ..................................................................................... 79
5.2.4 Installation ......................................................................................................................... 80
5.2.5 Settings/Adjustments ........................................................................................................ 80
5.2.6 Checks ................................................................................................................................ 80
5.3 Connection ............................................................................................................................ 80
5.3.1 Preparations, protective measures ................................................................................... 80
5.3.2 Equipment/tools, personal protective equipment............................................................ 80
5.3.3 Reduction of noise and vibrations ..................................................................................... 80
5.3.4 Connection ........................................................................................................................ 81
5.3.5 Settings/Adjustments ........................................................................................................ 82
5.3.6 Checks ................................................................................................................................ 82
6. Commissioning .................................................................................................................................. 83
6.1 Preparations, protective measures ....................................................................................... 83
6.2 Equipment/tools, personal protective equipment ............................................................... 83
6.3 Reduction of noise and vibrations......................................................................................... 84
6.4 Settings/Adjustments ............................................................................................................ 84
6.5 Connection to power supply (especially for protection against electrical overload) ........... 84
6.6 Before the first start-up......................................................................................................... 84
6.6.1 Check assembly ............................................................................................................. 84
6.6.2 Check of service fluids ................................................................................................... 84
6.7 Before start-up ...................................................................................................................... 85
6.7.1 Check assembly ............................................................................................................. 85
6.7.2 Venting the hydraulic system ............................................................................................ 87
6.7.3 Check valve settings .......................................................................................................... 88
6.7.4 Check of the hydraulic hammer function .......................................................................... 88
6.7.5 Check hydraulic oil cooling ................................................................................................ 89
6.7.6 Check hydraulic oil level .................................................................................................... 89
6.8 During start............................................................................................................................ 89
7. Operation .......................................................................................................................................... 91
7.1 Before start............................................................................................................................ 91
7.1.1 Emergency control ............................................................................................................ 92
7.2 Equipment start ..................................................................................................................... 94
7.2.1 Instructions for starting equipment .................................................................................. 94
7.2.2 Radio remote control – RC1 .............................................................................................. 95
7.2.3 Lubrication ......................................................................................................................... 99
7.3 During operation ................................................................................................................... 99
7.3.1 Instructions for use when the equipment is in operation................................................. 99
7.3.2 Method of controlling the hydraulic hammer................................................................... 99
7.3.3 Appropriate operating procedure ................................................................................... 100
7.3.4 Forbidden handling operations ....................................................................................... 102
7.3.5 Check of the device when in operation ........................................................................... 106
7.3.6 Reducing noise and vibrations......................................................................................... 106
7.4 Before stop .......................................................................................................................... 106
7.5 Equipment stop ................................................................................................................... 106
7.5.1 Instructions for stopping the equipment ........................................................................ 107
7.6 Working tool wear ............................................................................................................... 107
8. Troubleshooting .............................................................................................................................. 108
8.1. OVErview of troubleshooting – boom system and hydraulic power unit ................................ 109
8.2. Overview of troubleshooting – remote control .................................................................. 111
9. Maintenance and Repair ............................................................................................................. 112
9.1 Preventative maintenance .................................................................................................. 112
9.1.1 Cleaning ....................................................................................................................... 112
9.1.2 Condition check during operation ............................................................................... 113
9.1.3 Programmed Replacement.......................................................................................... 118
9.1.4 Lubrication ................................................................................................................... 133
9.1.5 Overview periodic maintenance ................................................................................. 138
9.2 Repair maintenance ............................................................................................................ 139
9.2.1 Repair of components/consumables while the equipment is in operation ................ 141
9.2.2 Repair of components/consumables while the equipment is stopped ...................... 141
9.2.3 Replacement of components/consumables while the equipment is in operation ..... 141
9.2.4 Replacement of components/consumables while the machine/plant is stopped ..... 141
10. Taking Out of Service ..................................................................................................................... 142
10.1. Taking out of service .............................................................................................................. 142
10.1.1. Preparations, protective measures ................................................................................. 142
10.1.2. Equipment/tools, personal protective equipment.......................................................... 142
10.1.3. Reduction of noise and vibrations ................................................................................... 142
10.1.4. Before stop ...................................................................................................................... 142
10.1.5. EQUIPMENT stop ............................................................................................................. 142
10.2. Disassembly ............................................................................................................................ 143
10.2.1. Preparations, protective measures ................................................................................. 143
10.2.2. Equipment/tools, personal protective equipment.......................................................... 143
10.2.3. Reduction of noise and vibrations ................................................................................... 143
10.2.4. Disassembly ..................................................................................................................... 143
10.3. Disposal .................................................................................................................................. 143
10.3.1. Destruction ...................................................................................................................... 143
10.3.2. Recycling .......................................................................................................................... 143
10.3.3. Disposal (removal) ........................................................................................................... 143
11. Storage .......................................................................................................................................... 144
11.1. Preparations, protective measures ........................................................................................ 144
11.2. Equipment/tools, personal protective equipment ................................................................ 144
11.3. General ................................................................................................................................... 144
11.4. Steel structure and mechanical parts..................................................................................... 144
11.5. Hydraulics ............................................................................................................................... 145
11.6. Central lubrication .................................................................................................................. 145
11.7. Electrical equipment............................................................................................................... 145
11.8. Slewing gear transmission ...................................................................................................... 145
11.9. Hydraulic hammer .................................................................................................................. 145
11.10. Short-term storage ............................................................................................................... 145
11.11. Long-term storage ................................................................................................................ 146
11.12. Procedure after more than 12 months of storage. .............................................................. 147
11.13. Working tool ......................................................................................................................... 147
11.14. Renewing conservation ........................................................................................................ 147
11.15. Re-Commissioning ................................................................................................................ 148
12. Specifications ................................................................................................................................. 149
12.1. Technical Date .................................................................................................................... 149
12.1. Vertical and horizontal reach ............................................................................................ 151
12.2. Assembly.............................................................................................................................. 152
12.3. Static load ............................................................................................................................ 153
12.4. RK6156-HD/G - PROBE ................................................................................................. 155
12.5. Connection diagram boom system ................................................................................... 156
12.6. Radio /cable Remote Control (dual) + Control Room .................................................. 157
......................................................................................................................................................... 158
13. Drawings ........................................................................................................................................ 159
13.1. INSTALLATION DRAWINGS ..................................................................................................... 159
13.1.1. List of drawings................................................................................................................ 159
13.2. HYDRAULIC SCHEME............................................................................................................... 159
13.2.1. List of drawings................................................................................................................ 159
13.3. electric SCHEME ..................................................................................................................... 159
13.3.1. Electricity ......................................................................................................................... 159
14. Modification .................................................................................................................................. 160
14.1. Allowed modifications ............................................................................................................ 160
14.2. Instructions for how the machine/plant may be modified without the safety and the
effectiveness/capacity being negatively affected ........................................................................... 160
15. Warranty.................................................................................................................................. 161
1.1 Warranty period .................................................................................................................. 161
1.2 Return of components ........................................................................................................ 161
1.3 WARRANTY Repairs ............................................................................................................. 161
1. INTRODUCTION
Dear Customer,
Thank you for purchasing this quality DAVON product. This document has been prepared to help you become familiar
with the starting, operation and maintenance of your Rockbreaker boom system RK DAVON.
Information and data described in this document are current at time of manufacture. DAVON company reserves the right
to change these parameters.

1.1. THIS IS HOW TO READ THE INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE

Carefully read this instructions for use and maintenance (hereinafter only the "Manual") before commissioning the
equipment, and familiarize yourself with the controls. Ensure that all persons who are to operate the equipment have
read and understood the Manual.

1.2. ARCHIVING AND DISTRIBUTION OF THE INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE

Store the Manual in the vicinity of the machine (at the control station), and in case of its loss replace it with a new one.
Store the Manual carefully for future reference, e.g. in case of loan, hiring out or sale of the equipment.

1.3. INTENDED USE OF THE EQUIPMENT

The stationary Rockbreaker boom system RK DAVON is equipment (hereinafter only the "Equipment") designed to
release and breaks boulders in mining industry.
The Manual contains important instructions for operation of this equipment. The equipment must be operated by a
qualified operator, who must be trained in the operation of the equipment. Prior to commissioning of the equipment, the
equipment operator must read this Manual thoroughly to be able to operate the equipment correctly. The method of
operation is described in the Manual only in basic terms, and only in practice is it possible to fully develop the equipment
operation technique and fully utilize all the advantages and high performance of the equipment.
The manual is not considered comprehensive, for further information, e.g. regarding the hydraulic hammer, see the
original documentation, which is one accessory of the equipment.

1.4. APPLICABLE INTERNATIONAL/NATIONAL STANDARDS FOR THE EQUIPMENT

1.4.1. LEGISLATION FOR EQUIPMENT
Directive
Directive 2006/42/EC on machinery
Directive 2006/95/EC on the harmonization of the laws of Member States relating to electrical equipment designed for
use within certain voltage limits
Directive 2004/108/EC on the approximation of the laws of the Member States relating to electromagnetic compatibility

1.4.2. MAIN EQUIPMENT STANDARDS

Standards

EN ISO 12100 Safety of machinery - General principles for design - Risk assessment and risk reduction

EN 60204-1 (+ ed. 2) Safety of machinery - Electrical equipment of machines - Part 1: General requirements

EN 1037+A1 Safety of machinery - Prevention of unexpected start-up

Safety of machinery - Safety-related parts of control systems - Part 1: General principles

EN ISO 13849-1
for design

EN ISO 13849-2 Safety of machinery - Safety-related parts of control systems - Part 2: Validation

EN ISO 13850 Safety of machinery - Emergency stop - Principles for design

DAVON s.r.o. | No. 16156-Z170115 | REV A | 04-2018 1

Related equipment standards
Related standards
EN 1005-1+A1 Safety of machinery - Human physical performance - Part 1: Terms and definitions
Safety of machinery - Human physical performance - Part 2: Manual handling of
EN 1005-2+A1
machinery and component parts of machinery
Safety of machinery - Human physical performance - Part 3: Recommended force limits
EN 1005-3
for machinery operation
Safety of machinery - Indication, marking and actuation - Part 1: Requirements for visual,
EN 61310-1
acoustic and tactile signals
Safety of machinery - Indication, marking and actuation - Part 2: Requirements for
EN 61310-2
marking
Safety of machinery - Indication, marking and actuation - Part 3: Requirements for the
EN 61310-3
location and operation of actuators
Safety of machinery - Ergonomic design principles - Part 1: Terminology and general
EN 614-1+A1
principles
Safety of machinery - Reduction of risks to health from hazardous substances emitted by
EN 626-1+A1
machinery - Part 1: Principles and specifications for machinery manufacturers
EN 842+A1 Safety of machinery - Visual danger signals - General requirements, design and testing
Safety of machinery - Ergonomic requirements for the design of displays and control
EN 894-1+A1 actuators - Part 1: General principles for human interactions with displays and control
actuators
Safety of machinery - Ergonomic requirements for the design of displays and control
EN 894-2+A1
actuators - Part 2: Displays
Safety of machinery - Ergonomics requirements for the design of displays and control
EN 894-3+A1
actuators - Part 3: Control actuators
Safety of machinery - Ergonomics requirements for the design of displays and control
EN 894-4+A1
actuators - Part 4: Location and arrangement of displays and control actuators
EN 981+A1 Safety of machinery - System of auditory and visual danger and information signals
EN ISO 7731 Ergonomics - Danger signals for public and work areas - Auditory danger signals
Ergonomics of the thermal environment - Methods for the assessment of human
EN ISO 13732-1
responses to contact with surfaces - Part 1: Hot surfaces
Hydraulic fluid power - General rules and safety requirements for systems and their
EN ISO 4413
components
Pneumatic fluid power - General rules and safety requirements for systems and their
EN ISO 4414
components
Mechanical vibration and shock - Vibration isolation of machines - Information for the
EN 1299+A1
application of source isolation
EN 50178 Electronic equipment for use in power installations
EN 60529 Degrees of protection provided by enclosures (IP Code)

DAVON s.r.o. | No. 16156-Z170115 | REV A | 04-2018 2

1.5. CONTACT DETAILS FOR THE MANUFACTURER
1.5.1. THE MANUFACTURER

DAVON s.r.o.
Šumperská 1353
783 91 Uničov (Czech Republic)
[email protected]
www.davoncompany.com
Phone: +420 585 004 539
Fax: +420 585 053 229
ID No.: 60775980 | VAT No.: CZ60775980
Commercial Register administered by the Regional Court Ostrava Sec. C,
file 6891

The company holds the folowing certificates:

• ČSN EN ISO 9001 - Quality Management System,
• ČSN EN ISO 3834-2 - Quality Management System for welding,
• ČSN EN ISO 14001 - Environmental Management System,
• ČSN OHSAS 18001 - Occupational Health and Safety Management,
• ČSN ISO 50001 - Energy Management.

DAVON s.r.o. | No. 16156-Z170115 | REV A | 04-2018 3

2. SAFETY
2.1. GENERAL

Familiarize yourself with the Manual and with the safety instructions, especially before you start to use the equipment, in
order to:

• eliminate the risk of injury or death to you and others

• protect your property and equipment from damage
• protect the environment from pollution

Anyone transporting, installing or disassembling, storing, operating or disposing of this equipment must study and
understand the Manual.
All instructions must be observed. Store the Manual at the control station.
The Manual must be handed over together with the equipment. Hand the Manual over e.g. in case of loan, hiring out or
sale of the equipment.

The owner of the equipment is always responsible for compliance with all safety instructions.
The owner must observe the legislation of the European Union as well as the relevant national legislation.
With respect to the country of use, outside the EU, the relevant national legislation must be observed.
All safety information meets the requirements of the legislation in the European Union and the legislation of the
manufacturer's country. If other national legislation applies in the country of use, it must be added by the organization
using the equipment and attached to the Manual as an attachment.

2.2. EXPLANATION OF THE WARNING LEVELS

The levels of danger and risk are marked in the Manual:

DANGER - the highest level of danger

WARNING - medium level of danger
CAUTION - low level of danger

The manufacturer of the equipment solved the highest and medium level of danger through the design of the equipment,
the introduction of signalling elements and symbols on the machine and control unit. The following sections of the
Manual explain the symbols used on the machine and in the Manual for all levels of risk.

DAVON s.r.o. | No. 16156-Z170115 | REV A | 04-2018 : 4

2.3. EXPLANATION OF THE WARNING SYMBOLS/SIGNS/STICKERS
The warning symbols and signs in the Manual have the following meaning:

This symbol warns about the danger of injury.

This symbol warns about the danger of injury by electric current.

If this info is ignored, it may result in equipment malfunction or breakdown.

DANGER The word DANGER warns about serious injury and material damage.

WARNING The word WARNING warns about injury and material damage.

CAUTION The word CAUTION warns about light injury or damage.

Place the tag ”Do Not Operate” or a similar warning tag to the main switch or
to the control elements before you service or before you repair the equipment.

Warning; electricity

Incorrect control may cause serious injury resulting in

death

DAVON s.r.o. | No. 16156-Z170115 | REV A | 04-2018 : 5

Keep away

Risk of squashing of the upper limbs by moving parts; risk of the operator being crushed by moving parts

Warning; hot surface

DAVON s.r.o. | No. 16156-Z170115 | REV A | 04-2018 : 6

Personal protective equipment - Wear head protection, link to instructions for use, wear gloves, wear foot protection
2.4. SUPERVISOR AND OPERATOR
2.4.1. RESPONSIBILITY
Operators' supervisors must ensure familiarization of operators, persons performing maintenance, repairs, transport,
assembly, disassembly and disposal with the Manual and the relevant safety instructions.

2.4.2. OPERATOR REQUIREMENTS

Only authorized persons may perform maintenance:
They must be trained in operating the equipment, be familiar with all the applicable national safety guidelines and
instructions for prevention, must be familiar with the Manual and understand it.

This stationary equipment works with a voltage and therefore it is necessary to comply with all safety instructions for
operation of the equipment.

Only persons authorized to operate a crane or cart according to the applicable national regulations, and who are familiar
with all safety guidelines and instructions for prevention and also with the instructions in the Manual and the transport
instructions, may transport the machine or its parts.

Specialists trained by the manufacturer or in the presence of the manufacturer, install and uninstall the equipment.
Only persons familiar with the relevant and national safety guidelines and instructions for prevention, and with the safety
guidelines in the Manual, may store, maintain and dispose of the equipment.

2.5. PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT

2.5.1. PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT
Personal protective equipment must comply with the applicable health and occupational safety legislation.

WARNING
The equipment emits noise during operation. Prolonged exposure to high noise levels may cause permanent damage to
your hearing. The operator must use hearing protection equipment. Work with the hammer may endanger the operator
due to flying stones, dust and noise. Therefore, the listed protective equipment must be used.
Work with chemical mixtures (oils, etc.)
Squirting fluids under high pressure: Never try to find a fluid leak with your hand and always wear protective equipment:
gloves, goggles, safety helmet and safety gloves.

Toxic or corrosive vapors and dust: Observe safety instructions, wear safety gloves and a face mask.

Personal protective equipment:

• gloves

DAVON s.r.o. | No. 16156-Z170115 | REV A | 04-2018 : 7

• goggles
• safety helmet
• ear protection
• protective shoes
• respirator
• etc. according to local legislation

DAVON s.r.o. | No. 16156-Z170115 | REV A | 04-2018 : 8

2.5.2. EMERGENCY STOP, SIGNALS AND WARNING FUNCTIONS
In case it is necessary, the entire equipment can be switched off using the EMERGENCY STOP button on:
• electrical distribution box RM1 – hydraulic power unit,
• electrical distribution box MX1 – main frame,
• electrical distribution box MS1 – control room,

In case of:
• overheating of the main motor,
• hydraulic oil overheating,
• emergency hydraulic oil level,

this fact is signalled by a red control light on:

• remote control,
• electrical distribution box located on the hydraulic power unit,
and the drive of the hydraulic power unit will automatically switch off (emergency disconnection of supply).

CAUTION
In case of a sudden defect in the equipment, use also the red E-STOP button to shut down the hydraulic power unit.

2.5.3. FIREFIGHTING EQUIPMENT

Equipment not designed to be used in potentially explosive environments.

WARNING
Measures
Make sure you know the local escape routes, emergency exits and fire prevention regulations.
In case of fire, use the appropriate fire extinguisher if you think you can extinguish the fire without any personal risk.
Never use water to extinguish a fire in the electrical wiring or electrical distribution box. Make sure you know all
emergency phone numbers, the fire brigade phone numbers, the connection is available on the plant floor.
Electrical sparks and arcs may ignite combustible gases or fluids and cause a fire or explosion. Explosion and fire may
cause serious injury or death.
Never use electrical accessories in or close to highly flammable or explosive environments or materials, such as
hydraulic oil and others.
Never bypass safety circuits or devices.

2.5.4. EVACUATION ROUTES

Make sure you know the local escape routes and emergency exits. Make sure the escape routes are not blocked.

Other protective equipment

EMERGENCY STOP buttons, an electric level gauge, thermostat, acoustic signalization, mechanical stop in end
positions, and a beacon for signalling current status of the equipment are located on the equipment.

DAVON s.r.o. | No. 16156-Z170115 | REV A | 04-2018 : 9

2.6. RESIDUAL RISKS

WARNING
The equipment is designed to minimize the risk of injury during operation, with safety measures introduced for this
purpose; any noncompliance with the instructions in this Manual may result in serious injury or death. Activities during
maintenance and when resolving extraordinary situations present a high risk.

Proper use
Only properly installed equipment, securely attached to the base, is correctly installed according to the technical
specifications and has the correct weight for the equipment and the systems to function.
Never use components or parts which do not comply with the technical specifications or are designed for other purposes.

Use the equipment only in the specified operating range.

Compliance with all the instructions in this manual is part of the correct use, therefore, different use or changes to the
equipment are not permitted and the manufacturer is not responsible for any damage to the equipment, property or other
persons, or injury to persons caused by unauthorized use.

2.7. FORBIDDEN USE

WARNING
Never use the equipment under water or in environments with a risk of explosion. Explosion may result in serious injury
or death.

WARNING
The equipment is not designed to work in potentially explosive environments.

The working equipment, including the hammer, must not be exposed to falling rocks, e.g. when pouring the material into
the crusher and use in other ways.

DAVON s.r.o. | No. 16156-Z170115 | REV A | 04-2018 : 10

2.7.1 LIFTING/TRANSPORT

WARNING
The equipment is designed only as a stationary carrier of a hydraulic hammer. It is prohibited to use it as a lifting
equipment.
A lifted object may fall and cause serious injury or death.

The equipment is not designed for the lifting or transport of loads and may be damaged by such use.

Fig. 2/1 Lifting/transport

2.7.2 IMPACTS

Do not use the equipment as a sledgehammer.

The equipment is not designed as a sledgehammer and may be damaged by such use.

DAVON s.r.o. | No. 16156-Z170115 | REV A | 04-2018 : 11

Fig. 2/2 Impacts
2.7.3 RELOCATING OBJECTS

Never use the equipment to push debris away.

The equipment is not designed for pushing away debris and may be damaged by such use.

Fig. 2/3 Relocating objects

2.7.4 PRYING

Never use the equipment as a pry bar.

The equipment is not designed for prying and may be damaged by such use.

Fig. 2/4 Prying

DAVON s.r.o. | No. 16156-Z170115 | REV A | 04-2018 : 12

2.8. RISK AREA AND SAFE DISTANCE

WARNING
The equipment must be operated from a place with a good overview of the workplace with sufficient lighting.
The danger zone is the area within reach of the equipment.
Never step into this zone when the equipment is not secured, e.g. the hydraulic hammer is in the parking position and
the main switch is locked in the switched-off position.

2.9. HAZARDS DURING ASSEMBLY/INSTALLATION

WARNING
Measures
• Secure the sufficient space for installation of the equipment.
• Make sure no vehicles can drive through the area when the hydraulic hammer is being lifted and secured in the
position to avoid collisions, e.g. in the parking position.
• Make sure no-one can accidentally walk beneath the lifted part and that only authorized personnel move in the
installation area.
• Check the conveying and lifting machinery for sufficient load bearing capacity and stability for the machine's
installation.
• Use suitable installation platforms.
• Make sure the power supply circuit breaker is disconnected before commencing works.

The initial start-up is an especially critical operation and must be performed by persons trained by the manufacturer or in
the presence of the manufacturer's representatives. Correct setting of the relief valve must be verified by an authorized
responsible person.
Prior to initial start-up, make sure the emergency system will stop the equipment in case of undesirable machine
behavior and that the emergency stop system is functional.
Ensure no-one enters the danger zone.
Have emergency equipment and protective aids at hand.

2.10. HAZARDS DURING COMMISSIONING

WARNING

2.10.1 STABILITY
Safe operation of the equipment requires bolting the basic frame to the foundations using quality fasteners. Foundations
mean a steel structure designed for mounting the equipment.

WARNING

DAVON s.r.o. | No. 16156-Z170115 | REV A | 04-2018 : 13

2.10.2 WIRING
The electric motor and electrical distribution box use high voltage. Contact with open wiring may lead to electric shock.
Disconnect the electricity supply prior to any maintenance or repair.
The electrical distribution boxes must always be closed during operation of the equipment. Never operate the equipment
with defective outlets/connectors or wiring/cables.

WARNING

2.10.3 SAFE WORKING PROCEDURE

Damage. If the equipment is damaged, stop the equipment immediately using the EMERGENCY STOP button.

WARNING

2.10.4 ELECTRICAL STORM INJURY PREVENTION

When lightning is striking in the vicinity of the equipment, the operator should never attempt the assembly/installation.

2.10.5 RISK OF AMPUTATION OR CRUSHING OF HANDS OR FINGERS

Bores and parts may move against each other like shears and could amputate or crush parts of the body. Never check
bores or ducts using your hands or fingers.

WARNING

2.10.6 INTOXICANTS, ALCOHOL AND MEDICINES

Intoxicants, alcohol or medicines may impair the decision-making ability and the operator's concentration. Delayed
reactions and erroneous decisions may result in serious occupational injury or death.
Never operate the equipment if you are tired or under the influence of intoxicants, alcohol or sleeping pills.
Also prevent other persons using the equipment if they are tired, under the influence of drugs, alcohol or sleeping pills.

WARNING

2.10.7 HYDRAULIC SYSTEM

A sensor, which upon the oil level dropping below a preset value ensures drive cut-out, is installed in the oil tank to
prevent loss of a larger volume of oil in case of hydraulic system leakage.

DAVON s.r.o. | No. 16156-Z170115 | REV A | 04-2018 : 14

WARNING

2.10.8 SQUIRTING OF HOT HYDRAULIC OIL UNDER HIGH PRESSURE

The hydraulic system is under high pressure. If the hydraulic connections are loose or disconnected, hydraulic oil will
squirt out under high pressure.
The hydraulic hoses may leak or tear. High pressure of the oil nozzles may cause serious injury.
Lock the main switch in the "0" position.
Reduce the hydraulic system's pressure prior to assembly or disassembly of the hammer.

APPLIES TO ALL OIL HANDLING:

During oil changes, always make sure the oil does not enter the soil or water.
Handle old oil as dangerous waste. Dispose of it in compliance with national regulations on waste. Contain the leaking oil
to prevent damage to the environment.

WARNING

2.10.9 HOT PARTS

The hydraulic hammer, work tool, hoses, pipes and fittings during operation heat up very quickly to a high temperature.
Touching hot surfaces of certain parts presents a risk of burns.
Never touch hot parts. In case certain actions must be carried out, wait until the hot parts cool down.

2.11. HAZARDS DURING USE (WORK/HANDLING)

WARNING
Transport
Collision of the equipment with a vehicle may cause serious damage. Agree clear signals with the vehicle driver to
ensure safe operation.

2.11.1 DURING LIFTS

Crane transport
The equipment may be transported by workers who:
• are authorized to operate a crane or a forklift truck in compliance with the applicable national regulations,
• are familiar with all the applicable national safety regulations and instructions for accident prevention,
• have studied and understood the chapters of this manual dealing with safety and transport.

Secure the equipment and its parts with ropes or chains with a suitable load bearing capacity to secure them against
movement in relation to each other, and against slipping.
Use chains and straps with a suitable load bearing capacity in designated places (slinging point) for attachment for lifting
(marked with the "hook" symbol). Only persons with a slinging license can sling loads (qualified according to national
regulations).
Lift the equipment or its parts slowly into the final position. Prior to removing the slinging straps, make sure the
equipment is in a stable position.

2.11.2 DURING TRANSPORT

DAVON s.r.o. | No. 16156-Z170115 | REV A | 04-2018 : 15

Fall during lifting
The equipment and its parts are heavy. Property damage or injuries to persons may result from it falling or tipping over.
Use only lifting equipment with a suitable load bearing capacity to transport it.
Use only suitable lifting accessories for lifting. Ensure no-one steps beneath or in the vicinity of the equipment during
lifting.
Transport by manual cart/forklift
Make sure the manual cart/forklift has the correct load bearing capacity and length of forks.
Secure the equipment and its parts on forks against movement or fall (center of gravity).
Lift the equipment or its parts slowly.
Transport by truck
Make sure the truck has a suitable load bearing capacity and dimensions.
Secure the equipment or its parts with chains or steel cables to the truck so it cannot move or its parts cannot fall (center
of gravity). Use suitable slinging accessories with sufficient specifications.
Observe national transport regulations for trucks and load anchoring.

The equipment or its parts must be slung during transport to the means of transport using slings attached at the
designated slinging points. Only persons with a slinging license can sling loads (qualified according to national
regulations).

2.11.3 AT THE WORKPLACE

Loss of stability - fall
The equipment and its parts are heavy. If it falls, it may result in property damage and injury. Always ensure the
equipment is stable.
Working equipment, including the hammer, must not be exposed to falling rocks, e.g. when pouring material into the
crusher's hopper.
Debris
Fragments of rocks and metal particles created when using the hydraulic hammer may cause injury when hitting
persons. Accelerating operation may also cause serious injury or death.
Close off the danger zone - operating area of the equipment - during operation.
Stop operation immediately if anyone steps into the danger zone.
Ensure sufficient lighting during operation.
Control the equipment only from the designated place, a station with an overview of the workplace with sufficient lighting.

Never touch hot working tools.

2.11.4 BEFORE WORK

Before work:
• make sure where the EMERGENCY STOP button is located,
• make sure no persons are present in the operating area,
• make sure you have the appropriate protective aids,
• make sure all maintenance points have been carried out, eventually carry out repairs.
Risk of slipping, tripping and falling over
Movement in the workplace is associated with the risk of slipping, tripping or falling over, e.g., tripping over hoses or
other objects. Slipping on spilled oil on the floor, tripping or falling over can cause injury.
Make sure before work that the workplace is free of hoses or other objects which could obstruct you or other persons
while walking.

2.11.5 During work (the operators positioning, the machine's stability, etc.)

Work with the hammer may endanger operators by flying pieces of stone, dust and noise. For this reason, use the
prescribed protective aids during work.
Risk of slipping, tripping and falling over
Movement in the workplace is associated with the risk of slipping, tripping or falling over, e.g., tripping over hoses or
other objects. Slipping on spilled oil on the floor, tripping or falling over can cause injury.

DAVON s.r.o. | No. 16156-Z170115 | REV A | 04-2018 : 16

Make sure before work that the workplace is free of hoses or other objects which could obstruct you or other persons
while walking.
During work (and operating the remote control units) take a stable stance with your feet slightly apart, and uniformly
distribute your body weight.

If you think the machine has hit a hidden object, stop the equipment immediately.

2.11.6 MANEUVERING (MOVING AND TOWING)

Collision with power lines and cables
Contact of the equipment or hammer may cause electric shock and damage to the infrastructure.
Never operate the equipment close to electricity lines, cables or product pipelines.

During loading and unloading from a means of transport, all persons apart from the operators must maintain a safe
distance from the device to prevent any injury if it falls.
Disassembled parts must be secured against slipping and undesirable tipping over.

Observe the applicable safety and other regulation while using a crane to load and unload the device.
Use only designated lifting eyes for slinging.
Use lifting equipment and slings with a sufficient load bearing capacity.
Only persons with a slinging license can sling loads (qualified according to national regulations).
Never walk under suspended loads.
Dragging
Dragging the equipment is prohibited as it may cause fall of or damage to the device and property, or injury. Handling
using lifting equipment is permitted.

2.11.7 AFTER WORK

When not in use, move the equipment to a position away from walkways or roads, and adjacent to the working area.
Secure the hammer in the vertical position, e.g. in the parking position.
Prevent damage to the equipment by flying rocks or other machines in the workplace.
Accidental start-up
Undesired start-up of the equipment (accidental contact with the controls, start-up by an unauthorized person) may
cause serious injury or material damage. Always turn the switch on the main electrical distributor (right-hand side of the
cabinet) off if you do not expect the device to be operated. When the operator leaves the workplace or equipment,
secure the equipment against start-up by unauthorized persons - lock the main switch in the "0" position - switched off.

2.11.8 ELECTRICAL STORM INJURY PREVENTION

When lightning is striking in the vicinity of the equipment, the operator should never attempt the use.

2.11.9 OTHER RISKS

Always observe the instructions in the safety sheet and technical specifications of the chemical compound or material .

Hot hydraulic oil is under high pressure

Hydraulic oil penetrates in case of leakage under high pressure. The hydraulic oil may stain your skin and cause
permanent damage. Hot hydraulic oil causes burns.
Never use your fingers to check hydraulic oil leaks.
Keep your face away from points of suspected leaks.
If your skin has come into contact with hydraulic oil, seek medical attention immediately.

Spilled hydraulic oil

Hydraulic oil spilled on the floor is slippery and may cause slipping and subsequent injury.
Avoid spilling hydraulic oil.
Observe safety instructions and instructions for environmental protection while using hydraulic oil.

DAVON s.r.o. | No. 16156-Z170115 | REV A | 04-2018 : 17

Skin diseases caused by oil and grease
Oil and grease may cause skin disease. Avoid oil contacting your skin or use protective ointments.
Wear protective gloves while working with oil or use protective ointments.
In case of contact of oil or grease with your skin, wash it with water and soap immediately .

DAVON s.r.o. | No. 16156-Z170115 | REV A | 04-2018 : 18

2.12. RISKS DURING TROUBLESHOOTING

CAUTION
There are safety devices which must not be modified or removed. Never perform any modifications!

Unauthorized modifications or changes to the machine may cause serious damage or injury. Use original spare parts
only from the manufacturer of the equipment.
Modifications will invalidate the issued safety instructions and manufacturer's declaration.

Always turn the main switch (usually located on the right-hand side of the cabinet) off before opening the electrical
distribution panel. Supply cables up to the first terminals are still live!

2.12.1 ELECTRICAL STORM INJURY PREVENTION

When lightning is striking in the vicinity of the equipment, the operator should never attempt the troubleshooting.

2.13. RISKS DURING MAINTENANCE AND REPAIRS

ATTENTION
Before commencing maintenance tasks, stabilize the equipment (e.g. parking position), and turn the motor and main
switch off. Always bear in mind that after turning off the main switch on the electric distribution panel, the supply cables
are still live. For this reason, they are protected against contact by a special guard.

WARNING
The point of the working tool heats up during operation. Contact with skin may cause burns. Never touch hot working
tools. Wait until the machine cools down and then start maintenance works.

The hydraulic oil may heat up during operation to approx. 70°C. Therefore, during repairs requiring disconnection of the
hydraulic circuits, it is necessary to wait until the oil cools down to a temperature which is not dangerous.
Exposure of an unprotected part of the body to a flow of oil ejected under pressure may cause injury and infection of the
wound.
After contact between hydraulic oil and skin, it is necessary to wash the affected area and treat it with a suitable cosmetic
creme. The oil contains additives which may cause allergies and skin diseases in persons with sensitive skin.
Before every action requiring removal of the plug, cap, etc. it is necessary to clean away impurities from the surrounding
area, which could get inside and eventually disrupt correct functioning of the equipment.

APPLIES TO ALL OIL HANDLING:

Fatigue failure of materials

Fatigue failure of metal is a sudden break of a part after repeated cycles of loading. Often, there is no obvious warning
beforehand. A crack without any visible change causes damage to the material. Cracks usually start with small
indentations or scratches, which cause tension.
The crack spreads through the tool or material and may cause failure.

Causes and results of material fatigue

During normal operation, when the tool moves up and down, no excessive crack formation occurs. The main cause of
long-term fatigue of the tool material are lateral forces acting on the tool. Prying with the tool, incorrect work methods,

DAVON s.r.o. | No. 16156-Z170115 | REV A | 04-2018 : 19

use of the tool to pull or transport items, reduces the tool's service life and should be avoided. Do not increase the risk of
fatigue cracks in the material.

Another cause of material fatigue is free movement, when the tool works but is not in sufficient contact with rock
(breaking plates, mere contact with stone).

Low temperatures make the tool vulnerable to fatigue failures. Ensure heating before the equipment actually starts work.

If metallic fragments get into the hydraulic surfaces, it may lead to damage to the tool and deteriorated operation, and
reduction in the service life of the components and the device.
Lubricate the designated hydraulic parts at the specified intervals.
Use only pure grease, pure oil.

Corrosion - keep the tool lubricated and protected against the elements when not in use.
Corroded places are more vulnerable to material fatigue.

Regularly check bolted joints and if they are not properly tightened, retighten them. Torques are listed in the "Assembly,
Installation and Connection".

Replace all symbols that have been lost, have worn off or are otherwise illegible. Clean the symbols of impurities, dust,
dirt, etc., so they are always visible.
If you are replacing any part on which symbols are located, replace the symbols on the new part.

2.13.1 ELECTRICAL STORM INJURY PREVENTION

When lightning is striking in the vicinity of the equipment, the operator should never attempt the maintenance and
repairs.

2.14. OTHERS
A fire extinguisher should be easily accessible during all welding operations.

WARNING
Disconnect the machine from the power supply before any welding operations.
Disconnect the electronic modules prior to welding.
Connect the grounding cable as close as possible.

Repairs by welding must be performed by a trained and qualified welder according to the manual. Choose the welded
material, additional materials (electrodes, bars, wire) and welding procedure to provide the metal with properties
matching the original material.
Perform repairs in a clean area, free of any flammable fluids, hydraulic hoses, tanks or other items.

Work especially carefully when welding, grinding or cutting near flammable objects.

Connect the grounding cable of the arc welder as close to the working area as possible.
Always remove paint from the welding point. Welding on painted surfaces releases dangerous vapors, which may cause
accidents. Remove paint up to 10cm from the welding point. Low-quality welds or failure to remove paint may present a
risk to health.
Enclose the grinding or welding point using a protective inflammable partition.
Before welding, make sure the first aid kit, escape routes and connection to the warning system are accessible and
functional.

When removing paint, cutting, grinding, or welding, use suitable protective aids.
Blasting - use protective breathing equipment and safety goggles.
Chemical removal of paint - use ventilation means, protective breathing equipment and protective gloves, and respect
the safety instructions for the chemical compound used.
Grinding - use ventilation means, protective breathing equipment, protective gloves and safety goggles.
Welding - use protective clothing, shoes, gloves, partitions, hand and foot covers, goggles, shields and masks for eye
protection, as prescribed by standards and national safety regulations.

DAVON s.r.o. | No. 16156-Z170115 | REV A | 04-2018 : 20

DAVON s.r.o. | No. 16156-Z170115 | REV A | 04-2018 : 21
2.15. ACCIDENTS AND DEFECTS

WARNING
Do not operate a clearly or partially non-functional device, a device emitting a different sound during operation, a device
with leaking oil, a device with sparking wires and wiring, a device with loose parts, or a device loose on its foundations.
Protect persons operating the device, other persons in the workplace and property by appropriate operation of the
device.

Safety Precautions
Safety equipment must be assessed from the point of view of quality, suitability and functionality by an authorized person
according to the maintenance schedule, prior to use of the device. The procedures must be secured in place according
to the prepared list.

Resolving unsuitable conditions of the device is described in the Troubleshooting chapter and table in part 8, while the
procedures for repairs and maintenance are listed in part 9 of this Manual.

2.16. RISKS DURING PAINTING

A fire extinguisher should be easily accessible during all painting operations.
Paint coat repairs must be performed by a trained and qualified person according to the manual. Observe the color
scheme of the manufacturer, especially for the warning zones. When repairing paint, ensure the legibility and correct
placement of the warning symbols and signs.
Do not work with synthetic paint in explosive environments, or close to cutting, grinding, welding operations or open
flame.
Secure the storage site of paints during painting against leakage into water or the soil.
Before painting, make sure the first aid kit, escape routes and connection to the warning system are accessible and
functional.

When painting, use suitable and appropriate protective aids.

Painting - use ventilation means, protective breathing equipment and protective gloves, and respect the safety
instructions for the chemical compound used.

DAVON s.r.o. | No. 16156-Z170115 | REV A | 04-2018 : 22

3. DESIGN A FUNCTION
3.1 MACHINE DESIGNATION (TYPE OR SERIES DESIGNATION)

RK 6156

Model designation Size of equipment Maximal horizontal

of equipment RK RK 6 reach 15,6 m

The serial number is always stated on the name plate. Always include this information when ordering spare parts.

3.1.1 BOOM SYSTEM

Type RK 6156

Serial number 00824

3.1.2 POWER UNIT

Type HA 75RT-K

Serial number 00837

3.1.3 AREA OF USE AND ENVIRONMENT

Operating conditions:

Altitude: max 3.500 MASL

Ambient temperature: - 20°C up to + 40°C

Humidity: 46%
The equipment is not designed to work in potentially explosive environments.

DAVON s.r.o. | No. 16156-Z170115 | REV A | 04-2018 : 23

3.2 SYMBOLS, STICKERS AND SIGNS ON THE EQUIPMENT

1. Serial number plate

2. Prohibition, warning and command signs
3. Symbols
4. Stickers

Fig. 3/1 Symbols, stickers and signs on the equipment – base frame

Fig. 3/2 Symbols, stickers and signs on the equipment –boom system

DAVON s.r.o. | No. 16156-Z170115 | REV A | 04-2018 : 24

Fig. 3/3 Symbols, stickers and signs on the equipment – hydraulic power unit

3.2.1 NAME PLATE

With the loss, destruction or loss of legibility, order the name plate.
It is necessary to include the delivery date, (bill of delivery), serial number of the equipment /power unit.

Basic data stated on the name plate:

TYPE
SERIAL No.
YEAR
110x70x1,5 mm WEIGHT
VOLTAGE
pmax

DAVON s.r.o. | No. 16156-Z170115 | REV A | 04-2018 : 25

3.2.2 PROHIBITION, WARNING AND COMMAND SIGNS

100x100x1 mm 100x50x1 mm; 50x100x1 mm

Keep away Inappropriate use may cause serious injury resulting in
death

50x50x1 mm
Warning; electricity

100x100x1 mm
Risk of squashing of the upper limbs by moving parts; risk of the operator being crushed by moving parts

100x100x1 mm
Warning; hot surface

DAVON s.r.o. | No. 16156-Z170115 | REV A | 04-2018 : 26

100x100x1 mm
Personal protective equipment - Wear head protection, link to instructions for use, wear gloves, wear foot protection

3.2.3 SYMBOLS

50x50x1 mm

Lifting point

Suction filter

Hydraulic oil

Hydraulic oil level

Hydraulic oil filter

DAVON s.r.o. | No. 16156-Z170115 | REV A | 04-2018 : 27

LABEL OF THE MANUAL CONTROL – PREVIEW 300x170x1 mm

LOGO – PREVIEW

DAVON s.r.o. | No. 16156-Z170115 | REV A | 04-2018 : 28

3.3 EQUIPMENT
3.3.1 DESCRIPTION OF THE DESIGN AND FUNCTION OF THE EQUIPMENT RK DAVON

The equipment RK 6156 is stationary carrier of the hydraulic hammer. It is intended to release and break boulders that
are too big to go to the crusher.

The equipment is not designed to:

• work in potentially explosive environments,
• use like a lifting equipment.

The working part (boom system) of the machine consists of a boom, arm and hydraulic hammer. This is pivotally
attached to the arm through the adaptor. Boom, arm and adaptor are joined to each other with hardened pins in
hardened bushing that ensures high durability. The heel of boom is joined to the upper rotating frame, which allows slew
of the entire equipment to left and right on 330°. Both extreme positions are equipped with mechanical end stops.
Movements of the equipment are enabled by hydraulic cylinders with spherical bearings. The cylinders are connected to
hydraulic valve distributor by high-pressure hoses; this distributor is located at the rear of the upper frame. Hoses near
the work area are protected from damage by flying sharp rock fragments by protective wire spiral.
The upper frame is mounted on the lower frame via slew bearing with a gear ring. The upper frame and the equipment
are rotatable against the bottom frame, firmly attached to the support structure of the primary crusher. The slew is
ensured by hydraulic motor through the planetary gear and pinion engaging to gear ring of slew bearing.

All the movements are carried out hydraulically through the hydraulic power unit HA75RT-K.
Only authorized persons have full
access to the service menu.

Fig. 3/4 Display – Service menu

DAVON s.r.o. | No. 16156-Z170115 | REV A | 04-2018 : 29

3.4 COMPONENTS INCLUDED

3.4.1 BOOM SYSTEM RK 6156

Fig. 3/5 Boom system (working equipment)

1. Main frame
2. Boom
3. Arm
4. Lever mechanism
5. Hydraulic cylinders of the boom
6. Hydraulic cylinder of the arm
7. Hydraulic cylinder of the hammer tilting, including cover

3.4.1.1 BASE FRAME

• Rectangular base for mounting on concrete or steel foundation
• The working angle of 330 ° with mechanical and electric end stops
• Frame and slewing console is connectet via pair of hydraulic cylinders

Fig. 3/6 Frame and console

1. Mechanical end stop – upper frame

2. Mechanical end stop – bottom frame
3. Inductive sensor of the slew blocking
4. Adjustable console for setting of the slew blocking

DAVON s.r.o. | No. 16156-Z170115 | REV A | 04-2018 : 30

5. MECHANICAL END STOP
• Mechanical stop is supplied separetely –MUST BE WELD BY CUSTOMER
• Position of the mechanical stop is chosen by customer.
• The range of mechanical stop should be sufficient for service. This means the safe position outside the crusher's
reach.

WARNING

SLEW

The slew of equipment is ensured by the gearing – slew bearing crown wheel and pinion, powered by hydraulic
motor and planetary gear
• The following valves are used for safe and smooth movements:
o Pressure valve PRV1 that protects circuit components of the slew,
o Over center valve for the smooth operation of the slew of the equipment.

Fig. 3/7 Slew drive

1. Pressure valve PRV1

2. Overcenter valve
3. Orbit hydraulic motor
4. Planetary gearbox

DAVON s.r.o. | No. 16156-Z170115 | REV A | 04-2018 : 31

3.4.1.2 BOOM
• Boom 8,3 m is joined with upper frame through pins; it is stored in hardened steel bushings.
• The overcenter valve (motion control) ensures smooth operation and prevents uncontrolled "fall" of the boom
system.

Fig. 3/8 Overcentre valve (Motion control) - Boom

1. Boom
2. Overcenter valve

DAVON s.r.o. | No. 16156-Z170115 | REV A | 04-2018 : 32

3.4.1.3 ARM
• The arm 7,4 m is placed in steel hardened bushings, it is controlled by hydraulic cylinder joined with boom
through pin.
• The overcenter valve (motion control) ensures smooth operation and prevents uncontrolled movement of the arm.

Fig. 3/9 Overcentre valve (Motion control) - Arm

1. Arm
2. Overcenter valve

DAVON s.r.o. | No. 16156-Z170115 | REV A | 04-2018 : 33

3.4.1.4 LEVER MECHANISM
• The lever mechanism is placed in steel hardened bushings, joined with arm through pins
• The overcenter valve (motion control) ensures smooth operation and prevents uncontrolled uncontrolled
movement of the arm.

Fig. 3/10 Lever mechanism with Overcentre valve (Motion control) - Arm

1. Overcenter valve
2. Lever mechanism

DAVON s.r.o. | No. 16156-Z170115 | REV A | 04-2018 : 34

3.4.1.5 HYDRAULIC CYLINDERS
• 2x boom cylinder, 1x arm cylinder and 1x hammer tilt cylinder
• Double-acting linear hydraulic motor with dumping in end positions.
• The hydraulic cylinder consists of a tube with an inner diameter precision machined to tolerance H8. On it the
connection ports are welded for the inlet of the pressure oil with an internal thread, and the plug together with
firm eye of cylinder. The eye of the cylinder and piston rod eye are fitted with spherical bearings. The lid for
placing of the piston rod and sealing elements are screwed into the cylinder tube. A hanging ear is welded on the
grounded - polished and chrome-plated piston rod in dimensional tolerance f7, the other end of the rod is fitted
with piston.

Fig. 3/11 Hydraulic cylinder

3.4.1.6 MAIN HYDRAULIC DISTRIBUTOR PVG 100/32

The PVG distributor is the main control component with electro-magnetic proportional and manual control.
The producer of the equipment fully set the distributor in dependence on the main pump to assure its correct
functionality.

Fig. 3/12 Main hydraulic distributor

1. Start up of the hydraulic hammer

2. Arm
3. Boom
4. Hammer tilting
5. Slew

DAVON s.r.o. | No. 16156-Z170115 | REV A | 04-2018 : 35

Input section
The input section is directly connected to the main pump.
Working section PVG 100
Working section control individual working circuits (hydraulic hammer, boom and arm) by electrically powered solenoids,
or by levers. Working sections have secondary / anti-cavitation valves for the protection of each circuit and component.

Working section PVG 32

Working section control individual working circuits (hammer tilting and slew by electrically powered solenoids, or by
levers. Working sections have secondary / anti-cavitation valves for the protection of each circuit and components, as
well as for setting of different pressures of the slew device circuit and hammer tilting.

Output section
The output section is common to both parts of the hydraulic distributor PVG 100/32, also serves as an adaptor between
the sections PVG 100 and PVG 32.

3.4.1.7 PRESSURE RELIEF VALVES (PRV2,PRV4)

The relief valve-PRV2 is included in the hammer circuit for safety reason, it protects the hydraulic hammer and whole
circuit.
The valve is set up to value 180 bar according to working condition of hydraulic hammer by Allen key size 5 mm (turning
clockwise = increasing of the pressure setting).
The relief valve-PRV4 is included in the boom circuit - anulus for restriction downforce.
The valve is set up to value 180 bar according to working condition of hydraulic hammer by Allen key size 5 mm (turning
clockwise = increasing of the pressure setting).

1. PRV2 – Hammer circuit

2. PRV4 – Boom circuit

Fig. 3/13 Pressure relief valves

DAVON s.r.o. | No. 16156-Z170115 | REV A | 04-2018 : 36

3.4.2 HYDRAULIC POWER UNIT HA 75RT-K
All movements of the equipment are performed hydraulically. The hydraulic power unit is supplied as the source of
pressure. The power unit is mounted separately on a suitable protected place.
The hydraulic power unit consists of a tank of oil with the appropriate accessories, the supporting frame, roof, drip tray,
main driving unit and the electric distributor.

Fig. 3/14 Hydraulic power unit

1. Frame of hydraulic power unit

2. Hydraulic tank and accessories
3. Drip tray
4. Roof of the power unit
5. Electric distributor RM1
6. Main drive unit
7. Inlet valve (compressed air supply)

DAVON s.r.o. | No. 16156-Z170115 | REV A | 04-2018 : 37

3.4.2.1 HYDRAULIC TANK AND ACCESSORIES
The tank is made of steel, sealed against the ingress of dirt, equipped with a removable cover and inspection covers for
access for cleaning of the interior surfaces of the tank. The tank also has a level indicator indicating the maximum and
minimum levels combined with a thermometer, suction filter to capture coarse debris, fine waste filter with clogging signal
for the filter insert, as well as a pressure filter and air unit for pressurization of the tank (external source). The tank
sensors for sensing critically low oil level and oil temperature are in the tank. These sensors provide signal to control
system.

Fig. 3/15

1. Hydraulic tank
2. Air unit
3. Electric level gauge
4. Pressure sensor
5. Temperature sensor
6. Inspection cover
7. Optical level gauge – 2 levels of oil - MAX. OIL LVL – WHEN ALL CYLINDERS ARE DRAWN DOWN !
- MIN. OIL LVL – WHEN ALL CYLINDERS ARE EXTENDED !

WARNING

DAVON s.r.o. | No. 16156-Z170115 | REV A | 04-2018 : 38

3.4.2.2 MAIN DRIVE UNIT
The main drive unit is composed of asynchronous motor 75 kW, placed on damping rods, and axial piston pump incl.
service pump, connected to the engine in a compact unit through a flexible coupling and coupling flange.

Fig. 3/16 Main drive unit

1. Main motor M1
2. Damping rods
3. Bellhousing and coupling
4. Axial piston pump incl. service pump

DAVON s.r.o. | No. 16156-Z170115 | REV A | 04-2018 : 39

3.4.2.3 ASYNCHRONOUS MOTOR M1
M3BP280SMB4 +021+469+002+009+396+451+305
• Foot/flange mounted IMB35,
• Degree of protection IP55,
• Efficiency IE3.

DAVON s.r.o. | No. 16156-Z170115 | REV A | 04-2018 : 40

3.4.2.4 BELLHOUSING AND COUPLING FOR AXIAL PISTON HYDRAULIC PUMP
The bellhousing is enable to complete main drive motor-pump.
The flexible coupling is used for connection of the pump shaft and motor shaft.
Do not use any radial or axial load on the pump shaft
Do not push the coupling on the pump shaft.
Use the threaded hole on the shaft end for attaching the coupling.

3.4.2.5 AXIAL PISTON OPEN CIRCUIT PUMP

K3VL140/B-1NRMM-P0/1H4 + kit SAE"A" Axial Piston Open Circuit Pumps

The Kawasaki K3VL series swash plate type axial piston pump is a medium pressure variable displacement hydraulic
pump newly developed for application to mobile, marine and general industrial machinery. These units are designed
specifically for open loop type applications.

When the pump’s drive shaft is driven by El.motor, the cylinder block, being spline coupled to the shaft, will also rotate. If
the swash plate has been tilted, the pistons arranged in the cylinder block due to the shoe being retained on the swash
plate surface, will both rotate with the cylinder block and reciprocate once per revolution. Consider one such piston then
it will move away from the valve plate for half a station (suction stroke) and move towards the valve plate for the second
half of rotation (oil delivery stroke). The larger the tilt angle then the longer the piston stroke and thereby the higher is the
pump’s displacement. As the swash plate tilting angle approaches zero so the piston makes no stroke and thereby
delivers no oil.

DAVON s.r.o. | No. 16156-Z170115 | REV A | 04-2018 : 41

Rated Pressure
Pressure at which life and durability will not be affected.

Peak Pressure
The instant allowable surge pressure as defined by DIN 24312. Life and durability however will be shortened.

Maximum Self Priming Speed

Values are valid for an absolute suction pressure of 1 bar. If the flow is reduced, or if the inlet pressure is increased the
speed may also be increased.

Maximum Boosted Speed

Values stated are the absolute maximum permitted speed for which an increased inlet pressure will be required.

Weight
Approximate dry weights, dependant on exact pump type.

Hydraulic Fluid
Mineral anti wear hydraulic fluid - for other fluid types please consult supplier.

DAVON s.r.o. | No. 16156-Z170115 | REV A | 04-2018 : 42

Viscosity Range
If viscosity is in range 200 to 1,000 cSt, then warming up is necessary before commencing full scale running.

Description of the pump control - Pressure Control and Torque Limiting Control

The pump controls are separated into two modules:

• Pressure control regulator
• Torque limiter

Pressure control regulator

Listed below are the defined pump sensitivities of:

• Maximum Displacement Stop

• Direct Acting Pressure Limiter Spool Spring
• Differential Pressure Spool

DAVON s.r.o. | No. 16156-Z170115 | REV A | 04-2018 : 43

Torque Limiter Control

DAVON s.r.o. | No. 16156-Z170115 | REV A | 04-2018 : 44

DAVON s.r.o. | No. 16156-Z170115 | REV A | 04-2018 : 45
3.4.2.6 PASSIVE HEATING
Oil heaters used to heat the hydraulic oil in the tank. It is necessary to switch on the main power switch to activate the
passive heating on the electrical panel RM1, before each start of the equipment. Passive heating works independently
from control system. Heating time depends on ambient temperature.

1. Oil heater 4409, 3x400V, 1250W

2. Emergency thermostat
3. Thermostat
4. Temperature sensor

Fig. 3/17 Passive heating elements

DAVON s.r.o. | No. 16156-Z170115 | REV A | 04-2018 : 46

Description of passive heating elements

The heating element is intended for heating of oils that do not adversely influence the sheath surface. Its surface temperature
is designed so as to prevent oil carbonisation. The heating element must be permanently immersed in the liquid up to the
head during operation. Maximum operation pressure 0.6 MPa.

The thermostat stops heating at 28°C.

3.4.2.7 FILTRATION OF HYDRAULIC OIL AND AIR

Fig. 3/18 Filtration

1. Suction filter including electrical indication of clogging of the filter element

• Suction filter element
• Clogging indicator
2. Pressure filter including electrical indication of clogging of the filter element
• Pressure filter element
• Clogging indicator
3. Return filter including electrical indication of clogging of the filter element
• Return filter element
• Clogging indicator
4. Filtration air unit
• See part 3.4.3.2

DAVON s.r.o. | No. 16156-Z170115 | REV A | 04-2018 : 47

DEGREE OF POLLUTION (IN ACCORDANCE WITH ISO 4406-1999 AND NAS 1638)

To avoid premature wear of the most important hydraulic components in the hydraulic system, we must follow the
recommended class of contamination 19/17/14 or NAS 1638 class 8 or better:

• Axial piston pump Kawasaki (20/18/15)

• Hydraulic distributor PVG (23/19/16)

Industrial
Industrial
Robotics and machines Machines
Space machines with Machines
Typical Space precise and Mobile for
program and high reliability, for heavy
application program machine earth- applications agricultural
robotics Hydrostatic industry
tools moving work
transmissions
machines
Piston, Piston
Piston/Lamella
variable < 21 fixed < 14
Piston, variable < 14 Lamella, Lamella, Lamella,
Pumps and/or MPa Mpa
- variable > 21 MPa gear, fixed> gear fixed gear fixed
motors Lamella, Lamella
MPa Piston/Lamella 14 MPa < 14 MPa < 14 MPa
variable > 14 fixed > 14
fixed > 14 Mpa
MPa MPa
Servo valves < Proportional
Servo
21 MPa < 21 MPa Cartridge< 14 Solenoid Solenoid < Solenoid Solenoid >
Valves valves >
Proportional> Cartridge> MPa > 21 MPa 21 MPa > 14 MPa 14 MPa
21 MPa
21 MPa 14 MPa
Filtration class
according to 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
NAS 1638
Filtration class
according to 15/13/10 16/14/11 17/15/12 18/16/13 19/17/14 20/18/15 21/19/16 22/20/17
ISO 4406-1999
ß12(c) >
Recommended ß21(c) >
ß5(c) > 1.000 ß5(c) > 1.000 1.000
filtration ß5(c) > ß5(c) > ß21(c) > 1.000
ß7(c) > 1.000 ß12(c) > 1.000 ß21(c) > ß10 > 2 CD
elements from 1.000 FT 1.000 FC 1.000 FV ß10 > 2
FT - FC FC - FD 1.000 FD
SOFIMA FV - CD
- FV

DAVON s.r.o. | No. 16156-Z170115 | REV A | 04-2018 : 48

3.4.2.8 PRESSURIZATION OF THE TANK

Fig. 3/19 Air unit – pressurization of the tank

1. Pressure sensor
2. Inlet valve
3. Filter with manual drain
4. Safety valve
5. Pressure (reduction) valve

Description of the air unit

Unit is used to supply, filtering and pressure regulation air incl. safety valve for pressurization of the hydraulic tank.

The source of the pressured air is supply from external unit and pressure is reduced according to the proper function - height
above sea level.

DAVON s.r.o. | No. 16156-Z170115 | REV A | 04-2018 : 49

3.4.2.9 COOLING OF HYDRAULIC OIL

Fig. 3/20 Cooling circuit

1. Service pump
2. Oil cooler
3. Temperature sensor

Description of the hydraulic oil cooler

The cooler is used for cooling of the hydraulic oil in the system. It uses air as the cooling medium, a fan driven by an
asynchronous motor that cools the hydraulic oil in the radiator of the cooler. The radiator is made of durable aluminium alloy.
The arrangement of the cooling tubes increases the turbulence of the hydraulic oil and thus also the cooling capacity.
Moreover, the presence of special nozzles improves the overall heat transfer coefficient.
The cooler is equipped with 5 bar by-pass valve to protect the cooler radiator against damage.

Description of the temperature sensor

The temperature sensor PT100 gives signal to control system for proper function.

3.4.3 HYDRAULIC HAMMER

The hydraulic hammer is not used with the equipment. The hydraulic hammer is fixed to the adaptor by strength screws and
connected by hoses to pipeline that already is on the equipment ready.
The hydraulic hammer is a separate supply and it has its own separate instructions.

3.5.4. CONTROL ELEMENTS

DAVON s.r.o. | No. 16156-Z170115 | REV A | 04-2018 : 50

3.4.3.1 EMERGENCY STOP

Fig. 3/24 EMERGENCY STOP button

If desired, the entire equipment can be stopped by the EMERGENCY STOP button located on:
• RM1
• MX1
• MS1

DAVON s.r.o. | No. 16156-Z170115 | REV A | 04-2018 : 51

3.4.3.2 THE ELECTRIC DISTRIBUTOR RM1

Fig. 3/25 Electric distributor RM1

1. Electric distributor RM1

2. EMERGENCY STOP

Fig. 3/26 Electric distributor RM1

DAVON s.r.o. | No. 16156-Z170115 | REV A | 04-2018 : 52

List of symbols

1 MAIN POWER SWITCH - LOCKABLE

2 EMERGENCY STOP

3 STAND BY

4 PREPARATION STATE

5 MAIN MOTOR RUNNING

6 HYDRAULIC OIL OVERHEATING

7 SYSTEM ERROR

8 START MAIN MOTOR

9 STOP MAIN MOTOR

10 RESET OF SAFETY FUNCTION

11 TOUCH DISPLAY

3.5.4.1. ELECTRIC DISTRIBUTOR MX1 AND DS1

Fig. 3/27 Electric distributor MX1

DAVON s.r.o. | No. 16156-Z170115 | REV A | 04-2018 : 53

Fig. 3/28 Electric distributor MX1

List of symbols

1 MANUAL CONTROL

2 REMOTE CONTROL – RADIO/CABLE

3 REMOTE CONTROL – CONTROL ROOM

4 EMERGENCY STOP

POSITION SWITCH – MODE OF OPERATION

5
(0-off;1-manual control;2-remote control radio/cable;3-control room)

6 SIGNAL TOWER (3 lights, green. yellow, red)

7 SIGNAL RECEIVER

Mode of operation:

0 NONE (PARKING POSITION)

1 MANUAL CONTROL

2 REMOTE CONTROL – RADIO/CABLE

3 REMOTE CONTROL – CONTROL ROOM

DAVON s.r.o. | No. 16156-Z170115 | REV A | 04-2018 : 54

3.4.3.3 ELECTRIC DISTRIBUTOR MS1

The connection between Electric

distributor MS1 and RM1 is performed
via optic cable. (max15km)

Fig. 3/27 Electric distributor MS1

1 EMERGENCY STOP

2 STAND BY

3
END POSITION

4
PREPARATION STATE

5 MAIN MOTOR RUNNING

6 WARNING

7 SYSTEM ERROR

8 TOUCH DISPLAY

9 RESET OF SAFETY FUNCTION

10 MAIN SWITCH - LOCKABLE

DAVON s.r.o. | No. 16156-Z170115 | REV A | 04-2018 : 55

REMOTE CONTROL DT1A
The remote control DT1a is performed by pair of proportional electrical joystick in the control box, which is connected
to the electric distributor MS1 by 10m cable.

Fig. 3/27 Electric distributor MS1

1. Warning light of the engine running 6. Motion control of the equipment – left joystick 11. Parking position
2. End position (slew) 7. Motion control of the equipment – right joystick
3. General signalling of failure of the power unit 8. End position unlocking
4. Start up the power unit 9. Start up of the hydraulic hammer
5. Stop of the power unit 10. Speed limits

DAVON s.r.o. | No. 16156-Z170115 | REV A | 04-2018 : 56

List of symbols – Remote control DT1a

1 START button

2 START the main drive unit - motor M1

3 STOP the main drive unit - motor M1

4 Arm – in

4 Arm – out

4 Hammer tilting – in

4 Hammer tilting – out

5 Boom – up

5 Boom – down

5 Slewing – left

5 Slewing – right

DAVON s.r.o. | No. 16156-Z170115 | REV A | 04-2018 : 57

6 Hydraulic hammer start up

7 Unblock

8 E-STOP button

9 Speed control

10 Parking position

11 LED
12 Display

DAVON s.r.o. | No. 16156-Z170115 | REV A | 04-2018 : 58

3.4.3.4 RADIO REMOTE CONTROL RC1

The remote control RC1 (transmitter) provides two ways to control:

• Wireless radio control,
• Data cable.
Remote control is performed by pair of proportional electrical joystick with switches, toggles witches and pushbuttons and TFT
display with IP65 protection.

Fig. 3/29 Remote control RC1

1. START button
2. START main motor
3. STOP main motor
4. Left joystick
5. Right joystick
6. Start up of the hydraulic hammer
7. Unblock the end position
8. E-STOP
9. Speed control
10. Parking position
11. LED
12. Display
13. Display page
14. Connector for data cable

DAVON s.r.o. | No. 16156-Z170115 | REV A | 04-2018 : 59

List of symbols – Remote control RC1

1 START button

2 START the main drive unit - motor M1

3 STOP the main drive unit - motor M1

4 Arm – in

4 Arm – out

4 Hammer tilting – in

4 Hammer tilting – out

5 Boom – up

5 Boom – down

5 Slewing – left

5 Slewing – right

DAVON s.r.o. | No. 16156-Z170115 | REV A | 04-2018 : 60

6 Hydraulic hammer start up

7 Unblock

8 E-STOP button

9 Speed control

10 Parking position

11 LED
12 Display

DAVON s.r.o. | No. 16156-Z170115 | REV A | 04-2018 : 61

3.4.3.5 EMERGENCY CONTROL

The equipment can be operated by levers locally (emergency control) only for the purpose of inspection, maintenance,
repair or emergency issues.

Fig. 3/30 Emergency control

List of symbols –emergency control

1 Hydraulic hammer start up

2 Boom – up

2 Boom – down

3 Arm – in

3 Arm – out

DAVON s.r.o. | No. 16156-Z170115 | REV A | 04-2018 : 62

4 Hammer tilting – in

4 Slewing – left

5 Slewing – right

3.5 WORKING POSITIONS USED BY OPERATOR

• Remote control
o The operator is able to control the equipment from a visible place or in distance up to 20 m via cable.

• Emergency control
o The operator has the option of using the emergency control by levers directly on the equipment. It is
necessary to take account of reduced visibility when handling the equipment.

3.6 ESSENTIAL CHARACTERISTICS OF TOOLS

Working tool

The result of work depends on various geometry of the blade and the usage.

Use the original spare parts.

Choice the proper working tool:

Moil point

• Very good penetration

• Uniform distribution of splitting
• No torsion
• Universal usage

Chisels

DAVON s.r.o. | No. 16156-Z170115 | REV A | 04-2018 : 63

• Very good distribution of splitting
• Good penetration
• Torsion effect
• For mining

Blunt tool

• Very good energy transmission

DAVON s.r.o. | No. 16156-Z170115 | REV A | 04-2018 : 64

4. TRANSPORT AND PACKING
4.1. TRANSPORT

WARNING
Overturn of the lifting equipment/parts of the equipment
The equipment is heavy. Overturn or fall of the lifting equipment or equipment can cause serious injury and material
damage.

WARNING
The equipment must only be transported and lifted using the lifting points, in a position that is appropriate for its type of
construction. Otherwise, it could fall over or slip in the lifting tackle. This can result in death, serious injury, or material
damage.
• Check the stability of lifting points.
• Use all the lifting points (eyes, eyebolts, etc) on the equipment.
• Any eyes and eyebolts must be tightly fastened.

4.1.1. PREPARATIONS, PROTECTIVE MEASURES

• Secure the sufficient space for manipulation.
• Transport the equipment and its parts using only lifting equipment with the appropriate capacity for the equipment's
weight, see Control protocol of delivery.
• Lift and secure the equipment and its parts using only lifting accessories (ropes, chains, slings, etc.) with the correct
capacity for the weight to be lifted.
• Make sure no persons are present in the vicinity or beneath the equipment and its parts.
• Fall of the equipment and its parts can result in serious injury and material damage.
• Transport the equipment using the same items used for the shipping of new equipment. In case these items are not
available, contact the manufacturer to renew them or send new items.
• If safety transport equipment is not used, store it for future use.

4.1.2. EQUIPMENT/TOOLS, PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT

• Secure the equipment and its parts with ropes or chains with a suitable load bearing capacity to secure them
against movement in relation to each other, and against slipping.
• Use chains and straps with a suitable load bearing capacity in designated places (lifting points) for attachment for
lifting (marked with the "hook" symbol). Only persons with a lifting license can sling loads (qualified according to
national regulations).

• Lift the equipment/parts slowly into the final position. Prior to removing the lifting straps, make sure the
equipment/parts is in a stable position.

DAVON s.r.o. | No. 16156-Z170115 | REV A | 04-2018 65

Transport by crane
• Secure the hydraulic equipment using ropes or chains as shown in the part 5.
• Make sure the forklift has the appropriate load bearing capacity.
• Lift the equipment/parts slowly.
• Place the hydraulic equipment on wooden supports.

Transport by forklift
• Make sure the forklift has the appropriate load bearing capacity.
• Secure working parts of the device against movement and subsequent fall.
• Lift the parts slowly.

Transport by truck
• Make sure the truck has the correct capacity.
• Secure working parts of the device against movement and subsequent fall using chains and steel cables.
• Observe the basic loading regulations for trucks

4.1.3. EQUIPMENT/TOOLS, PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT

The danger of noise and vibrations is not present during transport if the equipment is correctly anchored in compliance
with the instructions in this manual, the applicable national and other regulations for handling and transport, and
according to the symbols on the equipment. Freely moving parts of the device can be a source of noise during transport.

4.1.4. TRANSPORT

Only authorized and qualified persons can transport the equipment, who:
• have a license for crane or forklift operation in compliance with the applicable international regulations and
directives,
• are aware of all the relevant regional safety instructions and accident prevention rules,
• have read and understood the the Manual.

DAVON s.r.o. | No. 16156-Z170115 | REV A | 04-2018 66

The equipment is packed in different ways depending on how they are transported and according to size.
Comply with the images shown on the packaging:

PROTECT
ATTACH
UP FRAGILE GOODS AGAINST
HERE
MOISTURE

PROTECT PROTECT
CENTER OF
AGAINST AGAINST USE A FORKLIFT
GRAVITY
HEAT FROST

DO NOT USE A TEMPERATURE

FORKLIFT LIMITATION

4.1.5. SETTINGS/ADJUSTMENTS
No "settings" are performed on the equipment during transport.

4.1.6. CHECKS
Eventual failure of a lifting eye can result in the fall of the equipment and its parts. This can result in serious injury and
material damage.
• Always check the condition of the lifting eye before lifting the breaking device and its parts. Never lift the smashing
device and its parts using a lifting eye in which wear is visible.

4.2. UNPACKING
Once received, the equipment and its parts must be checked to ensure they match the information on the label and are
in the correct sequence. Also check the contents for damage during transport. Use the "Control protocol of delivery" for
this check.

Remove any transport locks before start-up and either keep them in a safe place or unlock them. You can then use them
again for transporting further items or you can apply them again.

4.3. REPACKING
Re-pack the equipment using the same items used for the shipping of new equipment. In case these items are not
available, contact the manufacturer of the equipment to renew them or send new items.

The equipment should be mothballed, see part 11.

DAVON s.r.o. | No. 16156-Z170115 | REV A | 04-2018 67

INSTALLATION
5.1 ASSEMBLY, INSTALLATION AND CONNECTION
5.1.1 PREPARATIONS, PROTECTIVE MEASURES
Personal protective equipment must comply with the applicable health and occupational safety legislation.

The equipment emits noise when put into operation. Long-term exposure to high noise levels may cause permanent damage
to your hearing. The operator must use hearing protection equipment. Work with the hammer may endanger the operator due
to flying stones, dust and noise. Therefore, the listed protective equipment must be used.

Work with chemical mixtures (oils, etc.)

Squirting fluids under high pressure: Never try to find a fluid leak with your hand and always wear protective equipment:
goggles, safety helmet and safety gloves.

Toxic or corrosive vapours and dust: Observe safety instructions, wear safety gloves and a face mask.

See part 2.

5.1.2 EQUIPMENT/TOOLS, PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT

WARNING
• Transport the equipment and its parts using only lifting equipment with the appropriate capacity for the device's weight.
• Lift and secure the equipment and its parts using only lifting accessories (ropes, chains, slings, etc.) with the correct
capacity for the weight to be lifted.
• Make sure no persons are present in the vicinity or beneath the equipment and its parts.
• Fall of the equipment and its parts can result in serious injury and material damage.
• Transport the equipment using the same items used for the shipping of new equipment. In case these items are not
available, contact the manufacturer of the breaking device to renew it or send new items.
• If safety transport equipment is not used, store it for future use.

DAVON s.r.o. | No. 16156-Z170115 | REV A | 04-2018 68

WARNING
The equipment must only be transported and lifted using the lifting eyes, in a position that is appropriate for its type of
construction. Otherwise, it could fall over or slip in the lifting tackle. This can result in death, serious injury, or material damage.
• Check the stability of lifting points.
• Use all the lifting points (eyes, eyebolts, etc) on the equipment.
• Any eyes and eyebolts must be tightly fastened.

5.1.1.1 RECOMMENDED TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT

• forklift truck 7t
• crane 20t
• slings 1t x 2m, 5t x 5m
• chains 2x 20t x 4m
• bolt shackle 4x 5t 1 3/4”
• lifting straps 4x (EN1492-1)
• steel hammer of 5kg and hammer with damped bounce of 2kg
• torque wrench 5,000Nm
• seger pliers
• set of spanners up to size 95
• set of Allen keys of size 30
• ratchets + bits
• screwdriver set
• knife
• steel bar with brass end for hammering or knocking out pegs
• grease gun ”Tecalamite”
• cleaning cloths
• compressed air
• sorbent for spilled hydraulic oil
• suitable container for collecting hydraulic oil
• manual cart/forklift
• crimper tool + cable lugs

5.1.3 REDUCTION OF NOISE AND VIBRATIONS

During assembly, the risk of noise and vibrations is minimal as long as the assembly is carried out
according to the instructions stated in the Manual. Use of force and non-standard procedures may be a
source of noise.

5.1.4 ASSEMBLY
5.1.4.1 INSTALLATION OF THE HYDRAULIC POWER UNIT
The delivered equipment is already tested, set up and pre-assembled.
• Use all lifting points for manipulation. Lift the hydraulic power unit with caution. It’s necessary to remove the roof before
manipulation.
• The hydraulic power unit must never be attached to or lifted at the fixed components (roof, electrical box, etc.)
• Provide the sufficient space for manipulation with the hydraulic power unit. Position the hydraulic power unit according
to the drawing and securely fixed at the mounting position.
• The hydraulic power unit is always supplied without oil. Inside the tank and other hydraulic parts of the hydraulic power
unit may be a rest of initial hydraulic oil.

DAVON s.r.o. | No. 16156-Z170115 | REV A | 04-2018 69

Fig. 5/1 Lifting points on the arm with center of gravity

5.1.4.2 INSTALLATION OF THE HYDRAULIC POWER UNIT – ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

WARNING

• The hydraulic power unit is supplied with the connection for the external earthing (grounding) system.
• Before connecting the wiring, you should earth the hydraulic power pack according to the documentation.
• Phase sequence relay – signaling correct connection of phases via signal control on electrical box RM1 panel:

DAVON s.r.o. | No. 16156-Z170115 | REV A | 04-2018 70

5.1.4.3 INSTALLATION IN THE CONTROL ROOM

WARNING
• The electrical box (MS1) for control room (CR1) is supplied without power supply cable
• Before connecting the wiring, you should earth the hydraulic power pack according to the documentation.
• For correct function is necessary to connect firstly RM1
• Use optic fibre cable (single mode with LC connectors) in case of live RM1 and MS1

DAVON s.r.o. | No. 16156-Z170115 | REV A | 04-2018 71

5.1.4.4 INSTALLATION OF THE BASE FRAME

WARNING
• When handling the base frame, use only lifting equipment with a suitable load bearing capacity.
• Use all lifting points for manipulation. Lift the base frame with caution.
• The base frame must never be attached to or lifted at the fixed components.
• Provide sufficient space for manipulation with the base frame.
• Before assembly, remove the protective anticorrosion layer from all unpainted areas.
• Remove the safety covers from hydraulic connections right before assembly and remove possible impurities before
connection.
• Use all lifting points for manipulation.

Fig. 5/2 Lifting points – base frame with center of gravity

• Position the base frame according to the drawing.

• Lower the base frame carefully with a base and balance it for its placement on the mounting holes.
• Lubricate pins with grease before assembly with Gleitmo 805 or equivalent.
• Screw the base frame using the screws to the structure and tighten them to the specified tightening torques. The
screws are not part of the equipment supply.
•

DAVON s.r.o. | No. 16156-Z170115 | REV A | 04-2018 72

Fig. 5/3 Connection plate - frame

• Lubricate the screws and nuts with Molykote grease (D G-Rapid plus, D 321R, D 3484) or the equivalent before
assembly.
• Tighten all screw connections to the specified torque moment according to the table.

Table of tightening torques (Nm)

Total coefficient of friction μ = 0.08 , 90% yield point

Screw 8.8 10.9 12.9

M10 34 48 58

M12 60 84 100

M16 145 205 245

M20 285 400 480

M24 490 690 830

M30 980 1400 1650

M30 + NORD-LOCK
1240 1875 2090
75% of yield point

M36 1710 2500 2900

M42 2700 4000 4600

DAVON s.r.o. | No. 16156-Z170115 | REV A | 04-2018 73

5.1.4.5 INSTALLATION OF THE HYDRAULIC POWER UNIT – ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

WARNING

• The hydraulic power unit is supplied with the connection for the external earthing (grounding) system.
• Before connecting the wiring, you should earth the base frame according to the documentation.
• Commissioning - see part 6.

5.1.4.6 CONNECTION OF THE BOOM TO THE BASE FRAME

• Use all lifting points for manipulation. Lift the boom with caution.
• Remove the transport frame

Fig. 5/4 Boom with transport frame

DAVON s.r.o. | No. 16156-Z170115 | REV A | 04-2018 74

Fig. 5/5 Lifting points on the boom with center of gravity

• Mortise the boom in the lugs of the frame's upper part. The pin is inserted into the frame during transport.
• After mortising, secure the pin using the prepared method.

Fig. 5/5 Assembled boom and base frame – pin

DAVON s.r.o. | No. 16156-Z170115 | REV A | 04-2018 75

Fig. 5/7 Assembled hydraulic cylinders and base frame
• Connect the marked hoses from the frame to the boom. Connect the lubrication hose from the boom to the lubrication
pump (1x) and to the lugs of both cylinders. Attach the lubrication hoses to the hose from the hydraulic distributor to
the boom.
• After connecting the hoses, make sure that they are not twisted and do not rub against the structure or against each
other
• Other hoses have their own plugs. After mounting, it is recommended to save them for use in case of partial
disassembly of the equipment for repair in the future.
• Connect ”P” and ”T” line - hoses to the hydraulic hammer.

DAVON s.r.o. | No. 16156-Z170115 | REV A | 04-2018 76

5.1.4.7 CONNECTION OF THE BOOM TO THE ARM
• Mortise the arm into the boom bifurcation. The pin is inserted into the boom.
• Use all lifting points for manipulation. Lift the arm with caution.

Fig. 5/9 Lifting points on the boom with center of gravity

Fig. 5/10 Assembled boom and arm – pin and hydraulic cylinders

• Secure the pin using the prepared method.

• Connect the arm's cylinder hoses and tilting of the hydraulic hammer, including the lubrication hose, between the boom
and the arm. Attach the lubrication hoses to the hose, attach them to the lug prepared on the arm and connect to the
pin grease box.

DAVON s.r.o. | No. 16156-Z170115 | REV A | 04-2018 77

Fig. 5/11 Connection of the boom and the arm

• Mortise the piston rod lugs from both hydraulic cylinders to the relevant lugs on the frame.
• Mortise the arm's cylinder piston rod lug to the lug on the arm. It is necessary to connect the boom's cylinders hoses
and start the hydraulic power unit for cylinder positioning.

5.1.4.8 CONNECTION OF THE HYDRAULIC HAMMER

• Use all lifting points for manipulation according to the Instruction for use from manufacturer of the hydraulic hammer.
Lift the hydraulic hammer with caution.
• Screw the hydraulic hammer to the distance piece using the screws which are part of the accessories of the delivered
equipment. It is necessary to observe tightening torques according to the Instruction for use from manufacturer of the
hydraulic hammer

DAVON s.r.o. | No. 16156-Z170115 | REV A | 04-2018 78

Fig. 5/12 Connection of the hydraulic hammer
• The hoses attached to the arm are connected to the hammer. Do not cross the hoses, connect each of them to the
throat on its side but first of all remove the blanking plugs.
• It is necessary to connect the hoses properly (Connect ”P” and ”T” line - hoses from the hydraulic hammer.) according
to the Instruction for use from manufacturer of the hydraulic hammer.
• Lifting points on the arm with center of gravity, see Instruction for use from manufacturer of the hydraulic hammer.

Fig. 5/13 Connection of the hydraulic hammer

• It is necessary to open ball valves for check the function.

• Lubrication is not connected to the hydraulic hammer; separate lubrication - see the Instruction for use from
manufacturer of the hydraulic hammer.

5.1.5 SETTINGS/ADJUSTMENTS
The equipment is already tested, set up and pre-assembled.

5.1.6 CHECKS
During assembly, check joint tightness, individual hoses are connected during assembly.

5.2 INSTALLATION

5.2.1 PREPARATIONS, PROTECTIVE MEASURES

Installation of the equipment is carried out with the assembly (see part 5.1), jigs and protective measures are identical.

5.2.2 EQUIPMENT/TOOLS, PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT

Installation of the equipment is carried out with the assembly (see part 5.1), jigs and protective measures are identical.

5.2.3 REDUCTION OF NOISE AND VIBRATIONS

During installation, the risk of noise and vibrations is not apparent.

DAVON s.r.o. | No. 16156-Z170115 | REV A | 04-2018 79

5.2.4 INSTALLATION
Installation of the equipment is carried out with the assembly (see part 5.1), jigs and protective measures are identical.

5.2.5 SETTINGS/ADJUSTMENTS
The equipment is already tested, set up and pre-assembled.

5.2.6 CHECKS
During assembly, check joint tightness, individual hoses are connected during assembly.

5.3 CONNECTION

5.3.1 PREPARATIONS, PROTECTIVE MEASURES

Personal protective equipment must comply with the applicable health and occupational safety legislation.

Work with chemical mixtures (oils, etc.)

Squirting fluids under high pressure: Never try to find a fluid leak with your hand and always wear protective equipment:
gloves, goggles, safety helmet and safety gloves.

Toxic or corrosive vapours and dust: Observe safety instructions, wear safety gloves and a face mask.

See part 2.

5.3.2 EQUIPMENT/TOOLS, PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT

See part 5.1.2

5.3.3 REDUCTION OF NOISE AND VIBRATIONS

During connection, the risk of noise and vibrations is not apparent.

DAVON s.r.o. | No. 16156-Z170115 | REV A | 04-2018 80

5.3.4 CONNECTION

Fig. 5/14 Connection of the boom system and hydraulic power unit

5.3.4.1 HYDRAULIC POWER UNIT

CAUTION

• Always ensure absolute cleanliness. Do not use dirty clothes for cleaning.
• Remove blanking plugs and replace them with fittings.
• Before installing, clean the connection lines to the hydraulic system.

5.3.4.2 BOOM SYSTEM (WORKING EQUIPMENT)

CAUTION

• Before installing, clean the connection lines to the hydraulic system.

• Use the marked hoses/pipes for connection.
• Remove blanking plugs and replace them with fittings.

DAVON s.r.o. | No. 16156-Z170115 | REV A | 04-2018 81

5.3.4.3 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

CAUTION

Fig. 5/16 Connection of the boom system and hydraulic power unit

1. Power supply cable

2. Control/data signal cable

5.3.5 SETTINGS/ADJUSTMENTS
The delivered equipment is already tested, set up and pre-assembled.

5.3.6 CHECKS
During connection, check joints tightness, individual hoses are connected during the assembly.

DAVON s.r.o. | No. 16156-Z170115 | REV A | 04-2018 82

6. COMMISSIONING
The equipment should be operated by an authorized person who is familiar with the machine and its operation and who
is trained to operate it. "COMMISSIONING AND HAND OVER PROTOCOL" is used for equipment start-up

6.1 PREPARATIONS, PROTECTIVE MEASURES

Personal protective equipment must comply with the applicable health and occupational safety legislation.

The equipment emits noise when put into operation. Long-term exposure to high noise levels may cause permanent
damage to your hearing. The operator must use hearing protection equipment. Work with the hammer may endanger the
operator due to flying stones, dust and noise. Therefore, the listed protective equipment must be used.

Work with chemical mixtures (oils, etc.)

Squirting fluids under high pressure: Never try to find a fluid leak with your hand and always wear protective equipment:
ear protection, goggles, safety helmet, respirator and safety gloves.

Toxic or corrosive vapours and dust: Observe safety instructions, wear safety gloves and a face mask.

See part 2.

6.2 EQUIPMENT/TOOLS, PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT

Recommended tools and equipment
• set of spanners up to size 95
• set of Allen keys of size 30
• ratchets + bits
• screwdriver set
• torque wrench
• knife
• cleaning clothes
• compressed air
• sorbent for spilled hydraulic oil
• suitable container for collecting oil

Personal protective equipment

• gloves
• goggles
• safety helmet
• ear protection
• protective shoes
• respirator
• etc. according to local legislation

DAVON s.r.o. | No. 16156-Z170115 | REV A | 04-2018 83

6.3 REDUCTION OF NOISE AND VIBRATIONS
When commissioning and testing the equipment, noise and vibrations occur. The operator must wear a personal
protective equipment. To moderate the transfer of vibrations from the equipment to the operator, it is necessary to wear
protective shoes while setting and testing the equipment.
There is no obligation to state the noise values regarding this equipment. Requirements for the obligation to state noise
values apply only to the used hydraulic hammer. The noise value is stated in the separate hydraulic hammer operating
manual and on the plate of the hydraulic hammer.
While commissioning the equipment, according to the national regulations the operator is obliged to perform his/her own
risk analysis and assessment in the workplace with regard to exposure to noise and vibrations as well. To do this, he/she
uses data on the anticipated vibration load rate and the conditions for use of the equipment given by the manufacturer of
the hydraulic hammer. Risk assessment based on knowledge of the data given by the manufacturer of the hydraulic
hammer does not substitute measuring.

6.4 SETTINGS/ADJUSTMENTS
The delivered equipment is already tested, set up and pre-assembled.

6.5 CONNECTION TO POWER SUPPLY (ESPECIALLY FOR PROTECTION AGAINST ELECTRICAL

OVERLOAD)
The equipment works under a voltage and therefore it is necessary to observe all safety measures and provisions
effective for work with it.

Before starting work, verify the following:

• where the EMERGENCY STOP buttons are located,
• check the correct connection of the phase sequence.

6.6 BEFORE THE FIRST START-UP

It is necessary to check the equipment as follows.

6.6.1 CHECK ASSEMBLY

Frame:
Step 1
• checking tightness ( prescribed tightening torque ) mounting bolts
Connection of the boom with frame:
• securing check pins
Step 2 • check connection of hydraulic hoses
• check hoses connections of central lubrication

Connection of the boom system and power unit:

• check connection of hydraulic hoses
Step 3
• check connection of electric connection

Connection of the hydraulic hammer:

• securing check pins
Step 4
• check connection of hydraulic hoses
• checking tightness ( prescribed tightening torque ) mounting screws
Connection of the Rockbreaker and Control room
Step 5

6.6.2 CHECK OF SERVICE FLUIDS

Inspection of hydraulic oil level; upper line of level gauge should be about
Step 6
490l.

DAVON s.r.o. | No. 16156-Z170115 | REV A | 04-2018 84

Step 7 Inspection of lubrication filling in central lubrication.
6.7 BEFORE START-UP
It is necessary to check the equipment as follows.

Inspection of hydraulic oil level; upper line of level gauge should be

about 490l.

Check of screw on suction filter face; must be completely screwed in.

Check of ball valve for open position in suction line – service pump.
Step 1

Check residual current monitor analog – green light

(under voltage when the main switch is off)

Set mode of operation to emergency control “1” on MX1. Signal light is

permanently lit.

6.7.1 CHECK ASSEMBLY

6.7.1.1 INSPECTION OF THE EMERGENCY STOP
Switch on the MAIN POWER SWITCH. The electric distributor RM1 is
live.
STAND BY mode:
Step 2
• phase sequence is OK

Electrical distributors RM1 and MX1 heating, hydraulic oil heating –

depends on ambient temperature

Step 3 Reset of safety function

Step 4 Switch on the main drive unit. START MAIN MOTOR.

Inspection of EMERGENCY STOP (RM1).

Step 5
• Push and release of the emergency stop button

Step 6 Reset of fault. DISPLAY

Step 7 Reset of safety function

Switch on the main drive unit. START MAIN MOTOR.

Step 8
MAIN MOTOR RUNNING signal light is permanently lit.

Step 9 Inspection of EMERGENCY STOP (MX1).

Step 10 Reset of fault. DISPLAY

DAVON s.r.o. | No. 16156-Z170115 | REV A | 04-2018 85

Step 11 Reset of safety function

Set mode of operation to remote control “2” on MX1. Signal light is

Step 12 permanently lit.

Step 13 Reset of safety function

Step 14 Switch on the main drive unit. START MAIN MOTOR.

Inspection of EMERGENCY STOP (MS1).

Step 15
• Push and release of the emergency stop button

Step 16 Reset of fault. DISPLAY

6.7.1.2 FLUSHING THE HYDRAULIC SYSTEM

Flushing the hydraulic system to attain a specified oil cleanliness class prevents faults and simultaneously increases the
service life of the components. After installing the hydraulic power unit into the machine and/or after installing with the
hydraulic system, it must be ensured that the minimum requirements are met with respect to the cleanliness class of the
components.

Step 17 Reset of safety function

Switch on the main drive unit. START MAIN MOTOR.

Step 18
MAIN MOTOR RUNNING signal light is permanently lit.

Let run the hydraulic power unit without movements for 10 min.
Step 19
• Inspection of hydraulic system for leakage

6.7.1.3 INSPECTION OF CENTRAL LUBRICATION

Step 20 Check proper function of lubrication

Step 21 Switch off parking position

DAVON s.r.o. | No. 16156-Z170115 | REV A | 04-2018 86

6.7.2 VENTING THE HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
6.7.2.1 VENTING OF THE BOOM CYLINDERS

Deflect the joystick

Step 22 • lift the boom to the end position - perform movements very
slowly particularly before the end position
Deflect the joystick
Step 23 • lower the boom to the end position - perform movements very
slowly particularly before the end position

Step 24 Repeated several times to vent of air from the hoses and cylinders

6.7.2.2 VENTING OF THE ARM CYLINDER

Deflect the joystick

Step 25 • extend the arm to the end position - perform movements very
slowly particularly before the end position
Deflect the joystick
Step 26 • retract the arm to the end position - perform movements very
slowly particularly before the end position

Step 27 Repeated several times to vent of air from the hoses and cylinders

6.7.2.3 VENTING OF THE HAMMER TILTING CYLINDER

Deflect the joystick

Step 28 • extend the hammer tilting the end position - perform movements
very slowly particularly before the end position
Deflect the joystick
Step 29 • retract the hammer tilting the end position - perform movements
very slowly particularly before the end position

Step 30 Repeated several times to vent of air from the hoses and cylinders

DAVON s.r.o. | No. 16156-Z170115 | REV A | 04-2018 87

6.7.2.4 VENTING OF THE SWING CYLINDERS

Deflect the joystick

Step 31
• turn the boom system to the end position - immediately stopped

Deflect the joystick

Step 32
• turn the boom system to the end position - immediately stopped

6.7.3 CHECK VALVE SETTINGS

Check smooth movement of the boom.

Step 33
• Deflect the joystick

Check smooth movement of the arm.

Step 34
• Deflect the joystick

Check smooth movement of the hammer tilting.

Step 35
• Deflect the joystick

Step 36 STOP MAIN MOTOR

Check no movement of the boom system:

Step 37
• Deflect the joysticks

Step 38 START MAIN MOTOR

6.7.4 CHECK OF THE HYDRAULIC HAMMER FUNCTION

Check of the hydraulic hammer function

Step 39
• Push the button

DAVON s.r.o. | No. 16156-Z170115 | REV A | 04-2018 88

6.7.5 CHECK HYDRAULIC OIL COOLING

Step 40 Check oil cooler function

6.7.6 CHECK HYDRAULIC OIL LEVEL

Step 41 Retract all cylinders and check oil level

Step 42 Swith off the power unit

6.8 DURING START

Check hydraulic oil level; upper line of level gauge should be about
490l.

Step 1 Check of screw on suction filter face; must be completely screwed in.

Check of ball valve for open position in suction line – service pump.

Switch on the MAIN POWER SWITCH. The electric distributor RM1 is

live.

STAND BY mode:
Step 2
• phase sequence is OK

Electrical distributors RM1 and MX1 and remote control RC1 heating,
hydraulic oil heating – depends on ambient temperature
Set mode of operation to remote control “2” on MX1. Signal light is
Step 3 permanently lit.

Reset of safety function

• Service unit is running
Step 4
Service unit is running.

Switch on the main drive unit. START MAIN MOTOR.

Step 5
MAIN MOTOR RUNNING signal light is permanently lit.

Step 6 Check left joystick

DAVON s.r.o. | No. 16156-Z170115 | REV A | 04-2018 89

Step 7 Check right joystick

DAVON s.r.o. | No. 16156-Z170115 | REV A | 04-2018 90

7. OPERATION
While using the equipment, the instructions and technical conditions of the manufacturer must be observed, as well as
the manual and the conditions stated in the approval or authorization procedure.
If the equipment's protective elements are damaged, they must be replaced as soon as possible. In this case,
occupational and operational safety must be secured by suitable safety measures.
The equipment must be kept in a usable, defect-free state.

7.1 BEFORE START

After finishing a trial run of the equipment and its start-up, observe the following safety instructions for operation to
ensure the safety of personnel and equipment:
• Before using the equipment, read and observe the general safety regulations in part 2.
• Before commissioning or starting the equipment, check the work area for the presence of persons, tools, spare
parts, etc. Make sure that all persons are at a sufficient distance from the working area of the equipment. Make
sure that the equipment will not harm operators.
• Before starting the equipment, check the conditions for start-up and equipment operability, make sure that any
failures have been removed, and the protection of all personnel and safety facilities is secured.
• After securing a safe distance (outside the working area of the equipment), it is possible to start and control it from
the control room.
• In case of a specific failure, the failure will be displayed on the front panel of the electrical distributor RM1 and
display and signal light tower.
• Adequate lightning must be secured at night or in the scope of working conditions with inadequate lightning.
• If somebody is in the danger area (working area of the equipment), the operator must immediately turn the
equipment off.
• The equipment can be operated locally (emergency control) only for inspection, maintenance and repair.
• Only qualified operators may operate the equipment. They must be trained in operating the equipment, be familiar
with all the applicable national safety guidelines and instructions for prevention, and must be familiar with the
Manual and understand it. Only authorized persons may perform maintenance.

Inspection of hydraulic oil level; upper line of level gauge should be

about 490l.

Step 1
Check of screw on suction filter face; must be completely screwed in.

Check of ball valve for open position in suction line – service pump.

DAVON s.r.o. | No. 16156-Z170115 | REV A | 04-2018 91

Fig.7/1 Display – daily maintenance checks

7.1.1 EMERGENCY CONTROL

• On the electrical distributor MX1, switch to the lever symbol.

• It is necessary to readjust the levers on the hydraulic distributor according to the sticker placed under the
hydraulic distributor, see below

Fig. 7/2 Emergency control

DAVON s.r.o. | No. 16156-Z170115 | REV A | 04-2018 92

List of symbols – emergency control

1 Hydraulic hammer start up

2 Boom – up

2 Boom – down

3 Arm – in

3 Arm – out

4 Hammer tilting – out

4 Hammer tilting – in

5 Slewing – left and right

DAVON s.r.o. | No. 16156-Z170115 | REV A | 04-2018 93

7.2 EQUIPMENT START

7.2.1 INSTRUCTIONS FOR STARTING EQUIPMENT

When starting the equipment, it is necessary to proceed as follows:
Check hydraulic oil level; upper line of level gauge should be about
490l.

Step 1 Check of screw on suction filter face; must be completely screwed in.

Check of ball valve for open position in suction line – service pump.

Switch on the MAIN POWER SWITCH. The electric distributor RM1 is

live.

STAND BY mode:
Step 2
• phase sequence is OK

Reset of safety function

• Service unit is running
Step 4
Service unit is running.

Switch on the main drive unit. START MAIN MOTOR.

Step 5
MAIN MOTOR RUNNING signal light is permanently lit.

Step 6 Switch off parking position

Step 7 Check left joystick

Step 8 Check right joystick

DAVON s.r.o. | No. 16156-Z170115 | REV A | 04-2018 94

7.2.2 RADIO REMOTE CONTROL – RC1
The remote control RC1 (transmitter) provides two ways to control:
• Wireless radio control,
• Control cable.

Fig. 7/3 Remote control RC1

DAVON s.r.o. | No. 16156-Z170115 | REV A | 04-2018 95

List of symbols – Remote control RC1

Movement Hammer Bucket Hook

5 Hydraulic hammer start up NA NA

4 Arm – in

4 Arm – out

5 Boom – up

5 Boom – down

5 Tilting – out NA

5 Tilting – in NA

4 Slewing – left

4 Slewing – right

4 Unblock

2 Start main motor

3 Stop main motor

9 Speedcontrol

10 Parking position

DAVON s.r.o. | No. 16156-Z170115 | REV A | 04-2018 96

Starting the Transmitter

The following procedure has to be followed when starting the transmitter:

1. Make sure no joysticks are pressed/moved
2. Twist the STOP button clockwise until the button pops out
3. The indicator LED should show slow flashing green
4. Activate the main contactor in the receiver by pressing start/horn (signal)
The unit is now in operating mode.

Status indicator

If the transmitter during start up or operation detect a fault in any of the transmitters self-tests the status indicator (see
chapter 13) will indicate continuously red light, after that the transmitter will shut down. If one of the joysticks has a fault
during start up it indicates a continuous yellow light.

Display

The display can show customer specific information operation of the transmitter. During start up the display shows
“REMOTUS”.
If the display has no connection, the display shows “COM ERR”.

Cable control

On the side of the transmitter is the connection for the cable control (see Figure 1).
1. Unscrew the protective cover.
2. Insert the female connector (see Figure 2) of the cable provided by Åkerströms into the connection. Note that the
cable can only be inserted one way.
3. Screw on the female connector (see Figure 3)

Fig. 7/4 Cable control

DAVON s.r.o. | No. 16156-Z170115 | REV A | 04-2018 97

Fig. 7/5 Cable control – connection

DAVON s.r.o. | No. 16156-Z170115 | REV A | 04-2018 98

7.2.3 LUBRICATION
See part 9.1.4.

7.3 DURING OPERATION

7.3.1 INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE WHEN THE EQUIPMENT IS IN OPERATION

Movements of the equipment can be controlled simultaneously by adjusting more levers or by moving the cross
controllers.

7.3.2 METHOD OF CONTROLLING THE HYDRAULIC HAMMER

• The hydraulic hammer is started by electrical and hydraulic signals.
• To start it (fire), use control buttons lever "1" (emergency control) and remote control RC1

Fig. 7/7 Control of the hydraulic hammer (1)

DAVON s.r.o. | No. 16156-Z170115 | REV A | 04-2018 99

Fig. 7/8 Control of the hydraulic hammer (1)

Fig 7/9 Control of the hydraulic hammer (1) – control room

7.3.3 APPROPRIATE OPERATING PROCEDURE

WARNING
Prevent unintended start-up of the hydraulic hammer.

7.3.3.1 OPERATING ANGLE

Put the tool into position at the appropriate angle so that it hits the material which is supposed to be broken up.

Fig. 7/10 Operating angle

If you do not do it this way, the hydraulic hammer will wear much faster and will become damaged within a short period
of time.

DAVON s.r.o. | No. 16156-Z170115 | REV A | 04-2018 100

Fig. 7/11 Operating angle
Swing the hydraulic hammer slightly to and from while the hammer crushes material but never fluctuate it
more than by about 5°.

Fig. 7/12 Operating angle

This swinging movement enables all dust from under the working tool blade to disappear. Otherwise
a layer of dust originates which will stop crushed material from receiving all the impact energy. The working tool tip then
warms up and loses its hardness. Greater angles of swinging movement can result in a bending load and damage to the
working tool and the hydraulic hammer.

7.3.3.2 SHIFT
Select the distance marked "V" so that a fragment loosens within 30 seconds. If this does not happen, lower the shift or
use the tool in another place. Excessive shifting will not improve the outcome.
The working tool will then have to penetrate material without the satisfactory breaking results. The working tool tip then
warms up and loses its hardness. Work gradually to achieve the optimum working result.
Start at the edge of the material which should be crushed and work your way back to its center.

Fig. 7/12 Shift

DAVON s.r.o. | No. 16156-Z170115 | REV A | 04-2018 101

7.3.3.3 BLOW TIME
Do not use the hydraulic hammer in the same place for a period longer than 30 seconds.

Fig. 7/13 Blow time

If material is not crushed, move the tool to a new position.

7.3.3.4 LOW AMBIENT TEMPERATURE

Ambient temperature below 0°C

NOTICE The working tool can break

There exists an increased risk of breaking the working tool unless it is stored in non-freezing conditions.
• Store the working tool in an environment with temperatures above 0°C one day before its installation,
or
• Warm up the working tool for a period of several hours, e.g. by a heating blanket in the parking position until it is
thoroughly warmed.

Ambient temperature below -20°C

Use of the hydraulic hammer when the hydraulic oil is still cold might damage the gasket of the hydraulic hammer and
the membrane in the high-pressure container. For this reason, the hydraulic power unit cannot be started before the
temperature of the oil reaches at least 0°C.
NOTICE Damage to hydraulic parts
If the hydraulic hammer has not reached operating temperature and is used with hot hydraulic
oil, this will result in tension and the hydraulic hammer will stops working. The service circuit ensures heating of the
hydraulic hammer when it is not in operation.

7.3.4 FORBIDDEN HANDLING OPERATIONS

WARNING
Never use the equipment under water or in environments with a risk of explosion. Explosion may result in serious injury
or death.
The working equipment, including the hammer, must not be exposed to falling rocks, e.g. when pouring the material into
the crusher.

DAVON s.r.o. | No. 16156-Z170115 | REV A | 04-2018 102

7.3.4.1 LIFTING / TRANSPORT
The equipment is designed only as a stationary carrier of a hydraulic hammer. It is prohibited to use it as a lifting device.

WARNING
A lifted object may fall and cause serious injury or death.

The equipment is not designed for the lifting or transport of loads and may be damaged by such use.

Fig. 7/14 Lifting/Transport

7.3.4.2 IMPACT
Do not use the equipment as a sledgehammer.

The equipment is not designed as a sledgehammer and may be damaged by such use.

Fig. 7/15 Impact

7.3.4.3 RELOCATING OBJECTS

Never use the equipment to push debris away.

The equipment is not designed for pushing away debris and may be damaged by such use.

DAVON s.r.o. | No. 16156-Z170115 | REV A | 04-2018 103

Fig. 7/16 Relocating objects

7.3.4.4 PRYING
Never use the equipment as a pry bar.

The equipment is not designed for prying and may be damaged by such use.

Fig. 7/17 Prying

7.3.4.5 IDLE BLOWS OF THE WORKING TOOL

Idle blows of the working tool cause increased load on the equipment.

Try to avoid idle blows by observing the breaking material, listen to the sound (typical metal) and stop the hydraulic
hammer when idle blows occur.

DAVON s.r.o. | No. 16156-Z170115 | REV A | 04-2018 104

Fig. 7/18 Idle blows of the working tool

7.3.4.6 END POSITIONS OF THE HYDRAULIC CYLINDER

Avoid using the equipment when the boom cylinders and/or handles are in the end positions.

The lifetime of the hydraulic cylinder is reduced and it will become damaged.

Fig. 7/19 End position of the hydraulic cylinder

DAVON s.r.o. | No. 16156-Z170115 | REV A | 04-2018 105

7.3.5 CHECK OF THE DEVICE WHEN IN OPERATION
• See part 9.1.2.3

7.3.6 REDUCING NOISE AND VIBRATIONS

The operator must always wear a hearing protection device as one side effect of the working device is noise and
vibrations.

To reduce exposure to vibrations, it is appropriate to ensure the operators are exchanged- a maximum of one shift per
day. According to the national regulations for work safety, compulsory breaks are included in the work cycle.
Reduction of noise and vibrations of the device is also given by compliance with periods and activities of maintenance of
the equipment and components to ensure standard operation. During non-standard mode, a risk of increased noise and
vibration levels occurs.
To reduce vibrations, it is appropriate to determine the greatest minimum distance of the operator from the machine
when remote-controlled. It is also suitable to minimize the time the operator spends operating the machine and on the
machine when setting it, changes to the operating mode, etc., but always follow the instructions of this manual.
Noise and vibrations in workplaces must be reduced to avoid exceeding the effective hygiene emission limits. Limits for
individual noise and vibration levels are stipulated by the national legal regulations.
Excess noise and vibration transmission to other persons must also be prevented.
Training of employees whose work is connected with exposure to noise, must, apart from compulsory parts given by the
national regulations for OHS, include mainly information about:
• proper use of the equipment, the hydraulic hammer and other working tools,
• measures accepted to reduce the extent and duration of noise exposure,
• correct use of personal protective equipment,
• suitable work procedures designed to minimize exposure to noise,
• procedures to determine possible hearing deterioration,
• the purpose of medical preventive examinations ensured by the equipment operator.

Any increase in the noise level or increase in vibrations during operation might be caused by a faulty state. In such case,
start to look for the defect using the table "Troubleshooting" in part 8 in this manual.

7.4 BEFORE STOP

The operator must be familiar with the sequence off a crushing station.
The equipment before and after the stop independent of material flow.

7.5 EQUIPMENT STOP

When not in use, move the equipment to a position away from walkways or roads, and adjacent to the work area. Make
sure no persons are present in the operating area.

DAVON s.r.o. | No. 16156-Z170115 | REV A | 04-2018 106

7.5.1 INSTRUCTIONS FOR STOPPING THE EQUIPMENT

Recommended parking position:

If the equipment is not used, move the hammer to the parking position outside the working area, see Fig. 7/20

Fig. 7/20 Mount of hydraulic hammer (1)

Safely secure the equipment with the hammer in the vertical position,
Step 1 e.g. in the parking position.

Step 2 STOP MAIN MOTOR

Step 3 Switch off the electric distributor RM1

Step 4 Switch on parking position

7.6 WORKING TOOL WEAR

Working tool wear depends on the type and hardness of the aggregates. The tool tip can be sharpened by tooling with
the permission of the hydraulic hammer manufacturer. It is impossible to repair the striking part; it must be replaced with
a new one; a risk of damage to the piston occurs. Observe the minimum tool length.

For more information, see the "Safety Instructions and Instruction Manual" for the hydraulic hammer.

DAVON s.r.o. | No. 16156-Z170115 | REV A | 04-2018 107

8. TROUBLESHOOTING

WARNING
Troubleshooting must only be undertaken when the safety equipment is active.
Only qualified persons can perform the measurements or replacements of components as described in this chapter.
Observe the safety instructions in the manual. Do not attempt any measurement, part replacement or other service
procedure not described in this manual. Such action will void the guarantee, endanger correct operation, and increase
downtime and expenses.

• Work focused and systematically if you under pressure.

• Try to get a clear idea about failure. Ask operator for more information.

DAVON s.r.o. | No. 16156-Z170115 | REV A | 04-2018 108

8.1. OVERVIEW OF TROUBLESHOOTING – BOOM SYSTEM AND HYDRAULIC POWER UNIT
FAULT CAUSE REPAIR SEE DOCUMENT
Check whether the power unit is switched on. Check
The hydraulic pump does not
whether the hydraulic pump is running. Check the drive unit
run.
- coupling with flexible element.
The hydraulic pump has
Check the phase connection of the as. motor - correct
incorrect direction of rotation -
rotation.
The system does not react to STOP.
manual, remote or remote Check and measure the parameters of the hydraulic pump -
The hydraulic pump provides Hydraulic
radio controls (if installed). flow rate, pressure and temperature. Check the filter in the
no flow and/or pressure. diagram
suction line.
Fill the tank with hydraulic oil and check the hydraulic
Hydraulic oil level is low.
system for leakage.
Hydraulic oil temperature is
Check the heating element is functioning (if installed).
low.
Hydraulic hose or pipe is
Replace the damaged hydraulic hose or pipe.
damaged.
Hydraulic cylinder is damaged. Replace the hydraulic cylinder or repair it.
Hydraulic
Incorrect LS signal. Check and adjust the LS signal.
diagram
Pressure Relief valve does not
Replace the pressure relief valve.
work (setting does not react).

Use manual control on the hydraulic distributor. If all

functions work normally, check the remote control. Check
One function in the system the supply cable of the remote control and solenoid power
does not work, but all other Damaged el. connection supply. Switch the adjacent connectors on solenoids
functions work as usual. between the remote control (hydraulic distributor) and check whether after switching of
and hydraulic distributor. the connectors the defect is transferred to the adjacent
function. If this is the case, the defect is in the remote
control. If this is not the case, check and replace the
defective solenoid.

Use manual control on the hydraulic distributor. If all

functions work normally, check the functions of the remote
Signal from the remote control control. Check the LED color on the solenoids on the
is interrupted. hydraulic distributor. If the light is green, it is OK. It the light
is red or off, check whether the solenoid is live. If it is, the
solenoid is defective, so replace it with a new one.

Holes in the frame are too big.

Repair the holes. Tighten all bolts in the frame when Installation
Base frame movement. Mounting bolts are loose or
lubricated. Manual
broken.
Hydraulic cylinder (boom)
Replace the hydraulic cylinder or repair it.
leaks.
Outrigger system drops - all
Incorrect setting of the
controls are in the neutral
overcentre valve or damaged Hydraulic
position. Adjust or replace the overcentre valve.
gasket of the hydraulic cylinder diagram
(boom).
Noisy movements of the Pins are not lubricated. Check the automatic lubrication system (if installed)
equipment accompanied by
vibrations. Pins and bushing are worn. Check and replace pins and bushing.

DAVON s.r.o. | No. 16156-Z170115 | REV A | 04-2018 109

The hydraulic pump is worn or Check and measure the parameters of the hydraulic pump - Hydraulic
incorrectly adjusted. flow rate, pressure and temperature. diagram
Movements of the equipment The hydraulic distributor is Check the limitation of flow in each working section and
are slow. adjusted for low flow. change the limitation.
The system is in slow mode. Radio control is set to "turtle" symbol (if installed).
The hydraulic pump is worn or Check and measure the parameters of the hydraulic pump - Hydraulic
incorrectly adjusted. flow rate, pressure and temperature. diagram
Hydraulic
Incorrect LS signal. Check and adjust the LS signal.
diagram
Operating pressure of one
Hydraulic cylinder leaks. Replace the hydraulic cylinder or repair it.
function is low.

Pressure relief valve does not

work (working section of the Check or replace the pressure relief valve.
hydraulic distributor)

Noisy hydraulic pump. Check the filter in the suction line.

Suction branch of the pump Check whether the ball valve in the suction branch is open
(second stage) is disconnected. (if installed).
Hydraulic oil cooler does not Check and clean the cooler element.
work. Check correct rotation of the fan.
Rapid increase in hydraulic oil
Check and measure the parameters of the hydraulic pump - Hydraulic
temperature. Low flow rate.
flow rate, pressure and temperature. diagram
Incorrect pressure. Check or replace the pressure relief valve.
Primary pressure relief valve
Check and adjust the pressure relief valve.
cannot be adjusted.
Hydraulic cylinder leaks. Replace the hydraulic cylinder or repair it.

Noisy hydraulic pump. Air in the suction line. Check the suction line for eventual cavitation.

Foaming - air. Check the suction line.

Take sample of the hydraulic oil. Use filtration unit. Flush
Contamination - water.
the hydraulic system and change the oil.
Problem with hydraulic oil.
Change the oil.
Black color - problem with
Check and clean the cooler. Check fan and thermostat
cooling circuit.
function. Check whether the ball valve in the suction branch Electrical diagram
is open (if installed).
CENTRAL STOP pushbutton Check and release all CENTRAL STOP pushbuttons and start
pressed. the system again.
The main switch is off. Check the main switch.
System does not react after
start-up. Fill the tank with hydraulic oil and check the hydraulic
Hydraulic oil level is low.
system for leakage.
Hydraulic oil temperature is
Check the heating element is functioning (if installed).
low.

DAVON s.r.o. | No. 16156-Z170115 | REV A | 04-2018 110

The receiver has no power
Check power supply of the receiver.
supply.
Radio transmission does not
Check the signal LED control light.
The radio remote control work.
does not work (if installed). Hydraulic temperature is too
Check function of oil heater (if installed).
low.
Battery in the controller is flat. Check and charge the battery.
Low operating pressure or flow Installation
Check whether ball valves are open.
Hydraulic hammer does not rate. Manual
work. Installation
Incorrect P-T connection. Check correct connection of the hydraulic hammer.
Manual

Fig. 8/1 Overview of troubleshooting

8.2. OVERVIEW OF TROUBLESHOOTING – REMOTE CONTROL

Ensure that a charged battery is inserted in the transmitter. Check the status indicator on the front of the transmitter,
indications are as follows:

Fig. 8/2 Overview of troubleshooting

DAVON s.r.o. | No. 16156-Z170115 | REV A | 04-2018 111

9. MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR
Carry out machine maintenance on the parts and at the intervals stated in the maintenance plan. The operating hours counter
displays the current number of operating hours.

Fig. 9/1 Display – operating hours

The maintenance plan must be followed. Regularly check the operating hours counter.

WARNING
Before you start maintenance works, it is necessary to stabilize the working equipment, and turn off the motor and main switch.
It is necessary to bear in mind that even if the main switch of the electric distributor is off, incoming conductors are still under
current. Therefore, operators are protected from contact by a special cover.

Before each operation requiring the opening of a plug, lid, etc., it is necessary to remove impurities from the surroundings
which could penetrate inside and eventually interfere with proper operation of the equipment.
Maintenance must be carried out only by qualified persons.

Hot parts
The hydraulic hammer, working tool, hydraulic tank, hydraulic components, hoses, pipes and connecting parts heat up to high
temperatures during operation.
If you touch the hot surfaces of some parts, there is a risk of burns.
Never touch hot parts. If it is necessary to carry out certain activities, first wait until the hot parts cool down.

9.1 PREVENTATIVE MAINTENANCE

9.1.1 CLEANING
The equipment must be kept reasonably clean. Layers of dust or mixtures with oil and grease must be removed regularly so
that you can spot any emerging cracks in the equipment's steel structure or identify leaks in the hydraulic system.
Deposits of dust on the power unit act as a thermal insulation and deteriorate its cooling. Therefore, impurities must be
regularly removed from here. First of all, it is necessary to keep the hydraulic oil cooler radiator clean (using compressed air) to
prevent lower cooling performance.

Use all cleaning solutions with care, e.g. technical gasoline, air etc.

DAVON s.r.o. | No. 16156-Z170115 | REV A | 04-2018 112

9.1.1.1 CLEANING SCHEME
Cleaning should be done according to the maintenance plan at the given intervals, the equipment must be stabilized, and the
motor and main switch turned off.

9.1.2 CONDITION CHECK DURING OPERATION

Maintenance intervals must be shortened in demanding work conditions.

Status checks must be carried out according to the maintenance plan at the given intervals, the equipment must be stabilized,
and the motor and main switch turned off.

9.1.2.1 HYDRAULIC OIL

Inspect every day
• Oil level; visual check of the oil level in the optical level gauge
• Oil temperature; check the temperature in the optical level gauge
• Oil quality; visual check of quality – color change in the optical level gauge

9.1.2.2 HYDRAULIC FILTERS

Inspect every day
• Display and signal lights on the electric distributor RM1 and signal light tower and by visual check of the optical level
gauge.

9.1.2.3 PERIODIC MAINTENANCE

Inspect every day/shift

Fig. 9/2 Display – daily maintenance checks and system parameters

DAVON s.r.o. | No. 16156-Z170115 | REV A | 04-2018 113

Inspect every week
• Hydraulic oil cooler; Cleanliness and function
• Air unit; Condensate drain
• Working pressure; Working pressure must not be higher than 320 bar, see the hydraulic scheme,
The equipment is equipped with the test point, see Fig. 9.1. according to hydraulic scheme.

Fig. 9/3 Test point (1)

DAVON s.r.o. | No. 16156-Z170115 | REV A | 04-2018 114

Inspect every month
• Oil quality; Visual check
• Lubrication; Function of Central lubrication circuit
• Hydraulic hoses; Wearing

Inspect after 100 hours of operation

• Hydraulic filter elements; Initial change
• Air filter element; Initial change
• Transmission oil; Initial change
• Electric distributors; Re-tighten the screw connection

Inspect after 500 hours of operation

• Oil quality; Sample
• RECOMENDATION: after 500 hours of operation you should carry out an inspection of the hydraulic oil by taking a
sample which represents the quality of the hydraulic oil in the system immediately after stopping the equipment. See
the part 9.7.3.
• Hydraulic filter elements; Regular change
• Air filter element; Regular change

Inspect after 1.000 hours of operation

• Pressure valve adjustment; Inspect pressure setting, see the hydraulic scheme
• Pins measurement – wear; Inspect the pin size, see the table of sizes below

DAVON s.r.o. | No. 16156-Z170115 | REV A | 04-2018 115

Inspect after 1 year of operation
• Oil quality; Regular change
• Transmission oil; Regular change
• Air unit; Float drain cleaning

Inspect after 5.000 hours or 36 months of operation

• Oil quality; Regular change
• Hydraulic hoses; Regular change

Fig. 9/4 Pins and bushings measurement – wear

Pos. Pin Size (mm) Upper limit size (mm) Lower limit size (mm)
1 90-252 Ø 90 d9 Ø 89,88 Ø 89,79
2 90-665 Ø 90 d9 Ø 89,88 Ø 89,79
3 90-245 Ø 90 d9 Ø 89,88 Ø 89,79
4 95-665 Ø 95 d9 Ø 94,88 Ø 94,793
5 95-755 Ø 95 d9 Ø 94,88 Ø 94,793
6 95-735 Ø 95 d9 Ø 94,88 Ø 94,793
7 125-376 Ø 125 d9 Ø 124,86 Ø 124,76
8 150-800 Ø 150 d9 Ø 149,86 Ø 149,76
9 180-1230 Ø 180 d9 Ø 179,85 Ø 179,75

DAVON s.r.o. | No. 16156-Z170115 | REV A | 04-2018 116

Pos. Bushing Size (mm) Upper limit size (mm) Lower limit size (mm)
1
2 105-90-50 Ø 90 C8 Ø 90,196 Ø 90,15
3
4 115-95-110 Ø 95 C8 Ø 95,224 Ø 95,17
5 115-95-110 Ø 95 C8 Ø 95,224 Ø 95,17
6
7
8 175-150-150 Ø 150 C8 Ø 150,235 Ø 150,19
9 210-180-223 Ø 180 C8 Ø 180,293 Ø 180,23

9.1.2.4 HYDRAULIC OIL

RECOMMENDATION: In demanding working conditions, after 500 hours of operation you should carry out an inspection of the
hydraulic oil by taking a sample which represents the quality of the hydraulic oil in the system immediately after stopping the
equipment. See the part 9.7.3.

9.1.2.5 TRANSMISSION OIL - SLEW

Inspect every day
• Transmission oil level; see part 9.5.4

9.1.2.6 LUBRICATION
Inspect every day
• Lubrication points; visual check of the pressure valve of the lubrication pump for release grease
• Automatic lubrication system; see part 9.1.4

9.1.2.7 OTHER CHECKS AND CLEANING

Inspect every day
• Condition of hydraulic cylinder bearings
• Cracks in the steel structure; visual check for possible cracks in the steel structure.

Inspect every week

• Tightness of screws in the electric distributor
• Tightness of screw connections; inspect and retighten screw connections during the first 100 hours of operation after
equipment installation
• Cleanliness of hydraulic oil cooler radiator; clean the cooler radiator with compressed air
• Cleanliness of power unit; clean the hydraulic tank, asynchronous motor, hydraulic pumps and other components with
compressed air

Inspect every month

• Hydraulic hose; visual check for damage of hydraulic hose's rubber sheath.

Technical inspection of equipment

DAVON s.r.o. | No. 16156-Z170115 | REV A | 04-2018 117

WARNING
The equipment is not subjected to technical inspections in the scope of the Act on Technical Equipment; inspections of the
equipment are laid down by the producer on the basis of the operating conditions.

DAVON recommends an inspection after 5.000 operating hours or after 36 months of operation, according to which comes
first.

9.1.3 PROGRAMMED REPLACEMENT

Worn or damaged parts must be replaced. Only a qualified person can carry out replacement of parts.

9.1.3.1 HYDRAULIC POWER UNIT

Programmed replacements should be carried out according to the maintenance plan at the given intervals, the equipment must
be stabilized, and the motor and main switch turned off.
Except for replacement of oil fillings and filter elements (see further) the power unit is not difficult to maintain. The hydraulic
generator is adjusted by the producer. It is necessary to regularly check the tightness connections and remove eventual
leakage of oil by tightening the relevant joint. The cooler radiator must be kept clean (dust must be sometimes blown off with
compressed air) to prevent any reduction in cooling performance.

9.1.3.2 REPLACEMENT OF FILTER ELEMENTS

WARNING
Risk resulting from sudden pressure release!

Before every operation requiring the opening of a plug, lid, etc., it is necessary to remove impurities from the surroundings
which could penetrate inside and eventually interfere with proper operation of the equipment.
Maintenance must be carried out only by qualified persons.
Used filter elements contain hydraulic oil.
It is necessary to handle used oil as dangerous waste. Oil disposal is carried out according to the national regulations for
waste. Drained oil must be caught to prevent environmental damage. Use a suitable container for eventual oil leaks and used
filter elements.

DAVON s.r.o. | No. 16156-Z170115 | REV A | 04-2018 118

9.1.3.3 SUCTION FILTER

1. Loosen the screws ( 32) on the suction filter lid. Be careful, the filter body is full of oil.

Fig. 9/5 Suction filter

2. After unscrewing the release screw, the return valve holds oil in the tank. Remove the filter element and check it for damage.
3. If it is in order, clean the filter element and body – use a brush and technical gasoline.
4. Place the filter element back in the clean filter.
5. Retighten the release screw. If the screw is not tightened properly, damage to the hydraulic aggregate might occur.
6. Check the filter for tightness.

DAVON s.r.o. | No. 16156-Z170115 | REV A | 04-2018 119

9.1.3.4 PRESSURE FILTER

1. Use a wrench ( 30) on the lower part of the filter container and turn counterclockwise, pull it out by the distance of R=100mm.

Fig. 9/6 Pressure filter

2. Take out the used filter element

3. Clean the filter element and body – use a brush and technical gasoline.
4. Insert the new filter element into the clean filter.
5. Retighten the lower filter container.
6. Check the filter for tightness.

DAVON s.r.o. | No. 16156-Z170115 | REV A | 04-2018 120

9.1.3.5 RETURN FILTER

1. Loosen the screws (6x 4) on the hydraulic filter lid.

Fig. 9/7 Return filter

2. Take out the used filter element

3. Insert the new filter element into the clean filter.
4. Retighten the lower filter container.
5. Check the filter for tightness.

DAVON s.r.o. | No. 16156-Z170115 | REV A | 04-2018 121

9.1.3.6 FILLING AND REPLACEMENT OF HYDRAULIC OIL
The hydraulic tank must be filled with clean liquid through the filling plug on the tank. Do not fill hydraulic oil straight from the
barrel (it is recommended to use a filter unit).

Hydraulic oil must always be changed when it loses its proper physical properties due to a worsening of its status. This status
can be identified by analysis of an oil sample by an accredited laboratory. The first analysis is carried out after 500 operating
hours (see the part 9.7.13.). When taking a sample, proceed according to the instructions of the accredited laboratory.

Hydraulic oil must be changed when other machines in the surroundings are turned off and dustiness is reduced, thus
minimizing the risk of dust entering the hydraulic system.
Changing the oil requires draining the maximum volume of the original oil.

Proceed as follows
• Warm up the oil by machine operation to at least 40°C.
• Adjust the working equipment position so that the pistons of the hydraulic cylinders are fully inserted, place the
equipment safely in a suitable place.
• Turn off the power unit.
• Use the filter unit to pump oil over; it is possible to provisionally drain oil with the help of the pouring plug and by
opening the emptying valve.
• Open the return valve on the tank and emptying valve – drain the oil from the tank
• Dismount the tank inspection lids and clean the tank interior of residues of used oil and deposited impurities. Clean the
suction filter – filter element.
• Put the inspection lids back, replace the original filter element in the pressure and return filter, replace the air bleed plug
and fill the tank by the filter unit with new specified oil through the filling plug up to the mark on the oil gauge.
• Start the equipment, slowly move the hydraulic cylinders, especially at the end positions – release the air.
• Top up the oil so that the oil level in the sight gauge reaches to the upper mark but not higher!
• It is possible to use an equivalent oil from another producer instead of the original one. Mixing oils is not permitted,
flushing the hydraulic system is not necessary.
• It is possible to use biologically degradable oil but it is necessary to consult the producer in advance.

Specified hydraulic oil is ISO VG 32/46 mineral oil

To achieve optimal efficiency and lifetime, the operating viscosity depends on the operating temperature, which depends on
the ambient temperature.

DAVON s.r.o. | No. 16156-Z170115 | REV A | 04-2018 122

Recommended oils

Producer Marking Min. transport temperature

Shell Tellus T 46 -39°C
Fuchs Renolin VG 46 -27°C

SAE J 300 DIN 51 511 Motor SAE J 306 DIN 51 512

Oils for Vehicles Gear Oils for Vehicles

Viscosity Viscosity Viscosity

Class ISO Range at 40 range at 100
VG °C (mm2/s) °C (mm2/s) Viscosity at Viscosity
Viscosity 100 °C min.- Viscosity at 100 °C
Class SAE max. Class SAE min.-
(mm2/s) max.
(mm2/s)

5 4.14 - 5.06
10 9.0 - 11.0 2.47 - 2.80
15 13.5 - 16.5 3.17 - 3.58
22 19.8 - 24.2 4.0 - 4.5 0W, 5W 10W 3.8 - 4.1 -
32 28.8 - 35.2 5.0 - 5.6 70W, 75W 4.1 -
46 41.4 - 50.6 6.2 - 7.1 15W, 20W 5.6 -
68 61.2 - 74.8 8.0 - 9.1 20 5.6 - 9.3 80W 7.0 -
100 90 - 100 10.3 - 11.8 30 9.3 - 12.5
150 135 - 165 13.5 - 15.5 40 12.5 - 16.3 85W 11.0 -
220 198 - 242 17.5 - 20.0 50 16.3 - 21.9 90 13.5 - 24
320 288 - 352 22.4 - 25.5 60 21.9 - 26.1
460 414 - 506 28.4 - 32.2 140 24 - 41
680 612 - 748 36.5 - 41.6
1000 900 - 1100 46.7 - 53.0 250 41 -
1500 1350 - 1650 60.1 - 68.1

DAVON s.r.o. | No. 16156-Z170115 | REV A | 04-2018 123

9.1.3.7 EMERGENCY DRAIN THE OIL FROM THE TANK

Fig. 9/8 Valve for emergency drain the oil from the tank

9.1.3.8 SLEW DRIVE

The planetary gearbox contains a filling of Titan Super Gear 8090 MC of ca. 8.3 litres. Oil is filled through the filling plug (see
the Fig. 9/27). It is possible to check the level via a control plug (sight glass). If the surface is not visible, it is necessary to top
up the oil. The oil level must be checked every day. The first oil change should be carried out after 100 operating hours, and
subsequently after 1.500-2.000 hours or once every 12 months. The oil is drained via a drainage hose through the frame,
rinsing is not necessary.

It is possible to use ISO VG 150 in winter time and ISO VG 220 in summer time.

The transmission equipment, consisting of a pinion and toothed rim, is immersed in plastic lubricant FUCHS DUOTAC ZGO –
07. The filling can be checked via a window in the frame on the right side (this can be used for adding grease, if needed).

DAVON s.r.o. | No. 16156-Z170115 | REV A | 04-2018 124

Fig. 9/9 Gearbox – check and change of oil

1. Filling plug
2. Control plug (sight glass)
3. Leakage from hydromotor
4. Hose for drain of oil from gearbox

DAVON s.r.o. | No. 16156-Z170115 | REV A | 04-2018 125

Filling the planetary gearbox

The specified grease is oil according to ISO VG 150-220.

The first filling should be Titan Super Gear 8090 MC.

Recommended grease

Producer Marking Min. transport temperature

MOBIL TITAN SUPER -27°C
GEAR 8090 MC

SAE J 300 DIN 51 511 Motor SAE J 306 DIN 51 512

Oils for Vehicles Gear Oils for Vehicles

Viscosity Viscosity Viscosity at

Class ISO Range at 40 100 °C
VG °C (mm2/s) (mm2/s) Viscosity at Viscosity
SAE
SAE Viscosity 100 °C min.- at 100 °C
Viscosity
Class max. min.-
Class
(mm2/s) max.
(mm2/s)

5 4.14 - 5.06
10 9.0 - 11.0 2.47 - 2.80
15 13.5 - 16.5 3.17 - 3.58
22 19.8 - 24.2 4.0 - 4.5 0W, 5W 10W 3.8 - 4.1 -
32 28.8 - 35.2 5.0 - 5.6 70W, 75W 4.1 -
46 41.4 - 50.6 6.2 - 7.1 15W, 20W 5.6 -
68 61.2 - 74.8 8.0 - 9.1 20 5.6 - 9.3 80W 7.0 -
100 90 - 100 10.3 -11.8 30 9.3 - 12.5
150 135 - 165 13.5 -15.5 40 12.5 - 16.3 85W 11.0 -
220 198 - 242 17.5 - 20.0 50 16.3 - 21.9 90 13.5 -24
320 288 - 352 22.4 - 25.5 60 21.9 - 26.1
460 414 - 506 28.4 - 32.2 140 24 - 41
680 612 - 748 36.5 -41.6
1000 900 -1100 46.7 - 53.0 250 41 -
1500 1350-1650 60.1 - 68.1

DAVON s.r.o. | No. 16156-Z170115 | REV A | 04-2018 126

9.1.3.9 SLEW BEARING
The specified lubricant is grease with consistency up to class NLGI 0/00.

The first filling should be DUOTAC ZGO – 07 grease.

Recommended grease

Producer Marking Min. transport temperature

Fuchs DUOTAC ZGO - 07 -20°C

Penetration
Classification
acc. to DIN ISO Visual Appraisal of Appearance Use
degree NLGI
2137 (10-1 mm)

000 445-475 Liquid, similar to very thick oil

For gearboxes and central lubrication
00 400-430 Semi-liquid, very soft systems
0 355-385 Very soft
1 310-340 Soft
2 265-295 Greasy consistency
For friction and rolling bearings
3 220-250 Greasy consistency, hardened
4 175-205 Solid
5 130-160 Very solid In the form of a block
6 85-115 Very solid In the form of a block

9.1.3.10 ELECTRIC EQUIPMENT

ATTENTION
Electrical equipment must be subjected to periodic revisions. Apart from that, it does not require specific maintenance. With
regard to operation in dusty environments and shocks, increased attention should be paid to preventive retightening of joints in
the terminal boxes and distributors according to the table of maintenance, and the contacts should be cleaned on such
occasions.

The distributor box is sealed against dust penetration. If any damage to the sealing occurs, it is necessary to repair it
immediately.
Electrical cables must be checked for any damage to the insulation, e.g. rubbing against the edge of clips, etc.

DAVON s.r.o. | No. 16156-Z170115 | REV A | 04-2018 127

9.1.3.11 REPLACING THE PUMP

ATTENTION

When replacing the pump, follow the instructions according to the manufacturer's pump.
• When removing and disconnecting hydraulic hoses use blanking plugs
• Release all bolts that hold bellhousing incl. pump

Fig. 9/12 Replacing the pump

DAVON s.r.o. | No. 16156-Z170115 | REV A | 04-2018 128

9.1.3.12 REPLACING THE HYDRAULIC CYLINDER

ATTENTION

• If possible, pull out the hydraulic oil from hydraulic cylinder - retract
• When removing and disconnecting hydraulic hoses use blanking plugs
• Pins must first unlock, then it is possible pull out

Fig. 9/13 Replacing the hydraulic cylinder

• After installing the new hydraulic cylinder is a hydraulic system venting. Start the machine, move slowly hydraulic
cylinders especially in end position - release the air, see part 6.

DAVON s.r.o. | No. 16156-Z170115 | REV A | 04-2018 129

9.1.3.13 REPLACING THE PINS AND BUSHINGS

ATTENTION

• Pins must first unlock, then it is possible pull out.

Fig. 9/14 Release of pin

• Bushings must be pressed, use the preparations for forming and press or use oxy-fuel gas cutting
• When installing new pins and bushings follow the same procedure as above, see part 5

9.1.3.14 SEAL REPLACEMENT IN CYLINDERS

ATTENTION
It is necessary to execute this in a dust-free environment.

DAVON s.r.o. | No. 16156-Z170115 | REV A | 04-2018 130

Proceed as follows

• After disassembling the old sealing, clean all the parts of the cylinders and check them for damaged areas which should
provide sealing. These are grooves and necks for sealing, sliding surfaces of moving sealings, surfaces opposite static
sealing elements, and leading edges.
• Lubricate the new sealings lightly with grease and insert them into the relevant grooves. In places where it is necessary
to pull them over a larger diameter, do not use a tool with sharp edges to avoid damaging the sealing.
• Be careful, the seal must be placed in the right way, otherwise, it will not fulfill its function.
• When placing the cylinder back, you must avoid damaging the sealing by edges, or pinching it.
• Maintain cleanliness during such work.

To assemble the sealing properly, it is necessary to keep the direction according to the cross-section of the hydraulic cylinder.

Fig. 9/15 Hydraulic cylinder – cross-section

9.1.3.15 HOSES REPLACEMENT

ATTENTION
Before every operation requiring the opening of a plug, lid, etc., it is necessary to remove impurities from the surroundings
which could penetrate inside and eventually interfere with proper operation of the equipment.
Maintenance must be carried out only by qualified persons.

Replacement is carried out when the machine is not in operation and the position of the working equipment must be secured to
avoid disconnecting the hydraulic circuit in any places which could result in non-controlled movement caused by the machine's
weight.
When unscrewing the nuts of the hose, it is necessary to grip the next hexagon with a second wrench to prevent deformation
of the connecting piping or clip.
When tightening new hoses, it is necessary to avoid twisting the hoses and incorrectly routing them.

9.1.3.16 HYDRAULIC HAMMER

ATTENTION
When servicing hydraulic hammers, follow the manufacturer's instructions for hydraulic hammers, see separate instructions.

DAVON s.r.o. | No. 16156-Z170115 | REV A | 04-2018 131

9.1.3.17 ROTARY COUPLING REPLACEMENT / SEAL REPLACEMENT

ATTENTION

• Hoses must first release; when removing and disconnecting hydraulic hoses use blanking plugs.
• Release 4x M12 hexagon from console fixed to upper frame

Fig. 9/16 Rotary coupling / seal replacement

DAVON s.r.o. | No. 16156-Z170115 | REV A | 04-2018 132

9.1.4 LUBRICATION
9.1.4.1 AUTOMATIC CENTRAL LUBRICATION
The machine is equipped with an automatic central lubrication system. See detailed instructions for use.
A lubrication pump with an electric drive and a tank holding 8 litres of grease is located on the right side of the base frame. The
pump also includes level sensor.

Fig. 9/17 Lubrication points

1. Bearing and pinion – slew

2. Bearing and pinion – slew
3. Pin frame – boom
4. Pin hydraulic cylinder – boom – piston site
5. Pin hydraulic cylinder – boom – piston rod site
6. Pin boom – arm
7. Pin hydraulic cylinder – arm – piston site
8. Pin hydraulic cylinder – arm – piston rod site
9. Pin arm – brace
10. Pin hydraulic cylinder – hammer tilting – piston site
11. Pin hydraulic cylinder – hammer tilting – piston rod site
12. Pin brace – lever
13. Pin brace – adaptor
14. Pin lever – arm

DAVON s.r.o. | No. 16156-Z170115 | REV A | 04-2018 133

Fig. 9/18 Central lubrication system

DAVON s.r.o. | No. 16156-Z170115 | REV A | 04-2018 134

Distribution of a lubricant is carried out by hoses through 3 proportional distributors to all lubrication points. The proportional
distributors make sure that each point is lubricated with the correct quantity of lubricant and that no lubrication point is omitted
during the lubricating cycle.
In case the lubricating guide becomes clogged in some places, the lubricant comes out from the pressure valve. After that it is
necessary to find and release the clogged place by disconnecting the lubrication points. Such a situation usually does not
occur; it is caused by dirt getting into the lubricant.

Fig. 9/19 Pressure valve

Proper functioning of lubrication is signaled by a small pin (under plastic cap) in the proportional distributor on boom side which
goes out and in during each lubrication cycle (=lubrication of all lubrication points 1x).

Fig. 9/20 Proper functioning of lubrication is signaled by a small pin

DAVON s.r.o. | No. 16156-Z170115 | REV A | 04-2018 135

ATTENTION
When filling the pump via the filling opening from above, it is necessary to turn off the feed voltage before work starts.
It is necessary to carry out filling in dust-free conditions as far as possible. Use only lubricant from the original packaging and
tightly seal the container with the remaining lubricant immediately!
If a pump with a greater performance is used for filling the tank, it is necessary to avoid exceeding the max filling mark. If the
tank is overfilled, it may rupture.

The specified lubricant is grease with consistency up to class NLGI 00/000 / NLGI 2.

The first filling is FUCHS LZR 2H grease, used for the purpose of assembly and testing at the producer.

Recommended grease

Producer Marking Min. transport temperature

Fuchs Renolin LZR 2H -30°C

Penetration
Classification
acc. to DIN ISO Visual Appraisal of Appearance Use
degree NLGI
2137 (10-1 mm)

000 445-475 Liquid, very similar to thick oil

For gearboxes and central lubrication
00 400-430 Semiliquid, very soft systems
0 355-385 Very soft
1 310-340 Soft
2 265-295 Greasy consistency
For slide and rolling bearings
3 220-250 Greasy consistency, hardened
4 175-205 Solid
5 130-160 Very solid In the form of a block
6 85-115 Very solid In the form of a block

DAVON s.r.o. | No. 16156-Z170115 | REV A | 04-2018 136

Setting the lubrication cycle

The operating time is fixed preset to 10 minutes and intervals for pause time from 10 to 60 minutes.

Factory setting:
Operating time: 10 min
Pause time: 10 min

Variable setting:
Operating time: 10 min
Pause time: 10 – 60 min

According to operating requirements, it is necessary to set the actual values required.

DAVON s.r.o. | No. 16156-Z170115 | REV A | 04-2018 137

9.1.5 OVERVIEW PERIODIC MAINTENANCE
1000 5000
100 OPERATING 500 OPERATING
MAINTENANCE WORK INTERVAL EVERY SHIFT WEEKLY MONTHLY OPERATING 12 MONTHS OPERATING HRS
HOURS HOURS
HOURS OR 36 MONTHS

OIL LEVEL X

OIL TEMPERATURE X

OIL QUALITY X
HYDRAULIC OIL
FIRST CHANGE X

SAMPLE X

CHANGE X

OIL LEVEL X

FIRST CHANGE X (INITIAL)

TRANSMISSION OIL - SLEW

X
CHANGE
(OR 2000 HRS)

GREASE ALL LUB.POINTS X

SWING DRIVE * X

ASYNCHRONOUS ELECTRIC
X
LUBRICATION MOTOR

CHECK AUTOMATIC CENTRAL

X
LUBRICATION CIRCUIT

CHECK LEVEL OF GREASE X

CLOGGING X
CHANGE FILTER ELEMENTS X (INITIAL)
INDICATOR (OR 12 MONTHS)
HYDRAULIC FILTERS
CLEAN SUCTION FILTER AND CLOGGING X
X (INITIAL)
ELEMENT INDICATOR (OR 12 MONTHS)

HYDRAULIC COOLER CLEAN COOLER AND CHECK FAN X

COMPRESSED AIR DISTRIBUTION X

OPEN THE CONDENSATE DRAIN X

COMPRESSED AIR SUPPLY *
FLOAT DRAIN CLEANING X
CLOGGING
CHANGE FILTER ELEMENTS X (INITIAL) X
INDICATOR
GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE
EQUIPMENT AND WORKING X
AREA
CHECK ADJUSTING OF RELIEF
X
VALVES
LEAKAGE X

POLLUTION X

DAMAGE X

NOISE X

OTHER CHECKS CONTROL INSTRUMENTS X

SCREW AND HYDRAULIC
X X
CONNECTIONS CHECK
RE-TIGHTEN THE SCREW
CONNECTION IN THE ELECTRIC X X
DISTRIBUTORS
MONITORING FOR AN ANY
X
CRACKS - STEEL STRUCTURE
MEASURE ALL PINS AND
X
BUSHINGS FOR WEAR
HOSES CHECK X

HOSES CHANGE X

HYDRAULIC HAMMER * SEE OPERATION INSTRUCTIONS FOR HYDRAULIC HAMMER

AUTOMATIC CENTRAL
SEE OPERATION INSTRUCTIONS FOR AUTOMATIC CENTRAL LUBRICATION SYSTEM
LUBRICATION SYSTEM *

RADIO REMOTE CONTROL * SEE OPERATION INSTRUCTIONS FOR RADIO REMOTE CONTROL

ASYNCHRONOUS ELECTRIC
SEE OPERATION INSTRUCTIONS FOR ASYNCHRONOUS ELECTRIC MOTOR
MOTOR

* IF EQUIPPED

Fig. 9/26 Overview periodic maintenance

DAVON s.r.o. | No. 16156-Z170115 | REV A | 04-2018 138

9.2 REPAIR MAINTENANCE

Fig. 9/27 Display RC1 – faults

List of faults RC1

STATUS: FAULT

After solved problem, maintenance or repair must be confirmed button “Confirm” (hold for 3 sec) on RM1 display. The
message will go from red to green color.

Fig. 9/28 Display RM1 – faults

DAVON s.r.o. | No. 16156-Z170115 | REV A | 04-2018 139

List of faults RM1

SAFETY FUNCTION

EMERGENCY OIL LEVEL

EMERGENCY OIL TEMPERATURE

INSULATION MINITORING

CIRCUIT BREAKERS

LUBRICATION - ERROR

LUBRICATION - WARNING

POWER SUPPLY

CLOGGED RETURN FILTER

OVERLOADING M1

CLOGGED SUCTION FILTER

PRESSURE SENSOR B301

PRESSURE SENSOR B302

TEMPERATURE SENSOR B304

SURGE PROTECTION DEVICE

LOW TANK AIR PRESSURE

CLOGGED PRESSURE FILTER

COMMUNICATION

OVERLOAD OF ARM

DAVON s.r.o. | No. 16156-Z170115 | REV A | 04-2018 140

9.2.1 REPAIR OF COMPONENTS/CONSUMABLES WHILE THE EQUIPMENT IS IN OPERATION
If the equipment is in operation, replacement of components and parts of the equipment must not be carried out.
Repair of the equipment's components is not carried out; the components are replaced with original spare parts.

9.2.2 REPAIR OF COMPONENTS/CONSUMABLES WHILE THE EQUIPMENT IS STOPPED

If the equipment is in operation, replacement of components and parts of the equipment must not be carried out.

Repair of the equipment's components is not carried out; the components are replaced with original spare parts.

9.2.3 REPLACEMENT OF COMPONENTS/CONSUMABLES WHILE THE EQUIPMENT IS IN OPERATION

WARNING
Risk of injury
Replacement of components might result in serious injury or damage to property.
Carry out replacement of components and parts of the equipment according to the maintenance plan at the stated intervals.
The equipment must be stabilized, and the motor and main switch must be turned off.

9.2.4 REPLACEMENT OF COMPONENTS/CONSUMABLES WHILE THE MACHINE/PLANT IS STOPPED

Replacement of components and parts of the equipment must be carried out only by qualified persons.
For more information, see part 9.

Report all problem, maintenance or repairs!

DAVON s.r.o. | No. 16156-Z170115 | REV A | 04-2018 141

10. TAKING OUT OF SERVICE
10.1. TAKING OUT OF SERVICE
10.1.1. PREPARATIONS, PROTECTIVE MEASURES
When not in use, move the equipment to a position away from roads and walkways and adjacent to the working area.
Make sure no persons are present in the operating area. Then safely secure the equipment, put the hammer in the
vertical position, e.g. in the parking position, and turn the motor off.

ATTENTION
Always bear in mind that after turning off the main switch on the electrical distribution panel, the supply cables are still
live. For this reason, they are protected against contact by a special guard.

10.1.2. EQUIPMENT/TOOLS, PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT

Shutdown of the equipment does not require the use of any device or tools. During shutdown of the equipment, use
protective aids just as during operation.

10.1.3. REDUCTION OF NOISE AND VIBRATIONS

During shutdown, any eventual noise and vibrations will be reduced. If noise or vibrations increase during the equipment
shutdown, or do not stop, this indicates a defect. In such case, start to look for the defect using the table Troubleshooting
in part 8 in this manual.

10.1.4. BEFORE STOP

When not in use, move the equipment to a position away from roads and walkways and adjacent to the working area.
Make sure no persons are present in the operating area. Then safely secure the equipment, put the hydraulic hammer in
the vertical position, e.g. in the parking position, and turn the motor off.

10.1.5. EQUIPMENT STOP

Hot parts
The hydraulic hammer, work tool, hoses, pipes and fittings during operation heat up very quickly to a high temperature.
Touching hot surfaces of certain parts presents a risk of burns.
Never touch hot parts. In case certain actions must be carried out, wait until the hot parts cool down.

Make sure no persons are present in the operating area. Then safely secure the smashing equipment, with the hammer
in the vertical position, e.g. in the parking position.

DAVON s.r.o. | No. 16156-Z170115 | REV A | 04-2018 142

10.2. DISASSEMBLY
10.2.1. PREPARATIONS, PROTECTIVE MEASURES
Before you disassemble the equipment, make sure you have the same tools available as for installation, see part 5.

During disassembly, make sure all oil has been drained from the equipment (hydraulic hammer, hydraulic tank, hose,
etc.)

All disconnected connections (hoses and pipes) must be use blanking plugs - contamination and remains of hydraulic oil.

10.2.2. EQUIPMENT/TOOLS, PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT

See part 5.

10.2.3. REDUCTION OF NOISE AND VIBRATIONS

During disassembly, there is a risk of vibrations from the use of tools and equipments, including hand tools, so the
operator must use anti-vibration gloves or other prescribed protective aids according to the national health and safety
regulations.

Disassembly of the equipment is accompanied by noise. The operator must use hearing protection or other prescribed
protective aids according to the national health and safety regulations. Disassembly should be performed during
standard working time, to reduce noise transfer to persons in the vicinity of the disassembly. Noise in the workplace may
not exceed the general limit according to national legislation.

10.2.4. DISASSEMBLY
Reversed procedure shown in part 5.

10.3. DISPOSAL
10.3.1. DESTRUCTION
Drain all hydraulic oil and clean the equipment before scrapping the equipment (hydraulic hammer, hydraulic tank,
hoses, etc.). Dispose of used hydraulic oil and prevent any negative impact on the environment

10.3.2. RECYCLING
Used tools must be disposed of in a way that ensures recycling of the maximum amount of discarded parts and material
and also protection of the environment.

10.3.3. DISPOSAL (REMOVAL)

The owner of the equipment is obliged to fulfill all legal requirements , applicable at the time of removal. If other national
legislation applies in the country of use, it must be added by the organization using the equipment and attached to this
Manual as an attachment.

DAVON s.r.o. | No. 16156-Z170115 | REV A | 04-2018 143

11. STORAGE
11.1. PREPARATIONS, PROTECTIVE MEASURES
The equipment is supplied in a partially disassembled condition and individual parts are packed and mothballed to prevent
premature degradation, see Control protocol of delivery.
All unpainted surfaces are protected by grease. Remove the protective layer just before assembly.
Disconnected parts of the hydraulic system are sealed. Remove the seals just before assembly.
Spare parts are packed to protect them against damage until their expected use. They should be stored in their original
packaging in dry, covered warehouse.

11.2. EQUIPMENT/TOOLS, PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT

Store The Equipment using the same items (packaging) used for the shipping of new equipment. In case these items are not
available, contact the manufacturer of the equipment to renew it or send new items.

During handling, observe the same instructions as in part

The Equipment should be mothballed, see part 11.3.

When packing the device for storage, use sufficient protective aids.

Handle it in compliance with part 2.11, 4. and 7.3.

11.3. GENERAL
The storage location must be clean, free from dust and other contamination and frost-free.
Frost could cause condensation and freezing of moisture in the machine's cavities, which cannot be filled completely with oil,
which could cause defects at a later stage. The equipment is already mothballed also for temperature below freezing point.
Store in a partially disassembled condition, prepared for shipping.

11.4. STEEL STRUCTURE AND MECHANICAL PARTS

The steel structure is sufficiently protected by paint. Unpainted surfaces, such as pins, housings, contact surfaces, etc., should
be covered with Anticorit BW 366 and wrapped in film.
Spray the moving parts that are otherwise untreated (levers of the hydraulic distributor, joint bearings of hydraulic cylinders...)
with silicon oil.

DAVON s.r.o. | No. 16156-Z170115 | REV A | 04-2018 144

11.5. HYDRAULICS
Before first start – up:
• Hydraulic tank is painted with anticorrosive paint and keep the rest of hydraulic oil after factory testing.

During operation:
• Retract the piston rods of the hydraulic cylinders, if possible, and eventual remains should be protected just like the pins,
• Wrap the hoses and fittings with non-transparent film to protect them against ultraviolet radiation, which causes rubber
aging.
11.6. CENTRAL LUBRICATION
Remove as much lubricant from the container of the lubrication pump as possible, because it ages during long storage.
11.7. ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT
Electrical equipment is sealed and sufficiently protected against corrosion. Special attention should be paid to dry storage, to
prevent moisture gathering on electric motors.
11.8. SLEWING GEAR TRANSMISSION
Never store the transmission in direct contact with the ground.
In case of storage for less than 8 weeks, proceed as follows:
• Fill the transmission through the cap on the air-bleed tank with transmission oil to the maximum level.
• Protect the external contact surfaces with grease and anticorrosive agent.
• Store in a dry and clean place, at a temperature between -15 and +50°C.
11.9. HYDRAULIC HAMMER

The hydraulic hammer is sealed and filled with oil, and requires no protection. Remove the tool and store it separately. Store
the hammer in the vertical position, so the weight of the internal piston assembly does not fatigue the sealing rings.
11.10. SHORT-TERM STORAGE
In case of storage for less than 8 weeks, proceed as follows:
• Disassemble the hydraulic hammer from the carrier (see the chapter Disassembly of hydraulic accessories from the
carrier - User's Manual - hydraulic hammer).
• Store the hydraulic hammer in a dry, well ventilated place.
• If you have no other option but to store the hydraulic hammer in open air, cover it.
• with plastic film or a waterproof truck tarp to protect it from the elements.
• Store the hydraulic hammer in the vertical position in such a way as to prevent it from falling over.

DAVON s.r.o. | No. 16156-Z170115 | REV A | 04-2018 145

11.11. LONG-TERM STORAGE
If storage is expected to be longer than 8 weeks, proceed as follows:
• Disassemble the hydraulic hammer from the carrier (see the chapter Disassembly of hydraulic accessories from the
carrier - User's Manual - hydraulic hammer).
• Disassemble the working tools (see User's Manual for hydraulic hammer - Operator's Manual - hydraulic hammer)
• Lubricate the working tool with lubricant for machines to protect it from corrosion.
• Lubricate the guide bushes
• Release pressure from the piston reservoir (see the chapter Releasing pressure from piston reservoir).
• Leave the filling hose in the filling valve so the gas can escape.

ATTENTION
Damage to the environment caused by hydraulic oil
Hydraulic oil is harmful to the environment and must not enter the soil or ground water or water mains.
• Collect all hydraulic oil that escapes.
• Dispose of it in compliance with the applicable regulations on environment protection.
Oil may leak when the impact piston is pushed upwards.
• Remove the caps from the connecting hoses.
• Slide the impact piston to the top position.
• Insert the impact piston's safety device into the hole for the working tool.
• Install the tool arrestors.
The impact piston is now blocked in the upper position.
• Disconnect the filling hose from the filling valve.
• Seal the connecting hoses with caps.
• Seal the hole for the working tool with a protective cap.
• Pull the filling hose out of the filling valve.
• Store the hydraulic hammer in a dry, well ventilated place.
• Store the hydraulic hammer in the vertical position in such a way as to prevent it from falling over .

DAVON s.r.o. | No. 16156-Z170115 | REV A | 04-2018 146

11.12. PROCEDURE AFTER MORE THAN 12 MONTHS OF STORAGE.

WARNING
Risk of injury
Unprofessional disassembly and assembly of the hydraulic hammer may lead to serious injury and damage to
property.
• Never pull the impact unit out of the hammer housing. Disassembly of the driving unit is permitted only when
performed by professionals, trained by the manufacturer of the hydraulic hammer. These professionals must
observe all safety instructions and regulations for repairs.

The following precautions are necessary to prevent premature failure of the hydraulic hammer after storage for more
than 12 months:

• Contact the Client center /Dealer of the hydraulic hammer manufacturer in your region.
• Professionals trained by the manufacturer of the hydraulic hammer will disassemble the hydraulic hammer correctly
and:
o check all parts prone to corrosion (working piston, cylinder, control), for corrosion,
o repair and replace all corroded parts,
o replace all gaskets.

11.13. WORKING TOOL

• Lubricate the working tool with lubricant for machines to protect it from corrosion.
• Store the working tool in a dry, well ventilated place.
• Store the working tool to prevent it from falling over or rolling.

For more details, see the Operator's Manual for the hydraulic hammer.
Grease filling

WARNING
Fire and harmful vapors
Lubricant for tools may ignite and cause a serious fire. Upon ignition, harmful vapors are released.

• Never store grease fillings (cartridges) in the vicinity of fire-spreading and pyrophoric agents.
• Do not expose grease fillings to direct sunlight.
• Store grease fillings in a dry, well ventilated place.
11.14. RENEWING CONSERVATION
The described conservation will last for two years without the need for renewal. After 1 year, spraying of moving parts
with oil is required (see part 11.3.2).

DAVON s.r.o. | No. 16156-Z170115 | REV A | 04-2018 147

11.15. RE-COMMISSIONING
Call the service section of the hydraulic hammer's manufacturer for commissioning; the servicemen will perform the
necessary lubrication and treatment.

Remove all protective films. Remove the conservation layer from unpainted surfaces mechanically and if necessary
clean them with spirit.
Check whether the performed precautions have prevented even partial corrosion. This applies to the hydraulic tank as
well!
The hydraulic tank can be filled with hydraulic oil without flushing, using a filtration aggregate.

Central lubrication can be commissioned without any special precautions. Eventual changes in appearance or
consistency of the remaining lubricant is not a problem.

Drain the oil from the slewing gear transmission down to the level specified in the Operator's Manual.

After commissioning, check the filter insert of the waste filter after 1 hour and again after 8 hours for any collected rust.
Rust in the suction filter means corrosion in the tank, while rust in the pressure filter means corrosion in the piston pump.

The danger of noise and vibrations is not apparent during storage.

DAVON s.r.o. | No. 16156-Z170115 | REV A | 04-2018 148

12. SPECIFICATIONS
12.1. TECHNICAL DATE
SYSTEM INFORMATION
Cleaning products Technical gasoline/diesel/air
Electrical protection 144 A
IP Code IP 65
Remote kontrol (radio – max. 60 m – cable
35m)
▪ Control room – max. 15km (optical cable)
Mode of Operation ▪ Cooper cable 20 m
▪ Radio frequency: 433 MHz

Emergency control
Altitude:
max 3.500 MASL
Humidity:
46%
Working conditions
Ambient temperature:
- 20°C up to + 40°C

AB8, AC2, AD5, AE5, AF2, AG2, AH2, AK1,

Selection and erection of electrical equipment -
AL2, AM-xx-1, AN2, AQ2, AR1, AS1, BA4, BC3,
Common rules acc. to EN 33 2000-5-51 ed.3
BD1, BE1, CA1, CB1

POWER UNIT
Power consumption 75/50 kW
Voltage and frequency 480 V (+/- 5%), AC, 3 phase + E, 50 Hz (+/- 2%)
Control voltage 120VAC / 24 V DC
Heat exchanger power 24 kW
Max working pressure 320 bar
Max flow rate 200 l/min
Oil capacity – hydraulic tank 490 l
Sound pressure dB(A) 82
Summer: ISO VG 46
Type of hydraulic oil
Winter: ISO VG 32
Cleanliness of hydraulic oil 19/17/14 according to ISO 4406
Power unit dimensions 2470 x 2610 x 1328 (h x l x w)
Power unit weight (without hydraulic oil) 2100 kg

DAVON s.r.o. | No. 16156-Z170115 | REV A | 04-2018 149

BOOM SYSTEM
Grease capacity – automatic lubrication system approx. 6 kg (8 l reservoir)
Summer: NLGI 2
Automatic central lubrication system
Winter: NLGI 00/000
Summer: NLGI 2
Grease swing drive
Winter: NLGI 00/000
Boom 8,3 m
Arm 7,4 m
Equipment dimensions
Base connection 2400 x 2000 mm
(18 x 49 mm)
max. 330°
Working angle Mechanical restriction 240° (adjustable)
Electronic restriction 120° (adjustable)
Horizontal reach 15,6 m
Vertical reach 11,5 m
Equipment weight 25 000 kg
Lifting capacity (without hammer) 3 500 kg
PCHT Φ180/125-1450 (2x)
DOUBLE-ACTING – with dumping at the end
Hydraulic cylinders: positions
PCHT Φ220/160-2400
▪ Boom
▪ Arm DOUBLE-ACTING – with dumping at the end
▪ Hammer tilting positions
PCHT Φ180/125-1200
DOUBLE-ACTING – with dumping at the end
positions

HYDRAULIC HAMMER
HB 2000 DP DustProtector II, ContiLube II,
Model
AutoStart, System VibroSilenced Plus
Weight 1714 kg
Tool diameter/Type 150 mm/Blunt
Sound pressure dB(A) 91
Sound power dB(A) 120
Oil flow rate 150-190 l/min
Operating pressure 160-180 bar
Impact rate 300-625 blows/min

DAVON s.r.o. | No. 16156-Z170115 | REV A | 04-2018 150

12.1. VERTICAL AND HORIZONTAL REACH

DAVON s.r.o. | No. 16156-Z170115 | REV A | 04-2018 151

12.2. ASSEMBLY

DAVON s.r.o. | No. 16156-Z170115 | REV A | 04-2018 152

12.3. STATIC LOAD

DAVON s.r.o. | No. 16156-Z170115 | REV A | 04-2018 153

DAVON s.r.o. | No. 16156-Z170115 | REV A | 04-2018 154
12.4. RK6156-HD/G - PROBE

DAVON s.r.o. | No. 16156-Z170115 | REV A | 04-2018 155

12.5. CONNECTION DIAGRAM BOOM SYSTEM

DAVON s.r.o. | No. 16156-Z170115 | REV A | 04-2018 156

12.6. RADIO /CABLE REMOTE CONTROL (DUAL) + CONTROL ROOM

DAVON s.r.o. | No. 16156-Z170115 | REV A | 04-2018 157

DAVON s.r.o. | No. 16156-Z170115 | REV A | 04-2018 158
13. DRAWINGS
13.1. INSTALLATION DRAWINGS
13.1.1. LIST OF DRAWINGS
List of drawing
1 CONNECTION PLATE 013546_D
1 BOOM SYSTEM 023470_S
1 HYDRAULIC UNIT 023533_S

13.2. HYDRAULIC SCHEME

13.2.1. LIST OF DRAWINGS
List of drawing
1 HYDRAULIC SCHEME 023532_D

13.3. ELECTRIC SCHEME

13.3.1. ELECTRICITY
List of drawing
1 ELECTRIC SCHEME 1801-006_1

DAVON s.r.o. | No. 16156-Z170115 | REV A | 04-2018 159

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

F F

2600
60

R100
00

18
E x E
49

D D
0
80
4x500=2000
2200

C C

1070
500
100

B B
100 480
5x480=2400

Untoleranced dimensions ISO 2768 class "mK" umpersk 1353

CZ 78391 Uni ov
CAD Inventor Created: Ulman Date: 30.03.2017 www.davon.cz
Checked: Jur ek Date: Mass: 2440,4 kg Type:
A Project: Material: S355J2+N Scale: A
Name: Drawing No: Rev:
CONNECTION PLATE - FRAME 1
013546_D 1
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

L L

8300

)
in 3630 / max 6030(mm
m
B
K 6 7 5 K
E B

9
740
0 E

C F1 4
J C J
F1
A
2

( mm)
7
a x 315
7 /m mi
in 195 G n
22
A
m G 50
/ ma
I 45 x3 I
70
0 (m
m)

2075
H F2 F2

D
D

H H
H
MEZIKUS 013606_S

1120

1
HYDRAULICK KLADIVO HB 2000
2871

G G

145

F F

1000

2200
500
E E

A-A ( 1 : 10 ) C-C ( 1 : 10 ) D-D ( 1 : 10 )

B-B ( 1 : 10 )

49
100 480 480 480

100
13 20 20 29 33 42

x
18
14 15 2600
30
M100x6 - 6g
28 23 24

30
16
180

M100x6 - 6g

D D
11
150

825

825
95 95
125

16 1230 135 43
1395 20
44 46
99 30
16
60

939
30 41
M48x3 - 6g M48x3 - 6g
C C
406

H-H ( 1 : 10 )
F2-F2 ( 1 : 10 ) Podm nky sva ov n pro nosn dynamicky nam han konstrukce dle TP-010
F1-F1 ( 1 : 10 ) Parametry sva ov n dle knihy WPS a katalogu svar WNL
E-E ( 1 : 10 ) 31 38 34 31 38 34 34 38 31 31 38 34
Svary 135 - ISO 14341-A-G 3Si1 (OK Aristorod 12.50) pr.1,2 pro KV -40 C
Jakost svar : "B" SN ISO EN 5817
40 35 39 90 M48x3 - 6g M48x3 - 6g P edeh ev: do 40mm bez p edeh evu
35 40 39 25 G-G ( 1 : 5 ) 41 - 60mm 75 C + HARDOX 400

28 90 25 61 - 100mm
nad 100mm
100 C
120 C
+ HARDOX 500

Velikost steh : max. 2mm, d lka min 50mm

43 19 Nedestruktivn kontrola svar

21 21 Lh ty pro NDT po sva en min. S355, P355NL1, 24h; S690 48h; S960 72h;
16
30

.svar metoda technika st. p pustnosti rozsah

B B
275

30
16

125
275

______ VT-vizu ln EN ISO 17637 EN ISO 5817 100 %

44 ______ PT-kapil rn EN ISO 3452-1 EN ISO 23277 %
18

755

755
665

665
______ MT-magnetick EN ISO 17638 EN ISO 23278 %
41 95 90
18 26
282

______ RT-radiografick EN ISO 17636-1 EN 12517 %

18 ______ UT-ultrazvukem EN ISO 17640 EN ISO 11666 %

275

11
16
30

30
16

30
16
30

30
16
Untoleranced dimensions ISO 2768 class "mK"; EN ISO 13920 "BF"

16
umpersk 1353
21 CAD Inventor Created: JANO K Date: 29.01.2018
CZ 78391 Uni ov
www.davon.cz

30 376
Checked: VO KA Date: Mass: 27543 kg Type:
90 25 39 40 35 Project: Material: Scale: 1:20
406 35 40 39 25 Name: Drawing No: Rev:
A
35 40 39 90 16 22 17 1 A
BOOM SYSTEM RK 6156 023470_S 1
16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

H H

min.300
2404 2280

G G

min.3100
2113

F
706 F

Mass:
1040

2100 kg

20
E 100 230 2300 E
1229 1480
min.160

D D
4x

+1
2200-1
18

C C
+1
1380-1

B B

Untoleranced dimensions ISO 2768 -mK

CAD Inventor Created: Date: 8.2.2018 www.davon.cz
Checked: Date: Mass: 2100 kg Type: HA75RT-K
projekt: Spence - Chile Material: Document no.:
A Name: Drawing-No.: Rev: 01 A
Power Unit HA75RT-K 1
023533_S Sheet:
1
12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
Untoleranced dimensions ISO 2768 -mK
CAD Inventor Created: Date: www.davon.cz
Checked: Date: Mass: - Type: RK6156-HD/G
projekt: Spence - Chile Material: Document no.: 86156-Z170115_02
Name: Drawing-No.: Rev: 01
Hydraulic diagram 1

RK 6156-MB2000DP HA 75/55RT
023532_D Sheet:
1
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

3 x 460 V, 50 Hz, TN-S L1

A /02.2A
A
L2
/02.2A
L3
/02.2A

31
43
12
14
-BA1 -Q1 -Q3

5
1
2
3
U

32
44
11
Copyright in accordance with ISO 16016!

/09.4D

/09.4D
/07.4C
I> I> I> I> I> I>
B 90A-150A 1,6A-2,5A B

2
4

6
-FC0
1

5
2

100...250 A

5
-QA1.1 -QA1.2 -QA1.3 -QA3

6
C C
1
2
3

12
14

-FA1
11
/09.3D
PEN

D D
-XDPE
PE
/02.2E

-XD1
1

9
PE

PE
-10WE1 -10WE2 -1WD1.1 -1WD1.2 -1WD2
1

3
25 25 0,75

+RH
PE

E E
PE

PE
L1

-XD1 +ED1
W1

+ED1 -M1
PE

PE
U1

W
+ED1

V
3 x 460 V, 50 Hz, TN-S +ED1 -M3
Construction -M1 M M
3AC PTC Oil cooler 3AC
Main motor 3 x 460 V
Power supply source 3 x 460 V 0,75 kW
W2

50 Hz

L1 L1
A /01.7A
A
L2 L2
/01.7A
L3 L3
/01.7A

-FC2 -FC3

5
2

6
-D3/2 C4/3
Copyright in accordance with ISO 16016!

W
U

V
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
-TA2
B 208...550 VAC PE B
2x115 VAC PE
-TA1

24 VDC

11
10

12
24 VDC
9

480 W

24V
-FC4 1
2

-FC5 -FC6 -FC7

1
C3/1

2
C3/1 C10/1 C3/1
C C
24VDC_L3
/05.1A
-BH1
1

H> -1XG1 PE 24VDC_L2

N
L

/03.2A
3

+70%
24VDC_L1
/03.2A
PE
N
L

D WATCH OUT FOR CONDUCTOR CROSS- D

-1EA1
SECTION SIZE OF THE POTENTIAL 0VDC
1

-EB1
ON THE CONNECTOR XG1
0VDC
Heating /03.2A
2

250 W
Inside light

PE PE
/01.7D /03.2B
10

12
13
-XD1
PE

PE
-1WD3 -1WD4
1

1
2
E 0,75 0,75 E

+ED1 PE
N
PE

+ED1
N
L

-2XG1
-2EA1

Inside light

A A

24VDC_L1 24VDC_L1
/02.7D /04.2D
24VDC_L2 24VDC_L2 /09.1B
/02.7C /04.5A
0VDC 0VDC
/02.7D /04.2D
PE PE
/02.7E /04.2D
Copyright in accordance with ISO 16016!

5
1:24V 2:+ 3:- 4:PE 5:0V
-3KF1 Coupler supply Contacts supply Contacts supply Contacts supply Coupler supply
B BK9050 B
Ethernet
X001

ETHERNET_3
/11.6E

C -20WG1 C
1
2

+MX1
1
+MX2 -10XD1
1
2

-20XG1
2
1

11
21

-00SF1
12
22

-10WG1
1
2

1
3
4

-XG1
2
1

-20WG1 D
3
4

D
+MX2
11
21

-0SF1
3
4

-20XG1

3
-0K1 -0SF2
12
22

/04.2B

4
22
Start
-10WG1 -0PF1
3
4

21
-XG1 -0K2
4
3

/04.3B

E 22 E
1

A A

24VDC_L2 24VDC_L2
/03.5A /05.1A
-3KF3

61
KL2904
O1 O3 O2 O4 -0K1 -0K2
Safety output 1 Safety output 1 Safety output 2 Safety output 2 .2B .3B

62
1

6
Copyright in accordance with ISO 16016!

B B

A1
-0K1 -0K2

X1
A2

A2
-0PF1

X2
B
0VDC 0VDC
.4D /05.1F

C C

24VDC_L1 24VDC_L1
/03.5A /07.2B
0VDC 0VDC D
D /03.5A .5C
PE PE
/03.5B /07.2B
ND

-3KF4 24VDC 0VDC GND

CU1521-0010
Ethernet Optic- singlemode
RJ45

E ETHERNET_2 Ethernet_Optic E
/11.6E /17.5F

24VDC_L3
/02.7C
24VDC_L2 24VDC_L2
/04.6A /07.1C
A A

5
-0K1

6
1

5
-0K2

6
24VDC_L21
Copyright in accordance with ISO 16016!

/07.1C
24VDC_L31
/06.1A

B B
11

11
-2K1 -2K2 -2K3B
/11.3B /11.4B /11.5B
14
12

14
12

14
12
-XG1

5
-20WG1

5
+MX2
C -20XG1 C

5
-10WG1

5
+MX1
-10XD1 5

-XD2 -XD1
1

-1WC1 -1WC2 -2WC1

0,75
D D
+ED1 +ED1 +ED2
A

B
1

-Y101 -Y102 AIR

-Y103
Unloading valve Exhaust valve Hammer
2

PVEO
2 0V
2

2
2

+MX1
-XD1
2

0VDC
/06.2C
-10XD1
6

E E
-10WG1
6

+MX2
-20XG1
6

-20WG1
6

-XG1
7
6

A A

1KF12_Q0 1KF12_Q1 1KF12_Q2 1KF12_Q3

/09.3C /09.4C /09.6C /09.7C
24VDC_L31 Y421_Error Y422_Error Y423_Error Y424_Error
/05.2B /09.4A /09.5A /09.6A /09.6A

-XG1
9

17
Copyright in accordance with ISO 16016!

17
-10WG1
9

B +MX2 B
-20XG1

17
9

16
10

17
-20WG1
9

+MX1
/05.3E

17
-10XD1
9

0VDC

C C
3

DC -10K5
-10TA1
1

DC /10.8C
14
12
4

0VDC
/10.3B

D D
In= 0,63A In= 0,63A In= 0,63A In=0,63A
10

16
-XD2
1

4
-2WC2 -2WC3 -2WC4 -2WC5
1

4
0,5 0,5 0,5 0,5

E E
PE

PE
Error

Error

Error
Udc

Udc

Udc
Us

Us
0V

0V
+ED2 +ED2 +ED2 +ED2

-Y421 Proportional valve -Y422 Proportional valve -Y423 Proportional valve -Y424 Proportional valve
Arm Boom Tilting Slew
PVEH PVEH PVEH PVEH

Conector PWR:
A +24 VDC (brown) A
0 VDC (blue) -10KR2
-2KF1 RCSS1 (white) Transmitter
RCSS2 (black) T-Rx100JD
HMIGTO2310
Panel HMI HMI
Conector CAN:
CAN-L (black) – pin1

ETHERNET
USB2
CAN-H (green/yelow) – pin2

+24 VDC

FG
0 VDC

COM1
CAN-GND (blue) – pin3

USB1
Copyright in accordance with ISO 16016!

Conector CABLE: -10WF2

+24 VDC (white) - pin1 0,25
B ETHERNET_4 connected (brown) – pin2 B
/11.7E
0 VDC (green) – pin3 +MX2

CABLE
24VDC_L1 24VDC_L1 RS485A (yellow) – pin4
/04.4D .6F -20XF2
0VDC 0VDC RS485B (grey) – pin5
/05.4F
PE PE
/04.4D /08.3B
/08.3E

-20WF2
0,25
+MX1

CABLE
24VDC_L2 24VDC_L2
/05.2A /12.1A -10XF2
24VDC_L21
/05.2B
C -10KR1 C
Receiver T-Rx100
11

-1K1 -1K3 11 -BA1

/11.2B /11.2B /01.3B
14
12

14
12

+24 VDC

RCSS1
RCSS2
FG

CABLE
0 VDC

CAN
D D

PE
-QA1.1 -QA1.1
67

LADS2 LADS2

CAN
68

-10XF1

30
-10XD1
X1
A1

-PF1

Tx Rx
-QA1.1 -QA1.2 -QA1.3 -QA3 -K1 -BA2

30
-20WG1 -20WF1

T2
A2

A2
X2

W
0VDC 0VDC +MX2
/05.4F .6F
E E

30
-20XG1 -20XF1

10
-XD3 9

14 /09.2D 14 /09.3E
12 11 12 11

Tx Rx
-1WG10 -10WG1 -10WF1
1

0,5
-XG1

30
-XF1
+ED1
1

-M1 .3B
24VDC_L1 24VDC_L1
/08.1A
-PTC 0VDC 0VDC 10KR1_EStop CAN
.4E /08.2B /10.6E /08.5C
2

/08.2E

A A
24VDC_L1 24VDC_L1
/07.7F .1D
XD24V
.1D

-FC8

1
2
B1/1

-XD24V

1
Copyright in accordance with ISO 16016!

B B
0VDC 0VDC
/07.7F
PE PE
/07.3B
+24V

PE
0V
-1KF1
-1KF1 +24V 0V PE
Supply Supply Supply TM251MESC
TM251MESC
Ethernet CANopen

SUB
RJ45
C /11.5E
ETHERNET_1
/07.8F
CAN
C

24VDC_L1 24VDC_L1
.3A /09.1A
XD24V XD24V
.3A /09.1D

-XD24V
2

4
-1WG2 -1WG3 -1WG4
1

1
0,5 0,5 0,5
D D
L+ L+ L+
+ED1 +ED1 +ED1
P P T
-B301 4-20 mA -B302 4-20 mA -B304 4-20 mA
Pressure Pressure Temperature
L- L- L-
2

2
-XD3
1

3
0VDC 0VDC
/07.7F .4E
PE PE 0VDC 0VDC 0VDC 0VDC 0VDC 0VDC
/07.3B /09.1A .3E .5E .4E .7E .6E /09.1A
E /09.1B /09.1B E
/09.7E
+24V

PE
0V

A A
24VDC_L1 24VDC_L1
/08.6D
0VDC 0VDC Y421_Error Y422_Error Y423_Error Y424_Error
/08.7E .4A /06.2A /06.3A /06.5A /06.6A
PE PE .4D 0VDC 0VDC
/08.3E /11.6D .3A

+24V

PE
0V

6
-1KF12 +24V 0V PE I0+ I0- I1+ I2+ I3+
TM3AI4G Supply Supply Supply Y421_Error Y421_Error Y422_Error Y423_Error Y424_Error
Copyright in accordance with ISO 16016!

B B

24VDC_L1 24VDC_L1
/03.5A .1D
0VDC 0VDC
/08.7E
PE PE
/08.3E
+24V

PE
0V

-1KF13 +24V 0V PE
Supply Supply Supply
TM3AQ4G
Q0+ Q0- Q1+ Q1- Q2+ Q2- Q3+ Q3-
C Arm Arm Boom Boom Tilting Tilting Slew Slew C
-Y421 -Y421 -Y422 -Y422 -Y423 -Y423 -Y424 -Y424

7
1KF12_Q0 1KF12_Q1 1KF12_Q2 1KF12_Q3
/06.2A /06.3A /06.5A /06.6A

0VDC 0VDC
.3A /10.6E

XD24V XD24V
/08.6D /10.1D
24VDC_L1 24VDC_L1 D
D .3B /10.2B

-XD24V

8
13

43
11

-1WG5 -1WG6 -1WG7 -1WG8

1
-0K1 -K1 -FA1 -Q1 -Q3
0,5 0,5 0,5 0,5
/04.2B /07.3E /01.2C /01.4B /01.6B
14

44
14
12

14
12

+ED1 +ED1 +ED1 +ED1

-B101 -B102 -B103 -B104

3
2

2
13

dP dP dP
-0K2 -BA2
1

1
/04.3B /07.4E Clogged Clogged Clogged Float
Suction filter Pressure filter Return filter Emergency level
14

14
12

2
E E
-XD3
4

7
0VDC 0VDC
/08.7E /10.6B

COM

COM
0

A A

24VDC_L1
.2B

-SF2

1
-SF1

2
Start Stop

24VDC_L1 24VDC_L1
Copyright in accordance with ISO 16016!

/09.7D .5A
/11.3D 0VDC 0VDC
/09.8E
/11.5A
B -FC9 1 B

COM

COM
12

13
+MX1

18
-10XD1
2

B1/1 -1KF14 I12 I13 COM3 COM4

24VDC_MX1 TM3DI16G Pump start Pump stop
.4D -B201
0VDC 0VDC /12.2D
-XG1 /06.6D .6D
-XD3

2
/12.2D
18
18

-10WG1
-2WG1

2
+MX2
+MX1
-20XG1
+ -
+ED2
18

C C
-B201
Position
18

-20WG1 L
Out
-10SF1

A1
2
3
4
-10PF4 -10PF3 -10PF2
-10K5
3

A2
X2

X2
1
XD24V XD24V W W W
/09.7D

23
+MX1 24VDC_MX1 -10XD1 0VDC
.3B .3B
-XD24V Lubrication_error
9

/12.3D

-XD3

23
-20WG1 14
4

/06.2C
-1WG9 12 11
1

0,5 -10XD1 +MX2 D

23
-20XG1

22
+ED1
-B105
2
3

-20WG1
T
+MX2

23
-10WG1
1

Therm
Emergency temp.
20
19

23
-20XG1 -XG1

22
2

-XD3
19

-10WG1
8

-XG1
19

E 10KR1_EStop 0VDC 0VDC E

/07.7F /09.8D /11.1B
/11.1E

COM

COM
10

11
9

A A
24VDC_L1 24VDC_L1
/10.2B
0VDC 0VDC
.3E

+24V

12
B B
A1

A1
-1K1 -1K3 -1K4 -2K1 -2K2 -2K3B -K2 -10K1
A2

A2
0VDC 0VDC
/10.8E /12.3B

14 /07.2C 14 /07.3C 14 /12.2B 14 /05.2B 14 /05.2B 14 /05.3B 14 /12.3B 14 /12.4B

12 11 12 11 12 11 12 11 12 11 12 11 12 11 12 11

C C

24VDC_L1 24VDC_L1
/10.2B
0VDC 0VDC
.3E
PE PE
/09.3A
+24V

+24V

PE
0V

0V
D D
V2+ V2- -4KF1 +24V 0V PE
Supply Supply Supply Supply Supply

Q13 Q14 Q15

Signalization- yellow Signalization- red Signalization- acoustic
13

-4KF1
A1

-10K2 -10K3 -10K4

Ethernet port1 Ethernet port2 Ethernet port3 Ethernet port4
A2

E 0VDC 0VDC E
/10.8E .3D

RJ45

RJ45
.5A

14 /12.4B 14 /12.4B 14 /12.5B ETHERNET_1 ETHERNET_2 ETHERNET_3 ETHERNET_4

/08.4C /04.4E /03.2C /07.3B
12 11 12 11 12 11

A A

24VDC_L2
/07.4C

11
-1K4 -K2 -10K1 -10K2 -10K3 -10K4
/11.3B /11.7B /11.7B /11.2E /11.2E /11.3E

14
12

14
12
Copyright in accordance with ISO 16016!

1
B -PF2 -PF3 -PF4 -PF5 -PJ1 B

X2
Y G Y R

2
Delayed start

0VDC
/11.8B

-XG1 -XG1

27
8

27
-10WG1
8

1
+MX2
-20XG1
C

27
C
8

24
24

27
-20WG1
8

+MX1

27
-10XD1 0VDC 0VDC -10XD1
8

/10.3B .3D
PE PE
-10PF1
X1

X1
-XD1

L
3

-10PF1.1 -10PF1.2 -10PF1.3 -10PJ1

D D
X2

X2
G Y R

N
24VDC_MX1 0VDC
/10.3B .3D

-XD3
3

Lubrication_error
/10.2D
PE

-2WG3 -2WG2
1

2
2

0,75 0,5

E E

+ED2 1 2 3 PE 1
3

-CMS1 error
Control unit of -M4 M
Lubrication
lubrication DC
system 3A

+MS1
A A

-32KF1 -GSM
HMIGTO2310 UR5i V2 Libratum set
Panel HMI HMI Router
GSM

ETHERNET1
ETHERNET
USB2

+24 VDC

+24 VDC
FG
0 VDC

0 VDC
COM1

USB1

USB1
USB1
Copyright in accordance with ISO 16016!

B ETHERNET_3 ETHERNET_4 B
/17.5D /17.6D

24VDC_L1 24VDC_L1
.3E .5D
0VDC 0VDC
.3E .5E
PE PE
.2E .5E

12
22
-30SF0

3
-30SF1
C C

11
21

4
-30PF0
N
L

PE
-31TA1

-31FC1 24 VDC 24 VDC

4
70 W
I1 I3 I2 I4 I5 I7
0V

24V

-31KF3
2

Input 1+ Input 1- Input 2+ Input 2 - Input 3+ Input 3-

D2/1 EL1904 Emergency stop Button Emergency stop Button Emergency stop Button Emergency stop Button Safety function reset Safety function reset

D D
-31FC2 -31FC3
1

1
2

B2/1 B2/1

24VDC_L2 24VDC_L1 24VDC_L1

.5D .4B /17.2C
1

-31SF1 24VDC_L2 24VDC_L2

.3D /14.1E
24VDC_L1 0VDC 0VDC /17.6D
380/220V
.1B .4B /14.1E
PE PE
2

690V .4B /14.1E

a)
20A

5
1:24V 2:+ 3:- 4:PE 5:0V
E -31KF1 Controler supply Terminal-bus supply Terminal-bus supply Terminal-bus supply Controler supply E
0VDC
.1B CX9020-0115 X001
Ethernet port1
PE
.1B
X001
PE

-31XD1
N
L

ETHERNET_1
/17.4D

F F
Date 21.03.2018 DAVON s.r.o.
Scheme of wiring RM1 Drawing no. 1801-006_1 023523_D +RM1
Wiring Ing. Jaroslav Vrága ROCKBEAKER BOOM SYSTEM_Z170115
a) change power sopply 3.5.19 Check Z170115 Terra Nova
Order no. 1801-006
Revision Commentary Date of rev. Approved Orig. Sheet 13 of
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

A +DT1a A

-41J1

-Prop Y -Prop X -41BG1 -41BG2 -41BG3 -41BG4 -41SF1

Vertical Horizontal Direction YA Direction YB Direction XA Direction XB Upper button

GND
PwrFb

VBat

ND
7

23
B B

12VDC
/15.1C
0VDC
/15.1C
3

DC
-41TA1
1

DC
4

C 24VDC
/16.2B C
0VDC
PE

-41XG1
1

9
PE

-40WG1
1

9
0,75

SH
D D

+MS1

-32XD1
1

PE
24VDC_L2
/13.8D
0VDC 0VDC
/13.8E /15.3D
PE PE
/13.8E /17.2C
1

A A

+DT1a
Copyright in accordance with ISO 16016!

-41J2
B B

-Prop Y -Prop X -41BG5 -41BG6 -41BG7 -41BG8 -41SF2

Vertical Horizontal Direction YA Direction YB Direction XA Direction XB Upper button
GND
PwrFb

VBat

ND
7

23
12VDC 12VDC
/14.2B
0VDC 0VDC
/14.2B /16.2B
C C
10

16
-41XG1
10

16
-40WG1
0,75

SH
D D
+MS1
10

16
-32XD1

PE
0VDC 0VDC
/14.4E /17.2B
/17.2C

10
3

E E

A A
Copyright in accordance with ISO 16016!

B +DT1a B
24VDC
/14.2C
0VDC
/15.2C

X1
3

3
-41SF2 -41SF3 -41SF4 -41PF1 -41PF2 -41PF3

X2
4

4
Pump run End poss. Fault

2
Pump Start/Stop Pump Stop Speed Parking G Y R
17

23
-41XG1
C C
17

23
-40WG1
0,75

SH
+MS1
D D
17

23
-32XD1

PE
11

I11 I12 I13 I14 Sig3

/17.7B
Pump Start Pump Stop Speed selection Parking possition Sig2
/17.6B
Sig1
/17.6D

E E

+MS1
A A

9
Sig2 Sig3
/16.6E /16.6D
Copyright in accordance with ISO 16016!

-30SF1

X1
A1

1
B -30PF0 -31PF1 -31PF2 -31PF4 -31PF5 -31PJ1 -31PF6 B
-31K1

A2
X2

X2
B W Y Y R Acoustic signal. End poss.

2
Safety Supply Delayed start Warning Accident Y
0VDC
/15.4D

14 .7D
24VDC_L1 24VDC_L1 12 11
/13.8D .2D
0VDC 0VDC 24 .8D
/15.4D .2D
PE PE .6E 22 21
/14.2E .2D
+24V

PE
0V

C -33KF1 +24V 0V PE C
Supply Supply Supply
XXXX
Ethernet port1 Ethernet port2 Ethernet port3 Ethernet port4

RJ45

RJ45
ETHERNET_1 ETHERNET_2 ETHERNET_3 ETHERNET_4
/13.5F .4E /13.3B /13.4B
24VDC_L2 24VDC_L2
/13.8D

24VDC_L1 24VDC_L1
.4C

21
0VDC 0VDC
.4C -31K1 -31K1
PE PE D
D .4C .4B .4B

14
12

24
22
ND

Sig1
/16.6E
-31KF7 24VDC 0VDC GND
CU1521-0010

X1
Ethernet Optic- singlemode -31PF3

X2
G
Pump run
SC
RJ45

0VDC 0VDC
.4C
ETHERNET_2 -32XD2

2
.4D

E E

-30WF1
Singlemode optic 9/125
9 µm
signalization-
main pump
Ethernet_Optic

RUN
/04.5E

F F
Date 21.03.2018 DAVON s.r.o.
Scheme of wiring RM1 Drawing no. 1801-006_1 023523_D +RM1
Wiring Ing. Jaroslav Vrága ROCKBEAKER BOOM SYSTEM_Z170115
Check Z170115 Terra Nova
Order no. 1801-006
Revision Commentary Date of rev. Approved Orig. Sheet 17 of
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
14. MODIFICATION
14.1. ALLOWED MODIFICATIONS
The intervention of the user or a third-party device is unacceptable, the manufacturer will not be responsible for
damages. Illegal and unauthorized interference with the device causes the issued CE declaration of conformity is invalid.

User is authorized only replace the parts and components that are specifically mentioned in the instructions, eg spare
parts, removable devices, the friction and filling.

Safety components that can be used as spare parts to replace identical components supplied by the manufacturer.

In case of a request for modification of the equipment (the equipment or change parts, change of power, the use of other
types than originally installed on the equipment) is required by the user or other third party, contact the manufacturer.
The manufacturer may issue a permit to modify and shall define the conditions for the verification of technical
competence solving, risk analysis.
• After the modifications must be revised Technical files
• Instructions for use and maintenance
• CE Declaration of Conformity

After this modification equipment manufacturer determines the activities and resources necessary to ensure that the
modified machinery meets the basic requirements for health and safety provisions in force at the time of modification.

If during the modification machinery (its renovation, reconstruction, modernization or other treatment) does not change
the intended use of the machinery is not necessary to the completion of modifications conformity assessment.

14.2. INSTRUCTIONS FOR HOW THE MACHINE/PLANT MAY BE MODIFIED WITHOUT THE SAFETY
AND THE EFFECTIVENESS/CAPACITY BEING NEGATIVELY AFFECTED
No modifications to the equipment not authorized in advance in writing to the equipment manufacturer did not agree
DAVON s.r.o.

User is authorized only replace the parts and components that are specifically mentioned in the instructions, see part
15.1.

DAVON s.r.o. | No. 16156-Z170115 | REV A | 04-2018 160

15. WARRANTY
1.1 WARRANTY PERIOD
DAVON s.r.o. provides a warranty for defects in material and craftsmanship for a period of 24 months from the date of
commissioning, or for a period of 36 months from the date of shipment, whichever occurs first. This warranty does not
cover the filtration elements, gaskets, hoses, working tools or other items considered to be components that normally
wear out.
The warranty for components such as valves, pumps, filters, electric motors and components which are not
manufactured by DAVON s.r.o., is governed by the warranty conditions of the components' manufacturers.
This warranty does not apply if the specifications and instructions for use are not observed. Also, if the product is
damaged due to: accident, abuse, incorrect use, incorrect utilization or negligence, as a result of servicing, storage,
assembly, connection, disassembly or modification without the written consent of DAVON s.r.o.

1.2 RETURN OF COMPONENTS

DAVON s.r.o. agrees to the return of defective components if it is possible to clearly prove the defect was caused by a
defect in material or low quality processing. The entitlement to return exists only if the complaint sheet is correctly filled
out and delivered together with the purchase documents within max. 30 days of the installation date.

1.3 WARRANTY REPAIRS

DAVON s.r.o. provides the user with warranty repairs or reconstruction of defective parts free of charge, if a defect in
material or low quality processing is proven, max. for 30 days from installation.
DAVON s.r.o. does not cover costs for shipping, travel expenses, overtime work or other services to simplify repairs.
DAVON s.r.o. does not assume responsibility for eventual replacement and/or repair of defective parts.

Use spare parts only from the manufacturer of the equipment DAVON.

DAVON s.r.o. | No. 16156-Z170115 | REV A | 04-2018 161

foto de ilustración

MANUAL DEL
OPERADOR
SISTEMA DE ROMPE ROCAS DE BRAZO RK 6156
INSTALACIÓN, OPERACIÓN, MANTENIMIENTO Y REPUESTOS
NÚMEROS DE SERIE

SISTEMA DE BRAZO MECÁNICO: RK 6156 S/N: 00824

UNIDAD HIDRÁULICA: HA 75RT-K S/N: 00837
MARTILLO HIDRÁULICO: HB 2000 DP CONTILUBE™II S/N: DEQ180465

EL FABRICANTE
DAVON S.R.O. FAX: +420 585 053 229
ŠUMPERSKÁ 1353 N.° DE ID: 60775980 | N.° DE VAT:
783 91 UNIČOV (REPÚBLICA CHECA) CZ60775980
[email protected] REGISTRO COMERCIAL ADMINISTRADO
www.davoncompany.com POR REGIONAL COURT OSTRAVA SEC. C,
TELÉFONO: +420 585 004 539 ARCHIVO 6891

ÍNDICE

Capítulo 01 - Introducción Capítulo 09 - Mantenimiento y reparación

Capítulo 02 – Seguridad Capítulo 10 - Puesta fuera de servicio
Capítulo 03 - Diseño y función Capítulo 11 – Almacenamiento
Capítulo 04 - Transporte y empaque Capítulo 12 - Datos técnicos y terminología
Capítulo 05 – Instalación Capítulo 13 – Dibujos
Capítulo 06 - Puesta en marcha Capítulo 14 – Modificaciones
Capítulo 07 – Operación Capítulo 15 - Garantía
Capítulo 08 - Localización de averías
ÍNDICE
1. Introducción .................................................................................................................................... 1
1.1. Las instrucciones de uso se deben leer de la siguiente manera .................................................. 1
1.2. Archivo y distribución de las instrucciones de uso....................................................................... 1
1.3. Uso previsto del equipo................................................................................................................ 1
1.4. Normas internacionales/nacionales aplicables para el equipo.................................................... 1
1.4.1. Legislación para el equipo ..................................................................................................... 1
1.4.2. Normas principales del equipo .............................................................................................. 1
1.4.3. Normas relacionadas con el equipo ...................................................................................... 2
1.5. Detalles de contacto del fabricante ............................................................................................. 3
1.5.1. del fabricante......................................................................................................................... 3
2. Seguridad ............................................................................................................................................. 4
2.1. general .......................................................................................................................................... 4
2.2. Explicación de los niveles de advertencia .................................................................................... 4
2.3. Explicación de los símbolos/signos/etiquetas de advertencia ..................................................... 5
2.4. Supervisor y operador .................................................................................................................. 7
2.4.1 Responsabilidad ......................................................................................................................... 7
2.4.2 Requisitos del operador ............................................................................................................. 7
2.5. Equipo de protección ................................................................................................................... 7
2.5.1 Equipo de protección personal .................................................................................................. 7
2.5.2 Detención de emergencia, señales y funciones de advertencia ................................................ 8
2.5.3 Equipo para combatir incendios .......................................................................................... 8
2.5.4 Rutas de evacuación ................................................................................................................... 8
2.5.5 Otro equipo de protección ......................................................................................................... 9
2.6. Riesgos residuales ........................................................................................................................ 9
2.7. Uso prohibido ............................................................................................................................... 9
2.7.1 Elevación/transporte ........................................................................................................... 9
2.7.2 Impactos ............................................................................................................................ 10
2.7.3 Reubicación de objetos ..................................................................................................... 11
2.7.4 Hacer palanca .................................................................................................................... 11
2.8. Área de riesgo y distancia segura ............................................................................................... 11
2.9. Peligros durante el montaje/instalación .................................................................................... 12
2.10. Peligros durante la puesta en marcha...................................................................................... 12
2.10.1 Estabilidad ......................................................................................................................... 12
2.10.2 Cableado ............................................................................................................................ 12
2.10.3 Procedimiento de trabajo seguro...................................................................................... 12
2.10.4 Prevención de lesiones por tormenta eléctrica ..................................................................... 13
2.10.5 Riesgo de amputación o aplastamiento de manos o dedos.............................................. 13
2.10.6 Estupefacientes, alcohol y medicamentos ........................................................................ 13
2.10.7 Sistema hidráulico ............................................................................................................. 13
2.10.8 Emanación de aceite hidráulico caliente a alta presión .................................................... 13
2.10.9 Piezas calientes .................................................................................................................. 14
2.11. Peligros durante el uso (trabajo/manipulación) ...................................................................... 14
2.11.1 Durante las elevaciones ......................................................................................................... 14
Transporte en grúa ........................................................................................................................ 14
2.11.2 Durante el transporte ........................................................................................................ 14
2.11.3 En el lugar de trabajo ............................................................................................................. 15
2.11.4 Antes del trabajo .................................................................................................................... 15
Riesgo de deslices, tropezones y caídas ........................................................................................ 15
2.11.5 Durante el trabajo (la posición de los operadores, la estabilidad de la máquina, etc.) ......... 15
2.11.6 Maniobras (movimiento y remolque) .................................................................................... 16
2.11.7 Después del trabajo ................................................................................................................ 16
2.11.8 Prevención de lesiones por tormenta eléctrica ..................................................................... 16
2.11.9 Otros riesgos........................................................................................................................... 16
2.12. Riesgos durante la resolución de problemas ........................................................................... 17
2.12.1 Prevención de lesiones por tormenta eléctrica ..................................................................... 17
2.13. Riesgos durante el mantenimiento y las reparaciones ............................................................ 17
2.13.1 Prevención de lesiones por tormenta eléctrica ..................................................................... 18
2.14. Otros ......................................................................................................................................... 18
2.15. Accidentes y defectos ............................................................................................................... 19
2.16. Riesgos durante la pintura ....................................................................................................... 19
3. Diseñar una función........................................................................................................................... 20
3.1 Designación de la máquina (tipo o designación de la serie) ................................................. 20
3.1.1 sistema del auge ............................................................................................................ 20
3.1.2 Unidad de potencia ....................................................................................................... 20
3.1.3 Área de uso y medio ambiente ..................................................................................... 20
3.2 Símbolos, pegatinas y letreros en el equipo ......................................................................... 21
3.2.1 Placa conocida ............................................................................................................... 23
3.2.2 Prohibición, ADVERTENCIA y señales de mando ........................................................... 25
3.2.3 Símbolos ........................................................................................................................ 26
3.3 Equipo .................................................................................................................................... 28
3.3.1 Descripción del diseño y de la función del equipo RK davon ........................................ 28
3.4 Componentes incluidos ......................................................................................................... 29
3.4.1 Sistema RK del auge 6156 ................................................................................................. 29
3.4.1.1 Bastidor base ............................................................................................................. 29
5. Tope mecánico.................................................................................................................... 30
Mató .............................................................................................................................................. 30
3.4.1.2 Auge ........................................................................................................................... 31
3.4.1.3 Brazo .......................................................................................................................... 32
3.4.1.4 Mecanismo de palanca .............................................................................................. 33
3.4.1.5 Cilindros hidráulicos .................................................................................................. 34
3.4.1.6 Distribuidor hidráulico principal PVG 100/32............................................................ 34
3.4.1.7 Válvula de alivio de presiónS (PRV2, PRV4) .............................................................. 35
3.4.2 Unidad de potencia hidráulica HA 75RT-K ........................................................................ 37
3.4.2.1 Tanque hidráulico y accesorios ................................................................................. 38
3.4.2.2 Unidad de impulsión principal ................................................................................... 39
3.4.2.3 Motor asincrónico M1 ............................................................................................... 40
3.4.2.4 Bellhousing y acoplamiento para la bomba hidráulica del pistón axial .................... 41
3.4.2.5 Bomba de circuito abierto del pistón axial ................................................................ 41
3.4.2.6 Calefacción pasiva ..................................................................................................... 48
3.4.2.7 Filtración de aceite y aire hidráulicos ........................................................................ 49
3.4.2.8 Presurización del tanque ........................................................................................... 52
3.4.2.9 Enfriamiento del aceite hidráulico ............................................................................ 53
3.4.3 Martillo hidráulico ............................................................................................................. 53
3.5.4. Elementos de control ........................................................................................................ 54
3.4.3.1 Parada de emergencia ............................................................................................... 55
3.4.3.2 El distribuidor eléctrico RM1 ..................................................................................... 56
3.5.4.1. Distribuidor electrico MX1 Y DS1 .............................................................................. 58
3.4.3.3 Distribuidor electrico MS1 ......................................................................................... 60
Control remoto DT1A ................................................................................................................ 62
3.4.3.4 Radio control remoto RC1 ......................................................................................... 66
3.4.3.5 Control de emergencia .............................................................................................. 70
3.5 Posiciones de trabajo utilizadas por el operador .................................................................. 71
3.6 Características esenciales de las herramientas ..................................................................... 71
4. Transporte y empaque ...................................................................................................................... 73
4.1. Transporte .................................................................................................................................. 73
4.1.1. Preparaciones, medidas de protección ............................................................................... 73
4.1.2. Equipo/herramientas, equipo de protección personal ....................................................... 73
4.1.3. Reducción del ruido y las vibraciones ................................................................................. 74
4.1.4. Transporte ........................................................................................................................... 74
4.1.5. Configuraciones/ajustes ...................................................................................................... 75
4.1.6. Verificaciones ...................................................................................................................... 75
4.2. Desempaque............................................................................................................................... 75
4.3. Re-embalado .............................................................................................................................. 75
5.1 Montaje, instalación y conexión ........................................................................................... 77
5.1.1 Preparaciones, medidas de protección ......................................................................... 77
5.1.2 Equipo/herramientas, equipo de protección personal ................................................. 77
5.1.1.1 Herramientas y equipo recomendados ..................................................................... 78
5.1.3 Reducción de ruidos y vibraciones ................................................................................ 78
5.1.4 Assembly............................................................................................................................ 78
5.1.4.1 Instalación de la hidráulica unidad de potencia ........................................................ 78
5.1.4.2 Instalación de la hidráulica unidad de potencia – sistema eléctrico ......................... 79
5.1.4.3 Instalación en la sala de control ................................................................................ 81
5.1.4.4 Instalación del bastidor base ..................................................................................... 82
5.1.4.5 Instalación de la hidráulica unidad de potencia – sistema eléctrico ......................... 85
5.1.4.6 Conexión del larguero al bastidor base ..................................................................... 85
5.1.4.7 La conexión del auge al Brazo ................................................................................... 88
5.1.4.8 Conexión del martillo hidráulico ............................................................................... 89
5.1.5 Ajustes/ajustes .................................................................................................................. 91
5.1.6 Cheques ............................................................................................................................. 91
5.2 Instalarlation.......................................................................................................................... 91
5.2.1 Preparaciones, medidas de protección ............................................................................. 91
5.2.2 Equipo/herramientas, equipo de protección personal ..................................................... 91
5.2.3 Reducción de ruidos y vibraciones .................................................................................... 91
5.2.4 Instalación ......................................................................................................................... 91
5.2.5 Ajustes/ajustes .................................................................................................................. 91
5.2.6 Cheques ............................................................................................................................. 91
5.3 Conexión ................................................................................................................................ 91
5.3.1 Preparaciones, medidas de protección ............................................................................. 91
5.3.2 Equipo/herramientas, equipo de protección personal ..................................................... 92
5.3.3 Reducción de ruidos y vibraciones .................................................................................... 92
5.3.4 Conexión ............................................................................................................................ 93
5.3.4.1 Hydraulic unidad de potencia.................................................................................... 93
5.3.4.2 Sistema del auge (equipo de funcionamiento) ......................................................... 93
5.3.4.3 Sistema eléctrico ....................................................................................................... 94
5.3.5 Ajustes/ajustes .................................................................................................................. 94
5.3.6 Cheques ............................................................................................................................. 94
6. Puesta en marcha .............................................................................................................................. 95
6.1 Preparaciones, medidas de protección ................................................................................. 95
6.2 Equipo/herramientas, equipo de protección personal ......................................................... 95
6.3 Reducción de ruidos y vibraciones ........................................................................................ 96
6.4 Ajustes/ajustes ...................................................................................................................... 96
6.5 Conexión a la fuente de alimentación (especialmente para la protección contra sobrecarga
eléctrica) ............................................................................................................................................ 96
6.6 Antes Lla primer comienzo-up .............................................................................................. 96
6.6.1 Comprobar ensamblaje ................................................................................................. 96
6.6.2 Comprobación de los fluidos de servicio ....................................................................... 97
6.7 Antes de comenzar-up .......................................................................................................... 97
6.7.1 Comprobar ensamblaje ................................................................................................. 97
6.7.1.1 Inspección de la parada de emergencia .................................................................... 97
6.7.1.2 Lavado de la Syst hidráulicaEm ................................................................................. 98
6.7.1.3 Inspección de lubricación central .............................................................................. 98
6.7.2 Ventilación del sistema hidráulico..................................................................................... 99
6.7.2.1 Ventilación de los cilindros de la pluma .................................................................... 99
6.7.2.2 Ventilación del cilindro del brazo .............................................................................. 99
6.7.2.3 Ventilación del cilindro de inclinación del martillo ................................................... 99
6.7.2.4 Ventilación de los cilindros del oscilación ............................................................... 100
6.7.3 Comprobar la configuración de la válvula ....................................................................... 100
6.7.4 Comprobación de la función de martillo hidráulico ........................................................ 100
6.7.5 Compruebe la refrigeración por aceite hidráulico .......................................................... 101
6.7.6 Comprobar el nivel de aceite hidráulico ......................................................................... 101
6.8 Durante el inicio .................................................................................................................. 101
7. operación ......................................................................................................................................... 103
7.1 Antes del arranque .............................................................................................................. 103
7.1.1 Control de emergencia .................................................................................................... 104
7.2 Arranque del equipo............................................................................................................ 106
7.2.1 Instrucciones para arrancar el equipo ............................................................................. 106
7.2.2 Control remoto por radio – RC1 ...................................................................................... 107
7.2.3 Lubricación ...................................................................................................................... 110
7.3 Durante la operación ........................................................................................................... 110
7.3.1 Instrucciones de uso para cuando el equipo está en operación ..................................... 110
7.3.2 Método de control del martillo hidráulico ...................................................................... 110
7.3.3 PROCEDIMIENTO OPERATIVO APROPIADO ..................................................................... 112
7.3.3.1 Ángulo de operación ............................................................................................... 112
7.3.3.2 Desplazamiento ....................................................................................................... 113
7.3.3.3 Tiempo de golpe ...................................................................................................... 113
7.3.3.4 Temperatura ambiente baja.................................................................................... 114
7.3.4. Operaciones de manipulación prohibidas ....................................................................... 114
7.3.4.1 Elevación/transporte ............................................................................................... 114
7.3.4.2 Impacto.................................................................................................................... 115
7.3.4.3 Reubicación de objetos ........................................................................................... 115
7.3.4.4 Hacer palanca .......................................................................................................... 116
7.3.4.5 Golpes de inactividad de la herramienta de trabajo ............................................... 116
7.3.4.6 Posiciones finales del cilindro hidráulico................................................................. 117
7.3.5. Verificación del dispositivo cuando está en funcionamiento.......................................... 117
7.3.6. Reducción de ruido y vibraciones.................................................................................... 117
7.4 Antes de la detención .......................................................................................................... 119
7.5 Detención del equipo .......................................................................................................... 119
7.5.1 Instrucciones para la detención del equipo .................................................................... 119
7.6 Desgaste de la herramienta de trabajo ............................................................................... 120
8. Localización de averías .................................................................................................................... 121
8.1. Información general de localización de averías, sistema de pluma y unidad de potencia
hidráulica ......................................................................................................................................... 122
8.2. Información general de localización de averías, control remoto ................................... 124
9. Mantenimiento y reparaciones ................................................................................................... 125
9.1 Mantenimiento de prevención............................................................................................ 125
9.1.1 Limpieza ........................................................................................................................... 125
9.1.1.1 Cleaning scheme Esquema de limpieza................................................................... 126
9.1.2 Verificación de la condición durante la operación .......................................................... 126
9.1.2.1 Aceite hidráulico ...................................................................................................... 126
9.1.2.2 Filtros hidráulicos .................................................................................................... 126
9.1.2.3 Mantenimiento periódico ....................................................................................... 126
9.1.2.4 Aceite hidráulico ...................................................................................................... 130
9.1.2.5 Aceite de transmisión. Giro ..................................................................................... 130
9.1.2.6 Lubricación .............................................................................................................. 130
9.1.2.7 Otras verificaciones y limpieza ................................................................................ 130
9.1.3 Reemplazo programado .................................................................................................. 131
9.1.3.1 Unidad de alimentación hidráulica.......................................................................... 131
9.1.3.2 Reemplazo de los elementos del filtro .................................................................... 131
9.1.3.3 Filtro de succión ...................................................................................................... 132
9.1.3.4 Filtro de presión ...................................................................................................... 133
9.1.3.5 Filtro de retorno ...................................................................................................... 134
9.1.3.6 Llenado y reemplazo del aceite hidráulico .............................................................. 135
9.1.3.7 Emergency drain the oil from the tank ................................................................... 137
9.1.3.8 Mecanismo de giro .................................................................................................. 137
9.1.3.9 Slew bearing Soporte de giro .................................................................................. 140
9.1.3.10 Electric equipment Equipo eléctrico ................................................................... 140
9.1.3.11 Replacing the pump Reemplazo de la bomba ..................................................... 141
9.1.3.12 Replacing the hydraulic cylinder Reemplazo del cilindro hidráulico ................... 142
9.1.3.13 Replacing the pins and bushings Reemplazo de las clavijas y los cojinetes ........ 143
9.1.3.14 Seal Replacement in cylinders Reemplazo del sello en los cilindros ................... 143
9.1.3.15 Hoses replacement Reemplazo de las mangueras .............................................. 144
9.1.3.16 Hydraulic hammer Martillo hidráulico ................................................................ 144
9.1.3.17 Reemplazo del acoplamiento rotativo/reemplazo del sello ............................... 145
9.1.4 Lubricación ...................................................................................................................... 146
9.1.4.1 Lubricación central automática ................................................................................... 146
9.1.5 Overview periodic maintenance ................................................................................. 151
9.2 Mantenimiento de reparación ............................................................................................ 152
9.2.1 Reparación de componentes/consumibles mientras el equipo está en operación ........ 154
9.2.2 Reparación de componentes/consumibles mientras el equipo está detenido .............. 154
9.2.3 Reemplazo de componentes/consumibles mientras el equipo está en operación ........ 154
9.2.4 Reemplazo de componentes/consumibles mientras la máquina/planta está detenida 154
10. Puesta fuera de servicio ................................................................................................................ 155
10.1. Tomar fuera de servicio.......................................................................................................... 155
10.1.1. Preparaciones, medidas de protección ........................................................................... 155
10.1.2. Equipo/herramientas, equipo de protección personal ................................................... 155
10.1.3. Reducción de ruidos y vibraciones .................................................................................. 155
10.1.4. Antes de parar ................................................................................................................. 155
10.1.5. Equipo Parada ................................................................................................................. 155
10.2. Desmontaje ............................................................................................................................ 156
10.2.1. Preparaciones, medidas de protección ........................................................................... 156
10.2.2. Equipo/herramientas, equipo de protección personal ................................................... 156
10.2.3. Reducción de ruidos y vibraciones .................................................................................. 156
10.2.4. Desmontaje ..................................................................................................................... 156
10.3. Disposición.............................................................................................................................. 156
10.3.1. Destrucción...................................................................................................................... 156
10.3.2. Reciclaje ........................................................................................................................... 156
10.3.3. Eliminación (eliminación) ................................................................................................ 156
11. Almacenamiento ........................................................................................................................... 157
11.1. Preparaciones, medidas de protección .................................................................................. 157
11.2. Equipo/herramientas, equipo de protección personal .......................................................... 157
11.3. General ................................................................................................................................... 157
11.4. Estructura de acero y piezas mecánicas ................................................................................. 157
11.5. Hidráulica................................................................................................................................ 158
11.6. Lubricación central ................................................................................................................. 158
11.7. Equipo eléctrico ...................................................................................................................... 158
11.8. Transmisión del engranaje de la matanza .............................................................................. 158
11.9. Martillo hidráulico .................................................................................................................. 158
11.10. Almacenamiento a corto plazo ............................................................................................ 158
11.11. Almacenamiento a largo plazo ............................................................................................. 159
11.12. Procedimiento después de más de 12 meses de almacenamiento. .................................... 160
11.13. Herramienta de trabajo ........................................................................................................ 160
11.14. Renovación de la conservación ............................................................................................ 160
11.15. Re-comisionamiento ............................................................................................................ 161
12. Datos técnicos y terminología ....................................................................................................... 162
12.1. Fecha técnica ......................................................................................................................... 162
12.1. Vertical y alcance horizontal.................................................................................................. 164
12.2. Asamblea ............................................................................................................................... 165
12.3. Carga estática ........................................................................................................................ 166
12.4. RK6156-HD/G-Probe .............................................................................................................. 168
12.5. Diagrama de conexión sistema de auge ................................................................................. 169
12.6. Radio/cable control remoto (dual) + sala de control ............................................................ 170
......................................................................................................................................................... 171
13. Dibujos ........................................................................................................................................... 172
13.1. Planos de instalación .............................................................................................................. 172
13.1.1. Lista de dibujos ................................................................................................................ 172
13.2. Esquema hidráulico ................................................................................................................ 172
13.2.1. Lista de dibujos ................................................................................................................ 172
13.3. esquema eléctrico .................................................................................................................. 172
13.3.1. Electricidad ...................................................................................................................... 172
14. Modificaciones .............................................................................................................................. 173
14.1. Modificaciones permitidas ..................................................................................................... 173
14.2. Instrucciones sobre la manera en la cual se puede modificar la máquina/planta sin afectar la
seguridad y la eficacia/capacidad de manera negativa .................................................................. 173
15.1 Período de garantía ................................................................................................................ 174
15.2 Devolución de los componentes ............................................................................................. 174
15.3 Reparaciones ........................................................................................................................... 174
1. INTRODUCCIÓN
Estimado cliente:
Gracias por adquirir este producto DAVON de calidad. Se ha preparado el presente documento para ayudarlo a
familiarizarse con la puesta en marcha, la operación y el mantenimiento de su Sistema de brazo mecánico para martillo
perforador RK DAVON.

La información y los datos que se describen en este documento son los vigentes al momento de fabricación. La
compañía DAVON se reserva el derecho de modificar estos parámetros.

1.1. LAS INSTRUCCIONES DE USO SE DEBEN LEER DE LA SIGUIENTE MANERA

Lea estas instrucciones de uso y mantenimiento con cuidado (de aquí en adelante denominado solamente el “Manual”)
antes de poner en marcha el equipo y familiarizarse con los controles. Asegúrese de que todas las personas que
operarán el equipo hayan leído y comprendido el Manual.

1.2. ARCHIVO Y DISTRIBUCIÓN DE LAS INSTRUCCIONES DE USO

Almacene el Manual cerca de la máquina (en la estación de control) y, en caso de pérdida, reemplácelo con uno nuevo.
Almacene el Manual con cuidado para referencias futuras, por ejemplo, en caso de préstamo, alquiler o venta del
equipo.

1.3. USO PREVISTO DEL EQUIPO

El Sistema de brazo mecánico para martillo perforador RK DAVON estacionario es un equipo (de aquí en adelante
denominado solamente el “Equipo”) diseñado para liberar y perforar rocas en la industria minera.

El Manual contiene instrucciones importantes para la operación de este equipo. Un operador calificado, quien debe
estar capacitado en la operación del equipo, debe operar el equipo. Antes de poner en marcha el equipo, el operador
del equipo debe leer este Manual exhaustivamente para poder operar el equipo de manera correcta. El método de
operación se describe en el Manual solamente en términos básicos y solamente se puede desarrollar la técnica de
operación del equipo y utilizar todas las ventajas y alto rendimiento del equipo por completo mediante la práctica.
No se considera que el manual sea exhaustivo; para obtener más información, por ejemplo, respecto del martillo
hidráulico, consulte la documentación original, la cual es un accesorio del equipo.

1.4. NORMAS INTERNACIONALES/NACIONALES APLICABLES PARA EL EQUIPO

1.4.1. LEGISLACIÓN PARA EL EQUIPO
Directiva
Directiva 2006/42/CE sobre maquinarias
Directiva 2006/95/CE sobre la armonización de las leyes de los Estados Miembro respecto de equipo eléctrico
diseñado para el uso con determinados límites de tensión
Directiva 2004/108/CE sobre la aproximación de las leyes de los Estados Miembro respecto de la compatibilidad
electromagnética

1.4.2. NORMAS PRINCIPALES DEL EQUIPO

Normas
Seguridad de las máquinas. Principios generales para el diseño. Evaluación del riesgo y
EN ISO 12100
reducción del riesgo
Seguridad de las máquinas. Equipo eléctrico de las máquinas. Parte 1: Requisitos
EN 60204-1 (+ ed. 2)
generales
EN 1037+A1 Seguridad de las máquinas. Prevención de una puesta en marcha intempestiva
Seguridad de las máquinas. Partes de los sistemas de mando relativas a la seguridad.
EN ISO 13849-1
Parte 1: Principios generales para el diseño
Seguridad de las máquinas. Partes de los sistemas de mando relativas a la seguridad.
EN ISO 13849-2
Parte 2: Validación
EN ISO 13850 Seguridad de las máquinas. Detención de emergencia. Principios para el diseño

DAVON s.r.o. | No. 16156-Z170115 | REV A | 04-2018 1

1.4.3. NORMAS RELACIONADAS CON EL EQUIPO
Normas
Seguridad de las máquinas. Comportamiento físico del ser humano. Parte 1: Términos y
EN 1005-1+A1
definiciones
Seguridad de las máquinas. Comportamiento físico del ser humano. Parte 2:
EN 1005-2+A1
Manipulación manual de la máquina y de las piezas del componente de la máquina
Seguridad de las máquinas. Comportamiento físico del ser humano. Parte 3: Límites de
EN 1005-3
fuerza recomendados para la operación de la máquina
Seguridad de las máquinas. Indicación, marcado y maniobra. Parte 1: Requisitos para
EN 61310-1
las señales visuales, acústicas y táctiles
Seguridad de las máquinas. Indicación, marcado y maniobra. Parte 2: Requisitos para el
EN 61310-2
marcado
Seguridad de las máquinas. Indicación, marcado y maniobra. Parte 3: Requisitos para la
EN 61310-3
ubicación y operación de los actuadores
Seguridad de las máquinas. Principios para el diseño ergonómico. Parte 1: Terminología
EN 614-1+A1
y principios generales
Seguridad de las máquinas. Reducción de riesgos para la salud de sustancias
EN 626-1+A1 peligrosas emitidas por las máquinas. Parte 1: Principios y especificaciones para los
fabricantes de máquinas
Seguridad de las máquinas. Señales visuales de peligro. Requisitos generales, diseño y
EN 842+A1
prueba
Seguridad de las máquinas. Requisitos ergonómicos para el diseño de pantallas y
EN 894-1+A1 actuadores de control. Parte 1: Principios generales para la interacción humana con las
pantallas y los actuadores de control
Seguridad de las máquinas. Requisitos ergonómicos para el diseño de pantallas y
EN 894-2+A1
actuadores de control. Parte 2: Pantallas
Seguridad de las máquinas. Requisitos ergonómicos para el diseño de pantallas y
EN 894-3+A1
actuadores de control. Parte 3: Actuadores de control
Seguridad de las máquinas. Requisitos ergonómicos para el diseño de pantallas y
EN 894-4+A1 actuadores de control. Parte 4: Ubicación y colocación de pantallas y actuadores de
control
Seguridad de las máquinas. Sistema de señales de peligro y de información auditivas y
EN 981+A1
visuales
Ergonomía. Señales de peligro para las áreas públicas y de trabajo. Señales de peligro
EN ISO 7731
auditivas
Ergonomía del ambiente térmico. Métodos para la evaluación de respuestas del ser
EN ISO 13732-1
humano al contacto con las superficies. Parte 1: Superficies calientes
Fuerza del fluido hidráulico. Reglas generales y requisitos de seguridad para los
EN ISO 4413
sistemas y sus componentes
Fuerza del fluido neumático. Reglas generales y requisitos de seguridad para los
EN ISO 4414
sistemas y sus componentes
Vibraciones y choques mecánicos. Aislamiento de las vibraciones de las máquinas.
EN 1299+A1
Información para la aplicación del aislamiento de la fuente
EN 50178 Equipo electrónico para el uso en instalaciones de energía
EN 60529 Grados de protección provistos por lugares cerrados (código IP)

DAVON s.r.o. | No. 16156-Z170115 | REV A | 04-2018 2

1.5. DETALLES DE CONTACTO DEL FABRICANTE
1.5.1. DEL FABRICANTE

DAVON s.r.o.
Šumperská 1353
783 91 Uničov (República Checa)
[email protected]
www.davoncompany.com
Teléfono: +420 585 004 532
Fax: +420 585 053 229
N.° de ID: 60775980 | N.° de VAT: CZ60775980
Registro comercial administrado por Regional Court Ostrava Sec. C, archivo 6891

La compañía posee los siguientes certificados:

• ČSN EN ISO 9001 - Sistema de Gestión de la Calidad,
• ČSN EN ISO 3834-2 - Sistema de Gestión de la Calidad para Soldadura,
• ČSN EN ISO 14001 - Sistema de Gestión Ambiental,
• ČSN OHSAS 18001 - Sistema de Gestión de Seguridad y Salud en el Trabajo,
• ČSN ISO 50001 - Sistema de Gestión de la Energía.

DAVON s.r.o. | No. 16156-Z170115 | REV A | 04-2018 3

2. SEGURIDAD
2.1. GENERAL

Familiarícese con el Manual y con las instrucciones de seguridad, especialmente antes de comenzar a utilizar el equipo,
a fin de:

• eliminar el riesgo de lesiones o muerte para usted o terceros;

• proteger su propiedad y el equipo de los daños;
• proteger el medio ambiente de la contaminación.

Toda persona que transporte, instale o desensamble, almacene, opere o deseche este equipo debe estudiar y
comprender el Manual.
Se deben seguir todas las instrucciones. Conserve el Manual en la estación de control.
Se debe entregar el Manual junto con el equipo. Entregue el Manual, por ejemplo, en caso de préstamo, alquiler o venta
del equipo.

El propietario del equipo siempre es responsable del cumplimiento de las instrucciones de seguridad.
El propietario debe cumplir con la legislación de la Unión Europea, así como con la legislación nacional pertinente.
Con respecto al país de uso, fuera de la UE, se debe cumplir con la legislación nacional pertinente.
Toda la información de seguridad cumple con los requisitos de la legislación de la Unión Europea y la del país del
fabricante. Si corresponde otra legislación nacional en el país de uso, la organización que utiliza el equipo la debe
agregar y adjuntar al Manual.

2.2. EXPLICACIÓN DE LOS NIVELES DE ADVERTENCIA

Los niveles de peligro y riesgo se marcan en el Manual:

PELIGRO, el nivel de peligro más alto

ADVERTENCIA, el nivel medio de peligro
PRECAUCIÓN, el nivel bajo de peligro

El fabricante del equipo resolvió el nivel más alto y medio de peligro a través del diseño del equipo, la introducción de
elementos señalizadores y símbolos sobre la máquina y la unidad de control. Las siguientes secciones del Manual
explican los símbolos utilizados sobre la máquina y en el Manual para todos los niveles de riesgo.

DAVON s.r.o. | No. 16156-Z170115 | REV A | 04-2018 4

2.3. EXPLICACIÓN DE LOS SÍMBOLOS/SIGNOS/ETIQUETAS DE ADVERTENCIA
Los símbolos y signos de advertencia en el Manual tienen los siguientes significados:

Este símbolo advierte sobre el peligro de lesiones.

Este símbolo advierte sobre el peligro de lesiones por corriente eléctrica.

Si se ignora esta información, el equipo puede fallar o se puede romper.

PELIGRO La palabra PELIGRO advierte sobre lesiones graves y daños materiales.

ADVERTENCIA La palabra ADVERTENCIA advierte sobre lesiones y daños materiales.

PRECAUCIÓN La palabra PRECAUCIÓN advierte sobre lesiones leves o daños.

Coloque la etiqueta “No operar” o una etiqueta de advertencia similar sobre el

interruptor principal o a los elementos de control antes del mantenimiento o
reparación del equipo.

Advertencia; electricidad

Un control incorrecto puede causar lesiones graves que

deriven en la muerte

DAVON s.r.o. | No. 16156-Z170115 | REV A | 04-2018 5

Manténgase alejado

Riesgo de aplastamiento de las extremidades superiores mediante las piezas móviles; riesgo de que el operador se vea
aplastado por las piezas móviles

Advertencia; superficie caliente

Equipo de protección personal. Use protección para la cabeza; enlace a las instrucciones de uso, use guantes, use
protección para los pies

DAVON s.r.o. | No. 16156-Z170115 | REV A | 04-2018 6

2.4. SUPERVISOR Y OPERADOR
2.4.1 RESPONSABILIDAD
Los supervisores de los operadores deben garantizar que los operadores, las personas que realizan el mantenimiento,
las reparaciones, el transporte, el ensamble, el desensamble y el desecho estén familiarizados con el Manual y las
instrucciones de seguridad pertinentes.

2.4.2 REQUISITOS DEL OPERADOR

Solamente las personas autorizadas pueden realizar el mantenimiento:
Deben estar capacitados para operar el equipo, familiarizados con todas las pautas de seguridad nacionales pertinentes
y las instrucciones para la prevención; deben estar familiarizados con el Manual y comprenderlo.

Este equipo estacionario funciona con tensión y, por lo tanto, se deben cumplir todas las instrucciones de seguridad
para operar el equipo.

Solamente las personas autorizadas para operar una grúa o carro según las normas nacionales aplicables y que se
encuentran familiarizadas con todas las pautas de seguridad e instrucciones para la prevención y también con las
instrucciones en el Manual y las instrucciones de transporte, pueden transportar la máquina o sus piezas.

Los especialistas capacitados por el fabricante o en presencia del fabricante, instalan y desinstalan el equipo.
Solamente las personas familiarizadas con las pautas nacionales y relevantes de seguridad y las instrucciones para la
prevención, y con las pautas de seguridad en el Manual, pueden almacenar, mantener y desechar el equipo.

2.5. EQUIPO DE PROTECCIÓN

2.5.1 EQUIPO DE PROTECCIÓN PERSONAL
El equipo de protección personal debe cumplir con la legislación de salud y de seguridad en el trabajo.

ADVERTENCIA
El equipo emite ruidos durante la operación. La exposición prolongada a altos niveles de ruido puede causar un daño
permanente a su audición. El operador debe utilizar equipo de protección auditiva. El trabajo con el martillo puede poner
al operador en peligro debido a las piedras voladoras, al polvo y al ruido. Por lo tanto, se debe utilizar el equipo de
protección enumerado.
Trabajo con mezclas químicas (aceites, etc.)
Fluidos que emanan bajo alta presión: Nunca intente encontrar una fuga de fluidos con su mano y siempre use equipo
de protección: guantes, gafas, casco de seguridad y guantes de seguridad.
Vapores tóxicos o corrosivos y polvo: Siga las instrucciones de seguridad, use guantes de seguridad y una máscara
para la cara.

Equipo de protección personal

• guantes
• gafas
• casco de seguridad
• protección para los oídos
• calzado de protección
• respirador
• etc. según la legislación local

DAVON s.r.o. | No. 16156-Z170115 | REV A | 04-2018 7

2.5.2 DETENCIÓN DE EMERGENCIA, SEÑALES Y FUNCIONES DE ADVERTENCIA
En caso de ser necesario, se puede apagar la totalidad del equipo mediante el botón de DETENCIÓN DE
EMERGENCIA en:
• caja de distribución eléctrica RM1 – unidad de alimentación hidráulica;
• caja de distribución eléctrica MX1 – marco principal.

En caso de:
• sobrecalentamiento del motor principal;
• sobrecalentamiento del aceite hidráulico;
• nivel de emergencia del aceite hidráulico;

este hecho se señala mediante una luz roja de control encendida:

• control remoto;
• caja de distribución eléctrica ubicada en la unidad de alimentación hidráulica;
y el mecanismo de la unidad de alimentación hidráulica se apagará de manera automática (desconexión de emergencia
de la alimentación).

PRECAUCIÓN
En caso de un defecto intempestivo en el equipo, también utilice el botón rojo de DETENCIÓN DE EMERGENCIA para
apagar la unidad de alimentación hidráulica, que se encuentra ubicado en el Control remoto RC.

2.5.3 EQUIPO PARA COMBATIR INCENDIOS

Equipo no diseñado para utilizar en ambientes potencialmente explosivos.

ADVERTENCIA
Medidas
Asegúrese de que conoce las rutas de escape locales, las salidas de emergencia y las normas de prevención de
incendios.
En caso de incendios, utilice el extintor de incendios adecuado si cree que puede extinguir el incendio sin riesgos
personales.
Nunca use agua para extinguir un incendio en el cableado eléctrico o en la caja de distribución eléctrica. Asegúrese de
conocer todos los números telefónicos de emergencia, los números de teléfono del cuartel de bomberos, la conexión se
encuentra disponible en el piso de la planta.
Las chispas y los arcos eléctricos pueden incendiar los gases o los fluidos combustibles y causar un incendio o una
explosión. Las explosiones y los incendios pueden causar lesiones graves o la muerte.
Nunca utilice accesorios eléctricos dentro o cerca de ambientes o materiales altamente inflamables o explosivos, tales
como aceite hidráulico y otros.
Nunca desvíe los circuitos o dispositivos de seguridad.

2.5.4 RUTAS DE EVACUACIÓN

Asegúrese de que conoce las rutas de escape y las salidas de emergencia locales. Asegúrese de que las rutas de
escape no estén bloqueadas.

DAVON s.r.o. | No. 16156-Z170115 | REV A | 04-2018 8

2.5.5 OTRO EQUIPO DE PROTECCIÓN
Sobre el equipo se encuentran ubicados botones de DETENCIÓN DE EMERGENCIA, un indicador de nivel eléctrico,
termostato, señalización acústica, detención mecánica en las posiciones de los extremos y una baliza para la
señalización del estado actual del equipo.

2.6. RIESGOS RESIDUALES

ADVERTENCIA
El equipo está diseñado para minimizar el riesgo de lesiones durante la operación, con medidas de seguridad
introducidas a este fin; todo incumplimiento de las instrucciones de este Manual puede dar como resultado lesiones
graves o la muerte. Las actividades durante el mantenimiento y cuando se resuelven situaciones extraordinarias
presentan un alto riesgo.

Uso adecuado
Solamente el equipo instalado de manera adecuada, adherido de manera segura a la base, está instalado de manera
correcta según las especificaciones técnicas y posee el peso correcto para que el equipo y los sistemas funcionen.
Nunca utilice componentes o piezas que no cumplan con las especificaciones técnicas o que estén diseñados para
otros fines.

Use el equipo solamente dentro del rango operativo especificado.

El cumplimiento de todas las instrucciones en este manual es parte del uso correcto, por lo tanto, no se permite un uso
distinto o modificaciones en el equipo y el fabricante no es responsable de los daños al equipo, a la propiedad o a
terceros o de las lesiones a personas causadas por el uso no autorizado.

2.7. USO PROHIBIDO

ADVERTENCIA
Nunca use el equipo bajo el agua o en ambientes con riesgo de explosión. La explosión podría dar como resultado
lesiones graves o la muerte.

ADVERTENCIA
El equipo no está diseñado para funcionar en ambientes potencialmente explosivos.

El equipo de trabajo, incluido el martillo, no se debe exponer a las rocas que caen, por ejemplo, cuando se vierte el
material en la trituradora y cuando se utiliza de otras formas.

2.7.1 ELEVACIÓN/TRANSPORTE

ADVERTENCIA

DAVON s.r.o. | No. 16156-Z170115 | REV A | 04-2018 9

El equipo está diseñado solamente como un transportador estacionario de un martillo hidráulico. Su uso como un equipo
de elevación está prohibido.
Un objeto elevado puede caerse y puede causar lesiones graves o la muerte.

El equipo no está diseñado para la elevación o el transporte de cargas y se podría dañar si se lo utiliza de esa manera.

Fig. 2/1 Elevación/transporte

2.7.2 IMPACTOS

No use el equipo como una maza.

El equipo no está diseñado como una maza y se podría dañar si se lo utiliza de esa manera.

Fig. 2/2 Impactos

DAVON s.r.o. | No. 16156-Z170115 | REV A | 04-2018 10

2.7.3 REUBICACIÓN DE OBJETOS

Nunca use el equipo para apartar escombros.

El equipo no está diseñado para apartar escombros y se podría dañar si se lo utiliza de esa manera.

Fig. 2/3 Reubicación de objetos

2.7.4 HACER PALANCA

Nunca use el equipo como una palanca.

El equipo no está diseñado para hacer palanca y se podría dañar si se lo utiliza de esa manera.

Fig. 2/4 Hacer palanca

2.8. ÁREA DE RIESGO Y DISTANCIA SEGURA

ADVERTENCIA
El equipo se debe operar desde un lugar con una buena vista general del espacio de trabajo y con suficiente
iluminación.
La zona de peligro es el área dentro del alcance del equipo.
Nunca entre a esta zona cuando el equipo no está asegurado, por ejemplo, el martillo hidráulico está en la posición de
estacionamiento y el interruptor principal está bloqueado en la posición de apagado.

DAVON s.r.o. | No. 16156-Z170115 | REV A | 04-2018 11

2.9. PELIGROS DURANTE EL MONTAJE/INSTALACIÓN

ADVERTENCIA
Medidas
• Asegúrese que haya espacio suficiente para la instalación del equipo.
• Asegúrese de que ningún vehículo pueda pasar a través del área cuando se está elevando el martillo hidráulico y
se lo está asegurando en la posición para evitar choque, por ejemplo, en la posición de estacionamiento.
• Asegúrese de que nadie pueda caminar accidentalmente debajo de la pieza elevada y que solamente el personal
autorizado se mueve en el área de instalación.
• Verifique que las máquinas de transporte y de elevación tengan la suficiente capacidad de soporte de carga y
estabilidad para la instalación de la máquina.
• Use plataformas de instalación adecuadas.
• Asegúrese de que el interruptor de la alimentación de energía esté desconectado antes de iniciar los trabajos.
La puesta en marcha inicial es una operación especialmente crítica y la deben realizar personas capacitadas por el
fabricante o en presencia de los representantes del fabricante. Una persona responsable y autorizada debe verificar el
ajuste correcto de la válvula de escape.
Antes de la puesta en marcha inicial, asegúrese de que el sistema de emergencia detendrá el equipo en caso de un
comportamiento indeseado de la máquina y de que el sistema de detención de emergencia funciona.
Asegúrese de que nadie ingrese a la zona de peligro.
Tenga a mano equipo de emergencia y de protección.

2.10. PELIGROS DURANTE LA PUESTA EN MARCHA

ADVERTENCIA

2.10.1 ESTABILIDAD
La operación segura del equipo requiere la sujeción del marco básico a los cimientos mediante pernos 18 M42, de
calidad 10.9. Cimientos significa una estructura de acero diseñada para montar el equipo.

ADVERTENCIA

2.10.2 CABLEADO
El motor eléctrico y la caja de distribución eléctrica usan alta tensión. El contacto con el cableado abierto puede
ocasionar descargas eléctricas.
Desconecte el suministro de energía antes de cualquier mantenimiento o reparación.
Las cajas de distribución eléctrica siempre deben estar cerradas durante la operación del equipo. Nunca opere el equipo
con salidas/conectores o cableado/cables defectuosos.

ADVERTENCIA

2.10.3 PROCEDIMIENTO DE TRABAJO SEGURO

Daños. Si el equipo está dañado, deténgalo de inmediato mediante el botón de DETENCIÓN DE EMERGENCIA.

DAVON s.r.o. | No. 16156-Z170115 | REV A | 04-2018 12

ADVERTENCIA

2.10.4 PREVENCIÓN DE LESIONES POR TORMENTA ELÉCTRICA

Cuando caen rayos cerca del equipo, el operador nunca debe intentar el ensamblaje/instalación.

2.10.5 RIESGO DE AMPUTACIÓN O APLASTAMIENTO DE MANOS O DEDOS

Los taladros y las piezas se pueden golpear entre sí como cizallas y pueden amputar o aplastar partes del cuerpo.
Nunca verifique los taladros o los conductos con sus manos o dedos.

ADVERTENCIA

2.10.6 ESTUPEFACIENTES, ALCOHOL Y MEDICAMENTOS

Los estupefacientes, el alcohol o los medicamentos pueden afectar la capacidad de tomar decisiones y la concentración
del operador. Las reacciones atrasadas y las decisiones erróneas pueden ocasionar accidentes de trabajo graves o la
muerte.
Nunca opere el equipo si está cansado o bajo la influencia de estupefacientes, alcohol o píldoras para dormir.
También evite que otras personas usen el equipo si están cansadas o bajo la influencia de drogas, alcohol o píldoras
para dormir.

ADVERTENCIA

2.10.7 SISTEMA HIDRÁULICO

Un sensor, que asegura un corte del mecanismo cuando el nivel de aceite baja respecto de un valor preestablecido, se
encuentra instalado en el tanque de aceite a fin de evitar la pérdida de un volumen mayor de aceite en caso de una fuga
en el sistema hidráulico.

ADVERTENCIA

2.10.8 EMANACIÓN DE ACEITE HIDRÁULICO CALIENTE A ALTA PRESIÓN

El sistema hidráulico está a alta presión. Si las conexiones hidráulicas están flojas o desconectadas, emanará aceite
hidráulico a alta presión.
Las mangueras hidráulicas podrían tener fugas o rasgarse. La alta presión de las boquillas de aceite puede ocasionar
lesiones graves.
Bloquee el interruptor principal en la posición “0”.
Reduzca la presión del sistema hidráulico antes del ensamble o desensamble del martillo.

CORRESPONDE A TODA MANIPULACIÓN DE ACEITE:

Durante los cambios de aceite, siempre asegúrese de que el aceite no ingrese en la tierra o en el agua.

DAVON s.r.o. | No. 16156-Z170115 | REV A | 04-2018 13

Manipule el aceite viejo como un desecho peligroso. Deséchelo en cumplimiento con las normas nacionales sobre
desechos. Contenga la fuga de aceite para evitar daños al medio ambiente.

ADVERTENCIA

2.10.9 PIEZAS CALIENTES

El martillo hidráulico, la herramienta de trabajo, las mangueras, los tubos y los accesorios se calientan muy rápido a una
temperatura alta durante la operación.
Si se tocan las superficies calientes de ciertas piezas existirá un riesgo de quemaduras.
Nunca toque las piezas calientes. En caso de que se deban realizar determinadas acciones, espere hasta que las
partes calientes se enfríen.

2.11. PELIGROS DURANTE EL USO (TRABAJO/MANIPULACIÓN)

ADVERTENCIA
Transporte
El choque del equipo con un vehículo puede ocasionar daños graves. Acuerde señales claras con el conductor del
vehículo para garantizar una operación segura.

2.11.1 DURANTE LAS ELEVACIONES

TRANSPORTE EN GRÚA
Pueden transportar el equipo aquellos trabajadores que:
estén autorizados para operar una grúa o un camión elevador en cumplimiento con las normas nacionales aplicables;
estén familiarizados con todas las normas de seguridad locales aplicables y las instrucciones para la prevención de
accidentes;
hayan estudiado y comprendido los capítulos de este manual que se ocupan de la seguridad y el transporte.

Asegure el equipo y sus piezas con sogas o cadenas con una capacidad de soporte de carga adecuada a fin de
asegurarlos contra el movimiento entre sí y contra los deslizamientos.
Utilice cadenas y correas con una capacidad de soporte de carga adecuada en los lugares designados (punto de
elevación) para el ajuste para la elevación (marcados con el símbolo del “gancho”). Solamente las personas con licencia
para elevaciones pueden alzar cargas (calificados conforme a las normas nacionales).
Eleve el equipo o sus piezas lentamente hacia la posición final. Antes de retirar las correas de elevación, asegúrese de
que el equipo se encuentre en una posición estable.

2.11.2 DURANTE EL TRANSPORTE

Caída durante la elevación
El equipo y sus piezas son pesados. Si se cae o se da vuelta podría ocasionar lesiones a las personas y daños a la
propiedad. Use solamente equipo de elevación con una capacidad de soporte de carga adecuada para transportarlo.
Use solamente accesorios de elevación adecuados para la misma. Asegúrese de que nadie pase por debajo o cerca del
equipo durante la elevación.
Transporte mediante carro manual/máquina elevadora
Asegúrese de que el carro manual/máquina elevadora posea la capacidad de soporte de carga y la longitud de las
horquillas correctas.
Asegure el equipo y sus piezas sobre las horquillas para evitar movimientos o caídas (centro de gravedad).
Eleve el equipo o sus piezas lentamente.
Transporte por camión
Asegúrese de que el camión posea una capacidad de soporte de carga y dimensiones adecuadas.
Asegure el equipo o sus piezas con cadenas o cables de acero al camión para que no se pueda mover y para que sus
piezas no se caigan (centro de gravedad). Use accesorios de elevación adecuados con especificaciones suficientes.
Siga las normas nacionales de transporte para camiones y para el anclaje de cargas.

DAVON s.r.o. | No. 16156-Z170115 | REV A | 04-2018 14

Se debe elevar el equipo o sus piezas durante el transporte hacia los medios de transporte mediante eslingas sujetas en
los puntos de elevación designados. Solamente las personas con licencia para elevaciones pueden alzar cargas
(calificados conforme a las normas nacionales).

2.11.3 EN EL LUGAR DE TRABAJO

Pérdida de estabilidad, caída
El equipo y sus piezas son pesados. Si se cae, puede ocasionar daños a la propiedad y lesiones. Siempre asegúrese de
que el equipo esté estable.
El equipo de trabajo, incluido el martillo, no se debe exponer a las rocas que caen, por ejemplo, cuando se vierte el
material en la tolva de la trituradora.
Escombros
Los fragmentos de rocas y las partículas de metal que se crean cuando se utiliza el martillo hidráulico pueden ocasionar
lesiones si caen sobre las personas. La operación acelerada también puede causar lesiones graves o la muerte.
Cierre la zona de peligro (área operativa del equipo) durante la operación.
Detenga de inmediato la operación si alguien entra a la zona de peligro.
Asegúrese de que haya suficiente iluminación durante la operación.
Controle el equipo solamente desde el lugar designado, una estación con una vista general del lugar de trabajo y con
iluminación suficiente.

Nunca toque las herramientas de trabajo calientes.

2.11.4 ANTES DEL TRABAJO

Antes del trabajo:
• asegúrese de la ubicación del botón de DETENCIÓN DE EMERGENCIA;
• asegúrese de que no haya personas en el área de operación;
• asegúrese de que posee las protecciones adecuadas;
• asegúrese de que se han llevado a cabo todos los puntos de mantenimiento y, eventualmente, realice
reparaciones.

RIESGO DE DESLICES, TROPEZONES Y CAÍDAS

El movimiento en el lugar de trabajo está asociado con el riesgo de deslices, tropezones o caídas, por ejemplo, tropezar
con mangueras u otros objetos. Deslizarse sobre aceite derramado sobre el piso, tropezar o caer pueden ocasionar
lesiones.
Asegúrese antes del trabajo que el lugar de trabajo no tiene mangueras u otros objetos que podrían obstruir su paso o
el de otras personas mientras caminan.

2.11.5 DURANTE EL TRABAJO (LA POSICIÓN DE LOS OPERADORES, LA ESTABILIDAD DE LA

MÁQUINA, ETC.)

El trabajo con el martillo puede poner a los operadores en peligro debido a los trozos de piedras voladoras, al polvo y al
ruido. Por este motivo, utilice las protecciones prescritas durante el trabajo.
Riesgo de deslices, tropezones y caídas
El movimiento en el lugar de trabajo está asociado con el riesgo de deslices, tropezones o caídas, por ejemplo, tropezar
con mangueras u otros objetos. Deslizarse sobre aceite derramado sobre el piso, tropezar o caer pueden ocasionar
lesiones.

Asegúrese antes del trabajo que el lugar de trabajo no tiene mangueras u otros objetos que podrían obstruir su paso o
el de otras personas mientras caminan.
Durante el trabajo (y al operar las unidades de control remoto), adopte una posición firme con sus pies ligeramente
separados y distribuya el peso de su cuerpo de manera uniforme.

Si cree que la máquina ha golpeado un objeto escondido, detenga el equipo de inmediato.

DAVON s.r.o. | No. 16156-Z170115 | REV A | 04-2018 15

2.11.6 MANIOBRAS (MOVIMIENTO Y REMOLQUE)
Choques con redes y cables de energía
El contacto del equipo o del martillo puede ocasionar descargas eléctricas y daños a la infraestructura.
Nunca opere el equipo cerca de las redes eléctricas, cables o tuberías de productos.

Durante la carga y descarga de un medio de transporte, todas las personas que no sean operadores deben mantener
una distancia segura respecto del dispositivo a fin de evitar lesiones si se cae.
Se deben asegurar las piezas desmontadas a fin de evitar deslices y caídas no deseados.

Siga las normas de seguridad aplicables u otras normas cuando usa una grúa para cargar y descargar el dispositivo.
Use solamente argollas de elevación para la elevación.
Use equipo de elevación y horquillas con la suficiente capacidad de soporte de carga.
Solamente las personas con licencia para elevaciones pueden alzar cargas (calificados conforme a las normas
nacionales).
Nunca camine debajo de las cargas suspendidas.
Arrastre
Se prohíbe el arrastre del equipo ya que puede causar que el dispositivo se caiga o se dañe, daños a la propiedad o
lesiones. Se permite la manipulación mediante equipo de elevación.

2.11.7 DESPUÉS DEL TRABAJO

Cuando no esté en uso, mueva el equipo hacia una posición alejada de los caminos y las rutas y cerca del área de
trabajo.
Asegure el martillo en la posición vertical, por ejemplo, en la posición de estacionamiento.
Evite daños al equipo ocasionados por rocas voladoras u otras máquinas en el lugar de trabajo.
Puesta en marcha por accidente
La puesta en marcha no deseada del equipo (contacto por accidente con los controles, puesta en marcha por una
persona no autorizada) puede ocasionar lesiones graves o daños materiales. Siempre apague el interruptor en el
distribuidor eléctrico principal (lado derecho del gabinete) si no prevé que se opere el dispositivo. Cuando el operador
deja el lugar de trabajo o el equipo, asegure el equipo para evitar la puesta en marcha por parte de personas no
autorizadas, bloquee el interruptor principal en la posición “0”, en la posición de apagado.

2.11.8 PREVENCIÓN DE LESIONES POR TORMENTA ELÉCTRICA

Cuando caen rayos cerca del equipo, el operador nunca debe intentar utilizarlo.

2.11.9 OTROS RIESGOS

Siempre siga las instrucciones de la hoja de seguridad y las especificaciones técnicas del componente o material
químico.

El aceite hidráulico caliente está a alta presión

El aceite hidráulico penetra en caso de fugas a alta presión. El aceite hidráulico puede manchar su piel y causar daños
permanentes. El aceite hidráulico causa quemaduras.
Nunca use sus dedos para verificar fugas de aceite hidráulico.
Mantenga su rostro lejos de los puntos donde se sospechan fugas.
Si su piel ha entrado en contacto con el aceite hidráulico, busque atención médica de inmediato.

Aceite hidráulico derramado

El aceite hidráulico derramado sobre el piso es resbaladizo y puede ocasionar resbalones y una posterior lesión.
Evite derramar aceite hidráulico.
Siga las instrucciones de seguridad y de protección del medio ambiente cuando usa aceite hidráulico.
Enfermedades cutáneas ocasionadas por aceite y grasa
El aceite y la grasa pueden ocasionar enfermedades cutáneas. Evite el contacto del aceite con su piel o utilice
ungüentos protectores.
Use guantes protectores mientras trabaja con aceite o use ungüentos protectores.
En caso de contacto del aceite o de la grasa con su piel, lávela con agua y jabón de inmediato.

DAVON s.r.o. | No. 16156-Z170115 | REV A | 04-2018 16

2.12. RIESGOS DURANTE LA RESOLUCIÓN DE PROBLEMAS

PRECAUCIÓN
Existen dispositivos de seguridad que no se deben modificar ni retirar. ¡Nunca realice modificaciones!

Las modificaciones o cambios a la máquina sin autorización pueden ocasionar daños o lesiones graves. Solamente
utilice repuestos originales del fabricante del equipo.
Las modificaciones invalidarán las instrucciones de seguridad emitidas y la declaración del fabricante.

Siempre apague el interruptor principal (generalmente ubicado en el lateral derecho del gabinete) antes de abrir el panel
de distribución eléctrica. ¡Los cables de suministro hasta las primeras terminales todavía tienen corriente!

2.12.1 PREVENCIÓN DE LESIONES POR TORMENTA ELÉCTRICA

Cuando caen rayos cerca del equipo, el operador nunca debe intentar resolver problemas.

2.13. RIESGOS DURANTE EL MANTENIMIENTO Y LAS REPARACIONES

ATENCIÓN
Antes de comenzar con las tareas de mantenimiento, estabilice el equipo (por ejemplo, en la posición de
estacionamiento) y apague el motor y el interruptor principal. Siempre tenga en cuenta que luego de apagar el
interruptor principal en el panel de distribución eléctrica, los cables de alimentación todavía tienen energía. Por esta
razón, están protegidos contra cualquier contacto con una protección especial.

ADVERTENCIA
El punto de la herramienta de trabajo se caliente durante la operación. El contacto con la piel puede ocasionar
quemaduras. Nunca toque las herramientas de trabajo calientes. Espere hasta que la máquina se enfríe y luego
comience los trabajos de mantenimiento.
El aceite hidráulico se puede calentar durante la operación hasta aproximadamente los 70 °C. Por lo tanto, durante las
reparaciones que requieren desconectar los circuitos hidráulicos, se debe esperar hasta que el aceite se enfríe a una
temperatura que no sea peligrosa.
La exposición de cualquier parte del cuerpo sin protección a un flujo de aceite eyectado a presión puede ocasionar
lesiones e infecciones en la herida.
Después del contacto entre el aceite y la piel, se debe lavar el área afectada y tratarla con una crema cosmética
adecuada. El aceite contiene aditivos que pueden ocasionar alergias y enfermedades cutáneas en personas con piel
sensible.
Antes de toda acción que requiera que se retire el enchufe, la tapa, etc., se deben limpiar las impurezas del área
circundante, que pueden ingresar y eventualmente interrumpir el funcionamiento correcto del equipo.

CORRESPONDE A TODA MANIPULACIÓN DE ACEITE:

Durante los cambios de aceite, siempre asegúrese de que el aceite no ingrese en la tierra o en el agua.
Manipule el aceite viejo como un desecho peligroso. Deséchelo en cumplimiento con las normas nacionales sobre
desechos. Contenga la fuga de aceite para evitar daños al medio ambiente.

Falla por fatiga de los materiales

La falla por fatiga de los materiales es un rompimiento intempestivo de una pieza luego de ciclos de carga repetidos. A
menudo no existe una advertencia obvia antes de que esto ocurra. Una grieta sin cambios visibles ocasiona daños al
material. Las grietas generalmente comienzan con abolladuras o rayones pequeños, lo que ocasiona tensión.
La grieta se expande por la herramienta o el material y puede ocasionar fallas.

Causas y resultados de la fatiga del material

Durante la operación normal, cuando la herramienta se mueve hacia arriba y hacia abajo, no se forman grietas en
exceso. La principal causa de la fatiga del material de la herramienta a largo plazo son las fuerzas laterales que actúan

DAVON s.r.o. | No. 16156-Z170115 | REV A | 04-2018 17

sobre la herramienta. Hacer palanca con la herramienta, los métodos de trabajo incorrectos, la utilización de la
herramienta para tirar o transportar elementos, recuden la vida útil de la herramienta y se deben evitar. No aumente el
riesgo de grietas por fatiga en el material.

Otra causa de fatiga del material es el movimiento libre, cuando la herramienta trabaja pero no entra en suficiente
contacto con la roca (placas de ruptura, el mero contacto con la roca).

Las bajas temperaturas hacen que la herramienta esté vulnerable a las fallas por fatiga. Asegúrese de calentar el equipo
antes de que comience a trabajar.

Si ingresan fragmentos metálicos en las superficies hidráulicas, se pueden ocasionar daños a la herramienta y
operación deteriorada y la reducción de la vida útil de los componentes y del equipo.
Lubrique las piezas hidráulicas designadas en los intervalos especificados.
Solamente utilice grasa y aceite puros.

Corrosión, mantenga la herramienta lubricada y protegida de la intemperie cuando no está en uso.

Los lugares corroídos son más vulnerables a la fatiga del material.

Verifique periódicamente las juntas atornilladas y, si no están ajustadas de manera adecuada, vuelva a ajustarlas. Los
torques se encuentran enumerados en “Ensamble, instalación y conexión”.

Reemplace todos los símbolos que se hayan perdido, que se hayan desgastado o que no se puedan leer. Limpie la
impureza, el polvo, la tierra, etc. de los símbolos para que siempre estén visibles.
Si reemplaza cualquier pieza en donde existan símbolos, reubique los símbolos en la pieza nueva.

2.13.1 PREVENCIÓN DE LESIONES POR TORMENTA ELÉCTRICA

Cuando caen rayos cerca del equipo, el operador nunca debe intentar hacer mantenimiento y reparaciones.

2.14. OTROS
Un extintor de incendios debe encontrarse accesible durante todas las operaciones de soldado.

ADVERTENCIA
Desconecte la máquina de la alimentación de energía antes de cualquier operación de soldado.
Desconecte los módulos electrónicos antes de soldar.
Conecte el cable a tierra lo más cerca posible.

Un soldador capacitado y calificado según el manual debe realizar las reparaciones con soldaduras. Elija el material
soldado, los materiales adicionales (electrodos, barras, cable) y el procedimiento de soldado para proporcionar
propiedades del metal que concuerden con el material original.
Realice las reparaciones en un área limpia, exenta de fluidos inflamables, mangueras hidráulicas, tanques u otros
elementos.

Trabaje con especial cuidado cuando suelda, afila o corta cerca de objetos inflamables.

Conecte el cable a tierra de la soldadora por arco lo más cerca posible al área de trabajo.
Siempre retire la pintura del punto de soldadura. La soldadura sobre superficies pintadas libera vapores peligrosos que
pueden ocasionar accidentes. Retire la pintura hasta 10 cm desde el punto de soldadura. Las soldaduras de baja
calidad o el incumplimiento de la eliminación de la pintura pueden presentar un riesgo para la salud.
Encierre el punto de afilado o de soldadura mediante una partición protectora inflamable.
Antes de soldar, asegúrese de que el botiquín de primeros auxilios, las rutas de escape y la conexión al sistema de
advertencias están accesibles y funcionales.

Cuando retire pintura, corte, afile o suelde, utilice las protecciones adecuadas.
Explosiones. Use equipo respiratorio de protección y gafas de seguridad.
Eliminación química de la pintura. Use medios de ventilación, equipo respiratorio de protección y guantes protectores y
respete las instrucciones de seguridad para el compuesto químico utilizado.
Afilado. Use medios de ventilación, equipo respiratorio de protección, guantes protectores y gafas de seguridad.

DAVON s.r.o. | No. 16156-Z170115 | REV A | 04-2018 18

Soldadura. Use vestimenta protectora, calzados, guantes, particiones, cubiertas para las manos y los pies, gafas,
escudos y máscaras para la protección de los ojos, tal como lo prescriben las normas y las normas nacionales de
seguridad.

2.15. ACCIDENTES Y DEFECTOS

ADVERTENCIA
No opere un equipo que claramente no funcione o que funcione parcialmente, un dispositivo que emita un sonido
diferente durante la operación, un dispositivo con fugas de aceite, un dispositivo con cables y cableado que hagan
chispas, un dispositivos con piezas flojas, o un dispositivo con cimientos flojos. Proteja a las personas que operan el
dispositivo, a otras personas en el lugar de trabajo y a la propiedad mediante la operación adecuada del equipo.

Precauciones de seguridad
Una persona autorizada debe evaluar el equipo de seguridad desde el punto de vista de la calidad, la idoneidad y la
funcionalidad según el cronograma de mantenimiento, antes del uso del dispositivo. Se deben asegurar los
procedimientos en el lugar según la lista preparada.

La resolución de condiciones inadecuadas del dispositivo se describe en el capítulo de Resolución de problemas y la

tabla en la sección 8, mientras que los procedimientos para las reparaciones y el mantenimiento están enumerados en
la sección 9 de este Manual.

2.16. RIESGOS DURANTE LA PINTURA

Un extintor de incendios debe encontrarse accesible durante todas las operaciones de pintura.
Una persona capacitada y calificada según el manual debe realizar las reparaciones de pintura. Siga el esquema de
color del fabricante, en especial para las zonas de advertencia. Cuando repare la pintura, asegúrese de que los
símbolos y signos de advertencia sean legibles y que estén colocados de manera correcta.
No trabaje con pintura sintética en ambientes explosivos o cerca de las operaciones de corte, afilado, soldadura o
llamas abiertas.
Asegure el sitio de almacenamiento de pinturas mientras pinta para evitar fugas hacia el agua o la tierra.
Antes de pintar, asegúrese de que el botiquín de primeros auxilios, las rutas de escape y la conexión al sistema de
advertencias están accesibles y funcionales.

Cuando pinte, use protecciones adecuadas y apropiadas.

Pintura. Use medios de ventilación, equipo respiratorio de protección y guantes protectores y respete las instrucciones
de seguridad para el compuesto químico utilizado.

DAVON s.r.o. | No. 16156-Z170115 | REV A | 04-2018 19

3. DISEÑAR UNA FUNCIÓN
3.1 DESIGNACIÓN DE LA MÁQUINA (TIPO O DESIGNACIÓN DE LA SERIE)

Rk 6156

Designación modelo Tamaño del equipo Alcance horizontal

del equipo RK RK 6 máximo 15, 6 M

El número de serie siempre se indica en la placa de nombre. Siempre incluya esta información cuando solicite repuestos.

3.1.1 SISTEMA DEL AUGE

Tipo Rk 6156

Número de serie 00824

3.1.2 UNIDAD DE POTENCIA

Tipo HA 75RT-K

Número de serie 00837

3.1.3 ÁREA DE USO Y MEDIO AMBIENTE

Condiciones de funcionamiento:

Altitud: Max 3,500 msnm

Temperatura ambiente: -20° c hasta + 40 ° c

Humedad: 46%
El equipo no está diseñado para funcionar en entornos potencialmente explosivos.

DAVON s.r.o. | No. 16156-Z170115 | REV A | 04-2018 20

3.2 SÍMBOLOS, PEGATINAS Y LETREROS EN EL EQUIPO

1. Placa del número de serie

2. Prohibición, ADVERTENCIA y señales de mando
3. Símbolos
4. Pegatinas

Fig. 3/1 símbolos, pegatinas y rótulos en el equipo – bastidor base

DAVON s.r.o. | No. 16156-Z170115 | REV A | 04-2018 21

Fig. 3/2 símbolos, pegatinas y letreros en el equipo – sistema boom

DAVON s.r.o. | No. 16156-Z170115 | REV A | 04-2018 22

Fig. 3/3 símbolos, pegatinas y rótulos en el equipo – unidad de potencia hidráulica

3.2.1 PLACA CONOCIDA

Con la pérdida, destrucción o pérdida de legibilidad, pida la placa de nombre.
Es necesario incluir la fecha de entrega, (factura de entrega), número de serie de la unidad de/Power del equipo.

DAVON s.r.o. | No. 16156-Z170115 | REV A | 04-2018 23

110x70x1, 5 mm

Datos básicos indicados en la placa de nombre:

Tipo
Número de serie.
Yera
Peso
Voltaje
pMax

DAVON s.r.o. | No. 16156-Z170115 | REV A | 04-2018 24

3.2.2 PROHIBICIÓN, ADVERTENCIA Y SEÑALES DE MANDO

100x100x1 mm 100x50x1 mm; 50x100x1 mm

Manténgase alejado El uso inapropiado puede causar lesiones graves resultando
en la muerte

50x50x1 mm
ADVERTENCIA Electricidad

100x100x1 mm
Riesgo de aplastamiento de las extremidades superiores por partes móviles; riesgo de que el operador sea aplastado por piezas
móviles

100x100x1 mm
ADVERTENCIA superficie caliente

DAVON s.r.o. | No. 16156-Z170115 | REV A | 04-2018 25

100x100x1 mm
Equipo protector personal-Utilice la protección de la cabeza, acoplamiento a las instrucciones para el uso, guantes del desgaste,
protección del pie del desgaste

3.2.3 SÍMBOLOS

50x50x1 mm
Filtro de aceite hidráulico

Punto de elevación

Filtro de aspiración

Aceite hidráulico

Nivel de aceite hidráulico

DAVON s.r.o. | No. 16156-Z170115 | REV A | 04-2018 26

Etiqueta del control manual – vista previa 300x170x1 mm

LOGO – vista previa

DAVON s.r.o. | No. 16156-Z170115 | REV A | 04-2018 27

3.3 EQUIPO
3.3.1 DESCRIPCIÓN DEL DISEÑO Y DE LA FUNCIÓN DEL EQUIPO RK DAVON

El equipo Rk 6156 es portador inmóvil del martillo hidráulico. Tiene la intención de liberar y romper rocas que son demasiado
grandes para ir a la trituradora.

El equipo no está diseñado para:

• trabajar en entornos potencialmente explosivos,
• utilizar como un equipo de elevación.

La parte de trabajo (sistema del auge) de la máquina consiste en un auge, un brazo y un martillo hidráulico. Esto se conecta pivotante
al brazo a través del adaptador. La pluma, el brazo y el adaptador se unen el uno al otro con los pernos endurecidos en el buje
endurecido que asegura alta durabilidad. El talón de la pluma se une al marco giratorio superior, que permite la matanza de todo el
equipo a la izquierda y la derecha en 330 °. Ambas posiciones extremas están equipadas con topes mecánicos.
Los movimientos del equipo están habilitados por cilindros hidráulicos con cojinetes esféricos. Los cilindros están conectados al
distribuidor de la válvula hidráulica por las mangueras de alta presión; este distribuidor se encuentra en la parte posterior del bastidor
superior. Las mangueras cercanas al área de trabajo están protegidas contra el daño volando fragmentos de roca afilados por espiral
de alambre protector.
El bastidor superior se monta en el bastidor inferior mediante un rodamiento de giro con un aro de engranaje. El bastidor superior y
el equipo son rotables contra el bastidor inferior, firmemente Unidos a la estructura de apoyo de la trituradora primaria. La matanza
es asegurada por el motor hidráulico a través del engranaje y del piñón planetarios que enganchan al anillo del engranaje del cojinete
de la matanza.

Todos los movimientos se realizan hidráulicamente a través de la unidad de potencia hidráulica HA75RT-K.
Sólo las personas autorizadas tienen
acceso completo al menú de servicio.

Fig. 3/4 display – menú de servicio

DAVON s.r.o. | No. 16156-Z170115 | REV A | 04-2018 28

3.4 COMPONENTES INCLUIDOS

3.4.1 SISTEMA RK DEL AUGE 6156

Sistema del auge de la Fig. 3/5 (equipo de funcionamiento)

1. Marco principal
2. Auge
3. Brazo
4. Mecanismo de palanca
5. Cilindros hidráulicos del auge
6. Cilindro hidráulico del brazo
7. Cilindro hidráulico de la inclinación del martillo, incluyendo la cubierta

3.4.1.1 BASTIDOR BASE

• Base rectangular para montaje sobre cimentación de hormigón o acero
• El ángulo de trabajo de 330 ° con topes mecánicos y eléctricos
• El marco y la consola de la matanza es connectet a través del par de cilindros hidráulicos

Marco y consola de la Fig. 3/6

1. Tope mecánico-armazón superior

2. Tope mecánico – armazón inferior

DAVON s.r.o. | No. 16156-Z170115 | REV A | 04-2018 29

3. Sensor inductivo del bloqueo de la matanza
4. Consola ajustable para el ajuste del bloqueo de la matanza

5. TOPE MECÁNICO
• Mecánica parada es Suministrado Septiembrearetely – debe ser soldada por el cliente
• Posición del Mecánica parada es cHosen Por Cliente.
• Lla Gama De Mecánica Parada Debe Ser Suficiente Para Servicio. Este Significa Lla Seguro Posición Fuera Lla
de la trituradora Alcanzar.

Advertencia

MATÓ

La matanza del equipo es asegurada por el engranaje-rueda y el piñón de corona del cojinete de la matanza,
accionados por el motor hidráulico y el engranaje planetario
• Las siguientes válvulas se utilizan para movimientos seguros y lisos:
o Válvula de presión PRV1 que protege los componentes del circuito de la matanza,
o Sobre la válvula central para el funcionamiento liso de la matanza del equipo.

Impulsión de la matanza de la
Fig. 3/7

1. Válvula de presión
PRV1
2. Válvula de
sobrecentrado
3. Motor hidráulico de la
órbita
4. Caja de cambios
planetaria

DAVON s.r.o. | No. 16156-Z170115 | REV A | 04-2018 30

3.4.1.2 AUGE
• Auge 8, a 3 m se une con el marco superior a través de pernos; se almacena en bujes de acero endurecido.
• La válvula de sobrecentrado (Motion Control) asegura un funcionamiento suave y evita la "caída" incontrolada del
sistema de la pluma.

Fig. 3/8 válvula de sobrecentrado (Motion Control)-boom

1. Auge
2. Válvula de sobrecentrado

DAVON s.r.o. | No. 16156-Z170115 | REV A | 04-2018 31

3.4.1.3 BRAZO
• El brazo 7,4 el m se coloca en los bujes endurecidos de acero, él es controlado por el cilindro hidráulico Unido
con el auge a través del perno.
• La válvula de sobrecentrado (Motion Control) asegura un funcionamiento suave y evita el movimiento
incontrolado del brazo.

Fig. 3/9 válvula de sobrecentrado (Motion Control)-brazo

1. Brazo
2. Válvula de sobrecentrado

DAVON s.r.o. | No. 16156-Z170115 | REV A | 04-2018 32

3.4.1.4 MECANISMO DE PALANCA
• El mecanismo de la palanca se coloca en los bujes endurecidos de acero, Unidos con el brazo a través de los
pernos
• La válvula de supercentral (Motion Control) asegura un funcionamiento suave y evita Incontrolado movimiento del
brazo.

Fig. 3/10 mecanismo de palanca con válvula de sobrecentro (Motion Control)-brazo

1. Válvula de sobrecentrado
2. Mecanismo de palanca

DAVON s.r.o. | No. 16156-Z170115 | REV A | 04-2018 33

3.4.1.5 CILINDROS HIDRÁULICOS
• 2x cilindro del auge, cilindro del brazo 1x y cilindro de la inclinación del martillo 1x
• Motor hidráulico lineal de doble efecto con descarga en posiciones finales.
• El cilindro hidráulico consiste en un tubo con una precisión de diámetro interior mecanizada a tolerancia H8. En él
los puertos de la conexión se sueldan con autógena para la entrada del aceite de la presión con un hilo de rosca
interno, y el enchufe junto con el ojo firme del cilindro. El ojo del cilindro y el ojo de la varilla del pistón están
equipados con cojinetes esféricos. La tapa para la colocación del vástago del pistón y de los elementos de lacre
se atornilla en el tubo del cilindro. Un oído que cuelga se suelda con autógena en la barra de pistón tierra-pulida
y cromo-plateada en la tolerancia dimensional F7, el otro extremo de la barra se cabe con el pistón.

Cilindro hidráulico de la Fig. 3/11

3.4.1.6 DISTRIBUIDOR HIDRÁULICO PRINCIPAL PVG 100/32

El distribuidor de PVG es el componente principal del control con el control proporcional y manual electro-magnético.
El productor del equipo fijó completamente el distribuidor en dependencia de la bomba principal para asegurar su funcionalidad
correcta.

Fig. 3/12 distribuidor hidráulico principal

1. Puesta en marcha del martillo hidráulico

2. Brazo
3. Auge
4. Inclinación del martillo

DAVON s.r.o. | No. 16156-Z170115 | REV A | 04-2018 34

5. Mató
Sección de entrada
La sección de entrada está conectada directamente a la bomba principal.
Sección de trabajo PVG 100
Sección de trabajo controle los circuitos de trabajo individuales (martillo hidráulico, pluma y brazo) por solenoides accionados
eléctricamente, o por palancas. Las secciones de trabajo tienen válvulas secundarias/anti-cavitación para la protección de cada
circuito y componente.

Sección de trabajo PVG 32

Sección de trabajo control de los circuitos de trabajo individuales (inclinación del martillo y giro por solenoides eléctricos, o por
palancas. Las secciones de trabajo tienen válvulas secundarias/anti-cavitación para la protección de cada circuito y componentes, así
como para el ajuste de diversas presiones del circuito del dispositivo de la matanza y de la inclinación del martillo.

Sección de salida
La sección de salida es común a ambas partes del distribuidor hidráulico PVG 100/32, también sirve como un adaptador entre las
secciones PVG 100 y PVG 32.

3.4.1.7 VÁLVULA DE ALIVIO DE PRESIÓNS (PRV2, PRV4)

La válvula de alivio-PRV2 se incluye en el circuito del martillo por la razón de la seguridad, él protege el martillo hidráulico y el
circuito entero.
La válvula está configurada para valorar 180 bar de acuerdo a las condiciones de trabajo del martillo hidráulico por la llave Allen
tamaño 5 mm (girando en sentido horario = aumentando el ajuste de presión).
La válvula de alivio-PRV4 está incluido en el Auge Circuito -Anulus Para restricción aerodinámica.
La válvula está configurada para valorar 180 bar de acuerdo a las condiciones de trabajo del martillo hidráulico por la llave Allen
tamaño 5 mm (girando en sentido horario = aumentando el ajuste de presión).

1. PRV2 – martillo Circuito

2. PRV4 – Circuito de auge

Fig. 3/13 válvula de alivio de presións

DAVON s.r.o. | No. 16156-Z170115 | REV A | 04-2018 35

3.4.2 UNIDAD DE POTENCIA HIDRÁULICA HA 75RT-K
Todos los movimientos del equipo se realizan hidráulicamente. La unidad de potencia hidráulica se suministra como fuente de
presión. La unidad de potencia se monta por separado en un lugar adecuado y protegido.
La unidad de la energía hydráulica consiste en un tanque del aceite con los accesorios apropiados, el marco de soporte, la azotea, la
bandeja del goteo, la unidad de conducción principal y el eléctrico Distribuidor.

Fig. 3/14 unidad de potencia hidráulica

1. Marco de la unidad de energía hydráulica

2. Tanque hidráulico y accesorios
3. Bandeja de goteo
4. Techo de la unidad de potencia
5. Distribuidor electrico RM1
6. Unidad de impulsión principal
7. Entrada Válvula (suministro de aire comprimido)

DAVON s.r.o. | No. 16156-Z170115 | REV A | 04-2018 36

3.4.2.1 TANQUE HIDRÁULICO Y ACCESORIOS
El tanque está hecho de acero, sellado contra la entrada de suciedad, equipado con una cubierta extraíble y cubiertas de inspección
para el acceso para la limpieza de las superficies interiores del tanque. El tanque también tiene un indicador de nivel que indica los
niveles máximo y mínimo combinado con un termómetro, filtro de succión para capturar desechos gruesos, filtro de residuos finos
con señal de obstrucción para el inserto del filtro, así como un filtro de presión y unidad de aire para presurización del depósito
(fuente externa). Los sensores del tanque para detectar el nivel críticamente bajo del aceite y la temperatura del aceite están en el
tanque. Estos sensores proporcionan señal al sistema de control.

Fig. 3/15

1. Tanque hidráulico
2. Unidad de aire
3. Calibrador de nivel eléctrico
4. Sensor de presión
5. Sensor de temperatura
6. Cubierta de la inspección
7. Medidor de nivel óptico – 2 niveles de aceite-máx. LVL del aceite – ¡ cuando todos los cilindros son dibujados
abajo!
-Mín. de aceite LVL – cuando todos los cilindros son extendidos!

Advertencia

DAVON s.r.o. | No. 16156-Z170115 | REV A | 04-2018 37

3.4.2.2 UNIDAD DE IMPULSIÓN PRINCIPAL
La unidad de impulsión principal está compuesta por motor asincrónico 75 kW, colocado sobre varillas de amortiguación, y bomba
de pistón axial incl. bomba de servicio, conectada al motor en una unidad compacta a través de un acoplamiento flexible y brida de
acoplamiento.

Unidad de impulsión principal de la Fig. 3/16

1. Motor principal M1
2. Varillas amortiguadoras
3. Bellhousing y acoplamiento
4. Bomba de pistón axial incl. bomba de servicio

DAVON s.r.o. | No. 16156-Z170115 | REV A | 04-2018 38

3.4.2.3 MOTOR ASINCRÓNICO M1
M3BP280SMB4 + 021 + 469 + 002 + 009 + 396 + 451 + 305
• Pie/brida montada IMB35,
• Grado de protección IP55,
• Eficiencia IE3.

DAVON s.r.o. | No. 16156-Z170115 | REV A | 04-2018 39

3.4.2.4 BELLHOUSING Y ACOPLAMIENTO PARA LA BOMBA HIDRÁULICA DEL
PISTÓN AXIAL
El bellhousing es Permitir para completar el motor de la unidad principal-bomba.
El acoplamiento flexible se utiliza para la conexión del eje de la bomba y del eje del motor.
No utilice ninguna carga radial o axial en el eje de la bomba
No empuje el acoplamiento en el eje de la bomba.
Utilice el orificio roscado del extremo del eje para acoplar el acoplamiento.

3.4.2.5 BOMBA DE CIRCUITO ABIERTO DEL PISTÓN AXIAL

K3VL140/B-1NRMM-P0/1H4 + kit SAE "A" bombas de circuito abierto de pistón axial

La bomba de pistón axial de la serie de la placa chapoteante de Kawasaki K3VL es una bomba hidráulica de la dislocación variable
de la presión media desarrollada recientemente para el uso a la maquinaria industrial móvil, Marina y general. Estas unidades están
diseñadas específicamente para aplicaciones de tipo de bucle abierto.

Cuando el eje impulsor de la bomba se El. motor, el bloque de cilindro, siendo tira juntada al eje, también rotará. Si la placa
chapoteante se ha inclinado, los pistones dispuestos en el bloque de cilindro debido a la zapata que es retenida en la superficie de la
placa chapoteante, girarán con el bloque de cilindros y reciprocarán una vez por la revolución. Considere uno de estos pistones
entonces se alejará de la placa de la válvula para media estación (carrera de succión) y se moverá hacia la placa de la válvula para la
segunda mitad de rotación (movimiento de entrega de aceite). Cuanto más grande es el ángulo de inclinación entonces más largo es
el movimiento del pistón y por lo tanto el más alto es la dislocación de la bomba. A medida que el ángulo de inclinación de la placa
chapoteante se acerca a cero, el pistón no hace ningún movimiento y de este modo no entrega aceite.

DAVON s.r.o. | No. 16156-Z170115 | REV A | 04-2018 40

Presión nominal
Presión en la que la vida y la durabilidad no se verán afectadas.

Presión máxima
La presión inmediata admisible de la oleada según lo definido por el estruendo 24312. La vida y la durabilidad sin embargo serán
acortadas.

Velocidad máxima del oscurecimiento del uno mismo

Los valores son válidos para una presión de aspiración absoluta de 1 bar. Si se reduce el caudal, o si se aumenta la presión de entrada,
también puede aumentarse la velocidad.

Velocidad máxima aumentada

Los valores indicados son la velocidad máxima absoluta permitida para la cual se requerirá una mayor presión de entrada.

Peso
Pesos secos aproximados, Dependiente en el tipo exacto de la bomba.

Fluido hidráulico
Fluido hidráulico anti-desgaste mineral-para otros tipos de fluidos consulte al proveedor.

DAVON s.r.o. | No. 16156-Z170115 | REV A | 04-2018 41

Rango de viscosidad
Si la viscosidad está en el rango de 200 a 1.000 Cst, entonces el calentar es necesario antes de comenzar la escala completa que
funciona.

Descripción del control de la bomba-control de presión y control de limitación de par

Los controles de la bomba se separan en dos módulos:

• Regulador del control de presión
• Limitador de par

Regulador del control de presión

A continuación se enumeran las sensibilidades definidas de la bomba:

• Tope de desplazamiento máximo

• Limitador de presión de actuación directa muelle de bobina
• Carrete de presión diferencial

DAVON s.r.o. | No. 16156-Z170115 | REV A | 04-2018 42

Control limitador de par

DAVON s.r.o. | No. 16156-Z170115 | REV A | 04-2018 43

DAVON s.r.o. | No. 16156-Z170115 | REV A | 04-2018 44
DAVON s.r.o. | No. 16156-Z170115 | REV A | 04-2018 45
3.4.2.6 CALEFACCIÓN PASIVA
Calentadores de aceite utilizados para calentar el aceite hidráulico en el tanque. Es necesario encender el interruptor de alimentación
principal para activar el calentamiento pasivo en el panel eléctrico RM1, antes de cada arranque del equipo. La calefacción pasiva
funciona independientemente del sistema de control. El tiempo de calentamiento depende de la temperatura ambiente.

1. Calentador 4409, 3x400V, 1250W del aceite

2. Termostato de emergencia
3. Termostato
4. Sensor de temperatura

Fig. 3/17 elementos calefactores pasivos

DAVON s.r.o. | No. 16156-Z170115 | REV A | 04-2018 46

Descripción de elementos calefactores pasivos

El elemento calefactor está destinado al calentamiento de aceites que no influyan negativamente en la superficie de la vaina. Su
temperatura superficial está diseñada para prevenga el aceite hidrotermal. El elemento calefactor debe estar permanentemente sumergido
en el líquido hasta la cabeza durante el funcionamiento. Presión máxima de la operación 0,6 MPa.

El termostato deja de calentar a 28 ° c.

3.4.2.7 FILTRACIÓN DE ACEITE Y AIRE HIDRÁULICOS

Fig. 3/18 filtración

1. Filtro de aspiración incluyendo indicación eléctrica de obstrucción del elemento filtrante

• Elemento filtrante de aspiración
• Indicador de obstrucción
2. Filtro de presión incluyendo indicación eléctrica de obstrucción del elemento filtrante
• Elemento filtrante de presión
• Indicador de obstrucción
3. Filtro de retorno incluyendo indicación eléctrica de obstrucción del elemento filtrante
• Elemento de filtro de retorno
• Indicador de obstrucción
4. Unidad de aire de filtración
• Ver parte 3.4.3.2

DAVON s.r.o. | No. 16156-Z170115 | REV A | 04-2018 47

GRADO DE CONTAMINACIÓN (DE ACUERDO CON LA NORMA ISO 4406-1999 Y NAS 1638)

Para evitar el desgaste prematuro de los componentes hidráulicos más importantes en el sistema hidráulico, debemos seguir la clase
recomendada de contaminación 19/17/14 o NAS 1638 clase 8 o mejor:

• Bomba de pistón axial Kawasaki (20/18/15)

• Distribuidor hidráulico PVG (23/19/16)

Industrial Máquinas
Robótica y Máquinas con industriales Máquinas Máquinas
Programa
Aplicación Programa máquinas de alta y máquinas Aplicaciones para la Para
espacial y
típica espacial herramientas confiabilidad, de móviles industria trabajo
robótica
precisas Transmisiones movimiento pesada agrícola
hidrostáticas de tierra
Pistón
Pistón/laminilla Pistón fijo <
variable < 21 Laminilla, Laminilla, Laminilla,
Pistón variable < 14 14 Mpa
Bombas y/o Mpa engranaje, engranaje engranaje
- variable > 21 MPa Laminilla
motores Laminilla, fijo > 14 fijo < 14 fijo < 14
Mpa pistón/laminilla fijo > 14
variable > 14 MPa MPa MPa
fijo > 14 Mpa MPa
MPa
Servo
Proporcional
Servo válvulas < 21
< 21 mpa Cartucho < 14 Solenoide > Solenoide < Solenoide Solenoide
Válvulas válvulas > mpa
cartucho > MPa 21 Mpa 21 Mpa > 14 MPa > 14 MPa
21 Mpa proporcional
14 MPa
> 21 Mpa
Clase de
filtración
4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
según NAS
1638
Clase de la
filtración
15/13/10 16/14/11 17/15/12 18/16/13 19/17/14 20/18/15 21/19/16 22/20/17
según ISO
4406-1999
Elementos de ß5 (c) > ß12 (c) >
ß5 (c) > ß5 (c) > 1,000 ß21 (c) >
filtración 1,000 ß7 (c) ß5 (c) > 1,000 ß21 ß21 (c) >
1,000 ß12 (c) > 1,000 1,000 ß10 ß10 2 Cd
recomendados > 1,000 FT- 1,000 Fc (c) > 1,000 1,000 Fv
Pies FC-FD > 2 FV-CD
de SOFIMA FC FD-FV

DAVON s.r.o. | No. 16156-Z170115 | REV A | 04-2018 48

3.4.2.8 PRESURIZACIÓN DEL TANQUE

Fig. 3/19 aire unidad – presurización del tanque

1. Sensor de presión
2. Válvula de entrada
3. Filtro con desagüe manual
4. Válvula de seguridad
5. Válvula de la presión (reducción)

Descripción de la unidad de aire

La unidad se utiliza para suministrar, filtrar y la válvula de presión del aire de la regulación incl. para la presurización del tanque
hidráulico.

La fuente del aire presurizado es la fuente de la unidad externa y la presión se reduce según la función apropiada-altura sobre el nivel del
mar.

DAVON s.r.o. | No. 16156-Z170115 | REV A | 04-2018 49

3.4.2.9 ENFRIAMIENTO DEL ACEITE HIDRÁULICO

Circuito de enfriamiento de la Fig. 3/20

1. Bomba de servicio
2. Enfriador de aceite
3. Sensor de temperatura

Descripción del refrigerador de aceite hidráulico

El enfriador se utiliza para enfriar el aceite hidráulico en el sistema. Utiliza el aire como medio de refrigeración, un ventilador impulsado
por un motor asincrónico que enfría el aceite hidráulico en el radiador del enfriador. El radiador se hace del artículo Aluminio Aleación. El
arreglo de los tubos que se refrescan aumenta la turbulencia del aceite hidráulico y así también de la capacidad que se refresca. Además,
la presencia de boquillas especiales mejora el coeficiente general de transferencia de calor.
La nevera está equipada con 5 bar by-pass Válvula para proteger el radiador del refrigerador contra daño.

Descripción del sensor de temperatura

El sensor de temperatura PT100 da señal al sistema de control para una correcta función.

3.4.3 MARTILLO HIDRÁULICO

El martillo hidráulico no se utiliza con el equipo. El martillo hidráulico es fijado al adaptador por los tornillos de la fuerza y conectado por
las mangueras a la tubería que está ya en el equipo listo.

DAVON s.r.o. | No. 16156-Z170115 | REV A | 04-2018 50

El martillo hidráulico es una fuente separada y tiene sus propias instrucciones separadas.

3.5.4. ELEMENTOS DE CONTROLPARADA DE EMERGENCIA

Fig. 3/24 botón de parada de emergencia

Si lo desea, el equipo entero puede ser detenido por el botón de parada de emergencia ubicado en:
• RM1
• MX1
• MS1

DAVON s.r.o. | No. 16156-Z170115 | REV A | 04-2018 51

3.4.3.2 EL DISTRIBUIDOR ELÉCTRICO RM1

Fig. 3/25 distribuidor electrico RM1

1. Distribuidor electrico RM1

2. Parada de emergencia

Fig. 3/26 distribuidor electrico RM1

DAVON s.r.o. | No. 16156-Z170115 | REV A | 04-2018 52

Lista de símbolos

1 Interruptor de la energía principal-bloqueable

2 Parada de emergencia

3 Espera

4 Estado de preparación

5 Funcionamiento del motor principal

6 Recalentamiento de aceite hidráulico

7 ERROR del sistema

8 Arrancar el motor principal

9 Detener el motor principal

10 Restablecimiento de la función de seguridad

11 Pantalla táctil

3.5.4.1. DISTRIBUIDOR ELECTRICO MX1 Y DS1

Fig. 3/27 distribuidor electrico MX1

DAVON s.r.o. | No. 16156-Z170115 | REV A | 04-2018 53

Fig. 3/28 distribuidor electrico MX1

Lista de símbolos

1 CONTROL manual

2 Mando a distancia – radio/cable

3 Control remoto – sala de control

4 Parada de emergencia

Interruptor de posición – modo de operación

5 (0-OFF; 1-control manual; 2-radio/cable teledirigidos; 3-sala de
control)

6 Torre de la señal (3 luces, verde. amarillo, rojo)

7 Receptor de señal

Modo de operación:

0 Ninguno (posición de estacionamiento)

1 CONTROL manual

2 Teledirigido – RADIO/cable

3 Control remoto – sala de control

DAVON s.r.o. | No. 16156-Z170115 | REV A | 04-2018 54

3.4.3.3 DISTRIBUIDOR ELECTRICO MS1

La conexión entre eléctrico

el distribuidor MS1 y RM1 se realiza
vía cable óptico. (max15km)

FIg. 3/27 distribuidor eléctrico MS1

1 Parada de emergencia

2 Espera

3
Posición final

4
Estado de preparación

5 Funcionamiento del motor principal

6 Advertencia

7 ERROR del sistema

8 Pantalla táctil

9 Restablecimiento de la función de seguridad

10 Interruptor principal-con llave

DAVON s.r.o. | No. 16156-Z170115 | REV A | 04-2018 55

CONTROL REMOTO DT1A
El mando a distancia DT1a es realizada por un par de joystick eléctrico proporcional en la caja de control, que está conectada
to el distribuidor eléctrico MS1 Por 10m cable.

Fig. 3/27 distribuidor electrico MS1

1. luz de advertencia del motor que funciona 6. Control de movimiento del equipo – joystick izquierdo 11.
Posición de estacionamiento
2. posición final (matanza) 7. Control de movimiento del equipo – joystick derecho
3. señalización general del fallo del Poder Unidad 8. Desbloqueo de posición final
4. Poner en marcha el Poder Unidad 9. Puesta en marcha del martillo hidráulico
5. Parada de la Poder Unidad 10. Límites de velocidad

DAVON s.r.o. | No. 16156-Z170115 | REV A | 04-2018 56

Lista de símbolos – control remoto DT1a

1 Botón de inicio

2 Arrancar la unidad motriz principal-motor M1

3 Detener la unidad motriz principal-motor M1

4 ARM-in

4 Brazo-hacia fuera

4 Inclinación del martillo – en

4 Inclinación del martillo-hacia fuera

5 Boom-up

5 Boom-Down

5 Giro – izquierda

DAVON s.r.o. | No. 16156-Z170115 | REV A | 04-2018 57

5 Giro-derecha

6 Martillo hidráulico Empezar hasta

7 Desbloquear

8 Botón E-STOP

9 Control de velocidad

10 Posición de estacionamiento

11 Led
12 Pantalla

DAVON s.r.o. | No. 16156-Z170115 | REV A | 04-2018 58

3.4.3.4 RADIO CONTROL REMOTO RC1

El mando a distancia RC1 (transmisor) proporciona dos maneras de controlar:

• Radio control inalámbrico,
• Cable de datos.
El control remoto se realiza mediante un par de Joystick eléctrico con interruptores, alterna Brujas y pulsadores y pantalla
TFT con protección IP65.

Fig. 3/29 control remoto RC1

1. Botón de inicio
2. Arrancar el motor principal
3. Detener el motor principal
4. Joystick izquierdo
5. Joystick derecho
6. Puesta en marcha del martillo hidráulico
7. Desbloquear la posición final
8. E-STOP
9. Control de velocidad
10. Posición de estacionamiento
11. Led
12. Pantalla
13. Página de visualización
14. Conector para cable de datos

DAVON s.r.o. | No. 16156-Z170115 | REV A | 04-2018 59

Lista de símbolos – control remoto RC1

1 Botón de inicio

2 Arrancar la unidad motriz principal-motor M1

3 Detener la unidad motriz principal-motor M1

4 ARM-in

4 Brazo-hacia fuera

4 Inclinación del martillo – en

4 Inclinación del martillo-hacia fuera

5 Boom-up

5 Boom-Down

5 Giro – izquierda

DAVON s.r.o. | No. 16156-Z170115 | REV A | 04-2018 60

5 Giro-derecha

6 Martillo hidráulico Empezar hasta

7 Desbloquear

8 Botón E-STOP

9 Control de velocidad

10 Posición de estacionamiento

11 Led
12 Pantalla

DAVON s.r.o. | No. 16156-Z170115 | REV A | 04-2018 61

3.4.3.5 CONTROL DE EMERGENCIA

El equipo se puede funcionar por las palancas localmente (control de la emergencia) solamente con el fin de inspección,
mantenimiento, reparación o problemas de emergencia.

Fig. 3/30 control de emergencia

Lista de símbolos – control de emergencia

1 Martillo hidráulico Empezar hasta

2 Boom-up

2 Boom-Down

3 ARM-in

3 Brazo-hacia fuera

DAVON s.r.o. | No. 16156-Z170115 | REV A | 04-2018 62

4 Inclinación del martillo – en

4 Giro – izquierda

5 Giro-derecha

3.5 POSICIONES DE TRABAJO UTILIZADAS POR EL OPERADOR

• Teledirigido
o El operador es capaz de controlar el equipo desde un lugar visible o en una distancia de hasta 20 m
por cable.

• Control de emergencia
o El operador tiene la opción de utilizar el control de emergencia mediante palancas directamente sobre
el equipo. Es necesario tener en cuenta la visibilidad reducida al manipular el equipo.

3.6 CARACTERÍSTICAS ESENCIALES DE LAS HERRAMIENTAS

Herramienta de trabajo

El resultado del trabajo depende de varias geometrías de la hoja y del uso.

Utilice los repuestos originales.

Opción la herramienta de trabajo apropiada:

Mohel Point

• Muy buena penetración

• Distribución uniforme de partir
• Sin torsión
• Uso universal

DAVON s.r.o. | No. 16156-Z170115 | REV A | 04-2018 63

Cinceles

• Distribución muy buena de partir

• Buena penetración
• Efecto de torsión
• Para la minería

Herramienta embotada

• Muy buena energy trasmissiEn

DAVON s.r.o. | No. 16156-Z170115 | REV A | 04-2018 64

4. TRANSPORTE Y EMPAQUE
4.1. TRANSPORTE

ADVERTENCIA
Vuelco del equipo de elevación/piezas del equipo
El equipo es pesado. El vuelco o la caída del equipo de elevación o del equipo puede causar lesiones graves y daños
materiales.

ADVERTENCIA
Solo se debe transportar y elevar el equipo mediante los puntos de elevación, en una posición adecuada para su tipo de
construcción. De otro modo, podría caerse o deslizarse en el frente de elevación. Esto podría causar la muerte, lesiones
graves o daños materiales.
• Verifique la estabilidad de los puntos de elevación.
• Utilice todos los puntos de elevación (argollas, pernos de argolla, etc.) en el equipo.
• Se deben ajustar firmemente todas las argollas y los pernos de argolla.

4.1.1. PREPARACIONES, MEDIDAS DE PROTECCIÓN

• Asegure la suficiente cantidad de espacio para la manipulación.
• Transporte el equipo y sus piezas solamente mediante equipo de elevación con la capacidad adecuada para el
peso del equipo, consulte el Protocolo de control de entregas.
• Eleve y asegure el equipo y sus piezas solamente mediante accesorios de elevación (sogas, cadenas, cabestrillos,
etc.) que posean la capacidad correcta para el peso que se debe elevar.
• Asegúrese de que no haya personas presentes en las cercanías o debajo del equipo y sus piezas.
• La caída del equipo y sus piezas puede dar como resultado lesiones graves y daños materiales.
• Transporte el equipo con los mismos elementos que se utilizaron para el envío del equipo nuevo. En caso de que
estos elementos no estén disponibles, póngase en contacto con el fabricante para renovarlos o para que le envíen
elementos nuevos.
• Si no se utiliza el equipo de transporte de seguridad, almacénelo para utilizarlo en el futuro.

4.1.2. EQUIPO/HERRAMIENTAS, EQUIPO DE PROTECCIÓN PERSONAL

Asegure el equipo y sus piezas con sogas o cadenas con una capacidad de soporte de carga adecuada a fin de
asegurarlos contra el movimiento entre sí y contra los deslizamientos.
Utilice cadenas y correas con una capacidad de soporte de carga adecuada en los lugares designados (puntos de
elevación) para el ajuste para la elevación (marcados con el símbolo del “gancho”). Solamente las personas con licencia
para elevaciones pueden alzar cargas (calificados conforme a las normas locales).

Eleve el equipo/piezas lentamente hacia la posición final. Antes de retirar las correas de elevación, asegúrese de que el
equipo/piezas se encuentran en una posición estable.

DAVON s.r.o. | No. 16156-Z170115 | REV A | 04-2018 73

Transporte por grúa
• Asegure el equipo hidráulico mediante sogas o cadenas, tal como se muestra en la sección 5.
• Asegúrese de que la máquina elevadora posee la capacidad de soporte de carga adecuada.
• Eleve el equipo/piezas lentamente.
• Coloque el equipo hidráulico sobre soportes de madera.

Transporte por máquina elevadora

• Asegúrese de que la máquina elevadora posee la capacidad de soporte de carga adecuada.
• Asegure las piezas de trabajo del dispositivo contra el movimiento y su posterior caída.
• Eleve las piezas lentamente.

Transporte por camión

• Asegúrese de que el camión posea la capacidad correcta.
• Asegure las piezas de trabajo del dispositivo contra el movimiento y su posterior caída mediante cadenas y cables
de acero.
• Cumpla con las normas básicas de carga para camiones

4.1.3. REDUCCIÓN DEL RUIDO Y LAS VIBRACIONES

El peligro de ruido y vibraciones no se encuentra presente durante el transporte si el equipo está anclado de manera
correcta en cumplimiento con las instrucciones en este manual, las normas nacionales vigentes de manipulación y
transporte y otras normas, de acuerdo con los símbolos en el equipo. El movimiento libre de piezas del dispositivo
puede ser una fuente de ruidos durante el transporte.

4.1.4. TRANSPORTE

Solamente las personas autorizadas y calificadas pueden transportar el equipo, quienes:

• posean una licencia para la operación de grúas o máquinas elevadoras en cumplimiento con las normas y
directivas internacionales vigentes;
• conozcan todas las instrucciones de seguridad y normas de prevención de accidentes regionales pertinentes;
• hayan leído y comprendido el Manual.

DAVON s.r.o. | No. 16156-Z170115 | REV A | 04-2018 74

El equipo se empaca de diferentes maneras, según su modo de transporte y según su tamaño.
Cumpla con las imágenes que se muestran en el empaque:

PROTEGER
MERCADERÍAS ADJUNTE
ARRIBA CONTRA
FRÁGILES AQUÍ
LA HUMEDAD

PROTEGER PROTEGER
CENTRO DE UTILICE UNA
CONTRA CONTRA
GRAVEDAD MÁQUINA ELEVADORA
CALOR ESCARCHA

NO UTILICE UNA LÍMITE DE

MÁQUINA ELEVADORA TEMPERATURA

4.1.5. CONFIGURACIONES/AJUSTES
No "settings" are performed on the equipment during transport.

4.1.6. VERIFICACIONES
La falla eventual de una argolla de elevación puede dar como resultado la caída del equipo y de sus piezas. Esto podría
causar lesiones graves y daños materiales.
• Verifique siempre el estado de la argolla de elevación antes de elevar el dispositivo de perforación y sus piezas.
Nunca eleve el dispositivo de rotura y sus piezas con una argolla de elevación en la que se observa desgaste.

4.2. DESEMPAQUE
Una vez recibido, se debe verificar tanto el equipo como sus piezas para garantizar que concuerdan con la información
en la etiqueta y que se encuentran en la secuencia correcta. También verifique los contenidos en busca de daños
durante el transporte. Use el “Protocolo de control de entregas” para esta verificación.

Retire todo bloqueo de transporte antes del arranque y manténgalos en un lugar seguro o desbloquéelos. Puede usarlos
nuevamente para transportar otros elementos o los puede volver a aplicar.

4.3. RE-EMBALADO

DAVON s.r.o. | No. 16156-Z170115 | REV A | 04-2018 75

Vuelva a embalar el equipo con los mismos elementos que se utilizaron para el envío del equipo nuevo. En caso de que
estos elementos no estén disponibles, póngase en contacto con el fabricante del equipo para renovarlos o para que le
envíen elementos nuevos.
El equipo se debe reservar, consulte la sección 11.

DAVON s.r.o. | No. 16156-Z170115 | REV A | 04-2018 76

INSTALACIÓN
5.1 MONTAJE, INSTALACIÓN Y CONEXIÓN
5.1.1 PREPARACIONES, MEDIDAS DE PROTECCIÓN
Personal Protección Equipo Debe Cumplir Con Lla Aplicable Salud Y Ocupacional Seguridad Legislación.

El equipo Emite Ruido Cuando Poner En Operación. A largo plazo Exposición Para Alta Ruido Niveles Puede causa
permanente Daño Para Su Audiencia. Lla Operador Debe Uso Audiencia Protección Equipo. Trabajo Con el martillo Puede
Peligrar Lla Operador Debido Para Volando Piedras, Polvo Y Ruido. PorLla Listados Protección Equipo Debe Ser Utilizado.

Trabajo Con Química Mezclas (Aceites, Etc.)

Chorros Fluidos Bajo Alta Presión: Nunca Tratar Para Encontrar un fluido Fuga Con Su mano y Siempre QueAr Protección
Equipo: Gafas, Seguridad Casco Y Seguridad Guantes.

Tóxicos O Corrosivos Vapores Y Polvo: Observar Seguridad Instrucciones, Usar Seguridad Guantes y una cara Máscara.

Ver parte 2.

5.1.2 EQUIPO/HERRAMIENTAS, EQUIPO DE PROTECCIÓN PERSONAL

Advertencia
• Transportar el equipo y Su Piezas Usando Sólo equipo de elevación Con Lla Apropiado Capacidad Para Lla del
dispositivo Peso.
• Ascensor y Seguro Lla Equipo Y Su Piezas Usando Sólo Elevación Accesorios (Cuerdas, Cadenas, Eslingas, Etc.)
Con Lla Correcto Capacidad Para Lla Peso Para Ser Levantó.
• Hacer Seguro No Personas Son Presente En Cerca O Debajo el equipo y Su Piezas.
• Caída Dela Equipo Y Su Piezas Cna Resultado En Serio Lesión Y Material Daño.
• Transportar el Equipo Usando Lla Mismo Artículos Utilizado Para Lla Envío De Nuevo Equipo. En caso de que estos
Artículos no son Disponible, Contacto Lla Fabricante Dela Romper Dispositivo Para Renovar es O Enviar Nuevo
Artículos.
• Si Seguridad el equipo de transporte no es Utilizado, Tienda es Para Futuro Uso.

DAVON s.r.o. | No. 16156-Z170115 | REV A | 04-2018 77

Advertencia
El equipo Debe Sólo Ser Transportado Y Levantó Usando el levantamiento Ojos, en una posición Que Es Apropiado Para Su
tipo de Construcción. Lo contrario, es Podría Caída Sobre o resbalón en el levantamiento Abordar. Este Cna Resultado En
Muerte, Serio LesiónO Material Daño.
• Comprobar la estabilidad del levantamiento Puntos.
• Uso Todos el levantamiento Puntos (Ojos, Armellas, Etc) en el equipo.
• Cualquier Ojos Y Armellas Debe Ser Firmemente Sujetado.

5.1.1.1 HERRAMIENTAS Y EQUIPO RECOMENDADOS

• Carretilla elevadora camión 7T
• Grúa 20t
• Eslingas 1T x los 2m, 5T los x 5m
• Cadenas 2x 20T x 4m
• Perno Grillo 4x 5T 1 3/4 "
• Elevación Correas 4x (EN1492-1)
• Acero martillo de 5kg y martillo Con Amortiguado Rebote de 2kg
• Par Llave 5, 000Nm
• sEger Alicates
• conjunto de Llaves hasta Tamaño 95
• conjunto de Allen Llaves De Tamaño 30
• Trinquetes + bits
• juego de destornilladores
• Cuchillo
• Acero Bar Con Latón Final Para Martilleo O Golpeando fuera Clavijas
• Grasa Arma "Tecalamite”
• Limpieza Paños
• Comprimido Aire
• Absorbente Para Derramado Hidráulico Aceite
• Conveniente Contenedor Para Recoger Hidráulico Aceite
• Manual Carro/Carretilla elevadora
• Arrugador Herramienta + cable Estirones

5.1.3 REDUCCIÓN DE RUIDOS Y VIBRACIONES

Durante Asamblea, el riesgo de Ruido Y Vibraciones Es Mínimo siempre y cuando el Asamblea Es Llevado
fuera Acuerdo Para Lla Instrucciones Declaró En Manual. Uso de Fuerza y no estándar Procedimientos
Puede Ser una fuente de Ruido.

5.1.4 ASSEMBLY
5.1.4.1 INSTALACIÓN DE LA HIDRÁULICA UNIDAD DE POTENCIA
El equipo entregado es Ya Probado, configurar y pre-montado.
• Uso Todos Elevación Puntos Para Manipulación. Levante el Hidráulico Poder Unidad Con Precaución. No es
Necesario Para Quitar Lla Techo Antes Manipulación.
• La hidráulica Poder Unidad Debe Nunca Ser Unido a o Levantó En Lla Fijo Componentes (Techo, Eléctrico Caja Etc.)
• Proporcionar Lla Suficiente Espacio Para Manipulación Con la unidad de potencia hidráulica. Posicionar el hidráulico
Poder Unidad Acuerdo a los Dibujo Y Firmemente Fijo En Lla Montaje Posición.
• La hidráulica Poder unidad se Siempre Suministrado Sin Aceite. Dentro el tanque y Otros Hidráulico Piezas de la
hidráulica Poder Unidad Puede Ser un resto de Inicial Hidráulico Aceite.

DAVON s.r.o. | No. 16156-Z170115 | REV A | 04-2018 78

Figura. 5/1 elevación Puntos sobre el Brazo Con Centro de Gravedad

5.1.4.2 INSTALACIÓN DE LA HIDRÁULICA UNIDAD DE POTENCIA – SISTEMA

ELÉCTRICO

Advertencia

• La hidráulica Poder unidad se Suministrado Con la conexión Para Lla Externos Tierra (Tierrasistema.
• Antes Conectar Lla Cableado, que Debe Tierra la hidráulica Poder Pack Acuerdo a los Documentación.
• Fase Secuencia Relé – Señalización Correcto Conexión De Fases Via Señal control en Eléctrico cuadro RM1 panel:

DAVON s.r.o. | No. 16156-Z170115 | REV A | 04-2018 79

DAVON s.r.o. | No. 16156-Z170115 | REV A | 04-2018 80
5.1.4.3 INSTALACIÓN EN LA SALA DE CONTROL

Advertencia
• Lla Eléctrico caja (MS1) Para sala de control (CR1) se Suministrado Sin Poder Suministro Cable
• Antes Conectar Lla Cableado, que Debe Tierra la hidráulica Poder Pack Acuerdo a los Documentación.
• Para Correcto Función Es Necesario Para Conectar Primero RM1
• Uso Óptica Fibra cable (solo modo Con Lc Conectores) en caso de RM1 en vivo y MS1

DAVON s.r.o. | No. 16156-Z170115 | REV A | 04-2018 81

5.1.4.4 INSTALACIÓN DEL BASTIDOR BASE

Advertencia
• Cuando Manejo el bastidor base, utilice Sólo equipo de elevación Con Un Conveniente Carga Cojinete Capacity.
• Uso Todos Elevación Puntos Para Manipulación. Levante el bastidor de la base Con Precaución.
• El bastidor base Debe Nunca Ser Unido a o Levantó En Lla Fijo Componentes.
• Provide Suficiente Espacio Para Manipulación Con Lla bastidor base.
• Antes Asamblea, Quitar Lla Protección Anticorrosión Capa De Todos sin Áreas.
• Quitar Lla Seguridad Cubre De Hidráulico Conexiones Correcto Antes Asamblea Y Quitar Posible Impurezas Antes
Conexión.
• Uso Todos Elevación Puntos Para Manipulación.

Figura. 5/2 elevación Puntos – bastidor base Con Centro de Gravedad

• Posicione el bastidor base Acuerdo a los Dibujo.

• Inferior el bastidor base Cuidadosamente Con una base y un equilibrio es Para Su Colocación sobre el Montaje
Agujeros.
• Lubrique Pernos Con Grasa Antes Asamblea Con GLEITMO 805 o Equivalente.
• Tornillo Lla Base Marco Usando los tornillos a la Estructura Y Apriete Ellos a los Especificado Apriete Pares. Los
tornillos no son parte del equipo Suministro.
•

DAVON s.r.o. | No. 16156-Z170115 | REV A | 04-2018 82

Figura. placa-marco de la conexión 5/3
• Lubrique los tornillos y Tuercas Con Molykote Grasa (d G-Rapid Plus, d 321R, d 3484) o el Equivalente Antes
Asamblea.
• Apriete Todos Tornillo Conexiones a los Especificado Par Momento Acuerdo a la mesa.

Tabla de Apriete paresNm)

Total Coeficiente De Fricción μ = 0,08, 90% Rendimiento Punto

Tornillo 8,8 10,9 12,9

M10 34 48 58

M12 60 84 100

M16 145 205 245

M20 285 400 480

M24 490 690 830

M30 980 1400 1650

M30 + Nord-Lock
75% de Rendimiento 1240 1875 2090
Punto

M36 1710 2500 2900

DAVON s.r.o. | No. 16156-Z170115 | REV A | 04-2018 83

M42 2700 4000 4600

DAVON s.r.o. | No. 16156-Z170115 | REV A | 04-2018 84

5.1.4.5 INSTALACIÓN DE LA HIDRÁULICA UNIDAD DE POTENCIA – SISTEMA
ELÉCTRICO

Advertencia

• La hidráulica Poder unidad se Suministrado Con la conexión Para Lla Externos Tierra (Tierrasistema.
• Antes Conectar Lla Cableado, que Debe Tierra el bastidor base Acuerdo a los Documentación.
• Comisionar - Ver parte 6.

5.1.4.6 CONEXIÓN DEL LARGUERO AL BASTIDOR BASE

• Uso Todos Elevación Puntos Para Manipulación. Levante el brazo Con Precaución.
• Quitar el marco de transporte

Figura. 5/4 boom Con marco de transporte

DAVON s.r.o. | No. 16156-Z170115 | REV A | 04-2018 85

Figura. 5/5 elevación Puntos en el auge Con Centro de Gravedad

• Mortaja el auge de la Estirones Dela del marco Superior Parte. El PIN es Insertado En el marco Durante Transporte.
• Después Mortajado, Seguro el PIN Usando Lla Preparado Método.

Figura. 5/5 Montado pluma y bastidor base – PIN

DAVON s.r.o. | No. 16156-Z170115 | REV A | 04-2018 86

Figura. 5/7 Montado Hidráulico Cilindros y bastidor base
• Conectar Lla Marcado Mangueras De el marco de la pluma. Conectar Lla Lubricación Manguera De el auge a la
Lubricación bomba (1x) y a la Estirones De Ambos Cilindros. Conecte Lla Lubricación Mangueras a los Manguera De
el distribuidor hidráulico al auge.
• Después Conectar Lla ManguerasHacer Seguro Que Que no son Retorcido y no frote Contra Lla Estructura O Contra
Cada Otros
• Otros Mangueras Hve Su Propio Enchufes. Después Montaje, es Es Recomienda Para Salvar Ellos Para uso en caso
de Parcial Desmontaje del equipo Para Reparación En Futuro.
• Conectar lÍnea "P" y "T"- Mangueras al martillo hidráulico.

DAVON s.r.o. | No. 16156-Z170115 | REV A | 04-2018 87

5.1.4.7 LA CONEXIÓN DEL AUGE AL BRAZO
• Mortaja Lla Brazo En el auge Bifurcación. El PIN es Insertado En el boom.
• Uso Todos Elevación Puntos Para Manipulación. Levante el Brazo Con Precaución.

Figura. 5/9 Elevación Puntos en el auge Con Centro de Gravedad

Figura. 5/10 Montado auge y Brazo – PIN e hidráulico Cilindros

• Seguro el PIN Usando Lla Preparado Método.

• Conectar Lla brazo Cilindro Mangueras Y Inclinación del martillo hidráulico, Incluyendo Lla Lubricación Manguera,
entre la pluma y el brazo. Conecte Lla Lubricación Mangueras a los Manguera, Conecte Ellos a los Estirón Preparado
sobre el Brazo Y Conectar al pin Grasa Caja.

DAVON s.r.o. | No. 16156-Z170115 | REV A | 04-2018 88

Figura. 5/11 conexión de la pluma y el Brazo

• Mortaja la varilla del pistón Estirones De Ambos Hidráulico Cilindros a los Relevante Estirones en el marco.
• Mortaja Lla brazo Cilindro varilla del pistón Estirón a los Estirón en el brazo. Lo es Necesario Para Conectar Lla de
boom Cilindros Mangueras e iniciar el sistema hidráulico Poder Unidad Para Cilindro Posicionamiento.

5.1.4.8 CONEXIÓN DEL MARTILLO HIDRÁULICO

• Uso Todos Elevación Puntos Para Manipulación Acuerdo a los Instrucción Para Uso De Fabricante del martillo
hidráulico. Levante el martillo hidráulico Con Precaución.
• Tornillo el martillo hidráulico a la distancia Pieza Usando los tornillos Que forman parte de la Accesorios del equipo
entregado. Lo es Necesario Para Observar Apriete Pares Acuerdo a los Instrucción Para Uso De Fabricante del
martillo hidráulico

DAVON s.r.o. | No. 16156-Z170115 | REV A | 04-2018 89

Figura. 5/12 conexión del martillo hidráulico
• Lla Mangueras Unido a los Brazo Son Conectado al martillo. No Cruz Lla Mangueras, Conectar Cada De Ellos a los
Garganta En Su Lado Pero Primera De Todos Quitar Lla Esconder Enchufes.
• Lo es Necesario Para Conectar Lla Mangueras Correctamente (Conectar lÍnea "P" y "T"- Mangueras De el martillo
hidráulico.) Acuerdo a los Instrucción Para Uso De Fabricante del martillo hidráulico.
• Elevación Puntos sobre el Brazo Con Centro de Gravedad, Ver Instrucción Para Uso De Fabricante del martillo
hidráulico.

Figura. 5/13 conexión del martillo hidráulico

• Lo es Necesario para abrir Bola Válvulas Para Comprobar Lla Función.

• Lubricación no es Conectado al martillo hidráulico; Separado Lubricación - Ver Lla Instrucción Para Uso De Fabricante

DAVON s.r.o. | No. 16156-Z170115 | REV A | 04-2018 90

del martillo hidráulico.

5.1.5 AJUSTES/AJUSTES
El equipo es Ya Probado, configurar y pre-montado.

5.1.6 CHEQUES
Durante Asamblea, Comprobar Conjunta Tirantez, Individuales Mangueras Son Conectado Durante Asamblea.

5.2 INSTALARLATION

5.2.1 PREPARACIONES, MEDIDAS DE PROTECCIÓN

Instalación del equipo es Llevado fuera Con Lla Asamblea (Ver parte 5,1), Plantillas Y Protección Medidas Son Idéntico.

5.2.2 EQUIPO/HERRAMIENTAS, EQUIPO DE PROTECCIÓN PERSONAL

Instalación del equipo es Llevado fuera Con Lla Asamblea (Ver parte 5,1), Plantillas Y Protección Medidas Son Idéntico.

5.2.3 REDUCCIÓN DE RUIDOS Y VIBRACIONES

Durante Instalación, el riesgo de Ruido Y Vibraciones no es Aparente.

5.2.4 INSTALACIÓN
Instalación del equipo es Llevado fuera Con Lla Asamblea (Ver parte 5,1), Plantillas Y Protección Medidas Son Idéntico.

5.2.5 AJUSTES/AJUSTES
El equipo es Ya Probado, configurar y pre-montado.

5.2.6 CHEQUES
Durante Asamblea, Comprobar Conjunta Tirantez, Individuales Mangueras Son Conectado Durante Asamblea.

5.3 CONEXIÓN

5.3.1 PREPARACIONES, MEDIDAS DE PROTECCIÓN

Personal Protección Equipo Debe Cumplir Con Lla Aplicable Salud Y Ocupacional Seguridad Legislación.

El equipo Emite Ruido Cuando Poner En Operación. A largo plazo Exposición Para Alta Ruido Niveles Puede causa permanente Daño
Para Su Audiencia. Lla Operador Debe Uso Audiencia Protección Equipo. Trabajo Con el martillo Puede Peligrar Lla Operador Debido
Para Volando Piedras, Polvo Y Ruido. PorLla Listados Protección Equipo Debe Ser Utilizado.

Trabajo Con Química Mezclas (Aceites, Etc.)

Chorros Fluidos Bajo Alta Presión: Nunca Tratar Para Encontrar un fluido Fuga Con Su mano y Siempre Usar Protección Equipo: Guantes,
Gafas, Seguridad Casco Y Seguridad Guantes.

Tóxicos O Corrosivos Vapores Y Polvo: Observar Seguridad Instrucciones, Usar Seguridad Guantes y una cara Máscara.

DAVON s.r.o. | No. 16156-Z170115 | REV A | 04-2018 91

Ver parte 2.

5.3.2 EQUIPO/HERRAMIENTAS, EQUIPO DE PROTECCIÓN PERSONAL

Ver parte 5.1.2

5.3.3 REDUCCIÓN DE RUIDOS Y VIBRACIONES

Durante conexión, el riesgo de Ruido Y Vibraciones no es Aparente.

DAVON s.r.o. | No. 16156-Z170115 | REV A | 04-2018 92

5.3.4 CONEXIÓN

Figura. 5/14 conexión del sistema del auge y de la unidad de energía hydráulica

5.3.4.1 HYDRAULIC UNIDAD DE POTENCIA

Precaución

• Siempre Asegurar Absoluta Limpieza. No utilice Sucio Ropa Para Limpieza.

• Quitar Esconder Enchufes Y Reemplazar Ellos Con Accesorios.
• Antes Instalar, Limpio las líneas de conexión al sistema hidráulico.

5.3.4.2 SISTEMA DEL AUGE (EQUIPO DE FUNCIONAMIENTO)

Precaución

• Antes Instalar, Limpio las líneas de conexión al sistema hidráulico.

• Utilice el Marcado Mangueras/Tuberías Para Conexión.

DAVON s.r.o. | No. 16156-Z170115 | REV A | 04-2018 93

• Quitar Esconder Enchufes Y Reemplazar Ellos Con Accesorios.

5.3.4.3 SISTEMA ELÉCTRICO

Precaución

Figura. 5/16 conexión del sistema del auge y de la unidad de energía hydráulica

1. Poder Suministro Cable

2. Control/datos Señal Cable

5.3.5 AJUSTES/AJUSTES
El equipo entregado es Ya Probado, configurar y pre-montado.

5.3.6 CHEQUES
Durante Conexión Comprobar Articulaciones Tirantez, Individuales Mangueras Son Conectado Durante Lla Asamblea.

DAVON s.r.o. | No. 16156-Z170115 | REV A | 04-2018 94

6. PUESTA EN MARCHA
El equipo debe ser operado por una persona autorizada que esté familiarizada con la máquina y su funcionamiento y
que esté entrenada para operarla. "puesta en marcha y entrega de protocolos" se utiliza para la puesta en marcha
del equipo

6.1 PREPARACIONES, MEDIDAS DE PROTECCIÓN

El equipo de protección personal debe cumplir con la legislación aplicable en materia de salud y seguridad ocupacional.

El equipo emite ruido cuando se pone en funcionamiento. La exposición a largo plazo a altos niveles de ruido puede causar daño
permanente a la audición. El operador debe utilizar el equipo de protección auditiva. El trabajo con el martillo puede poner en
peligro al operador debido a piedras voladoras, polvo y ruido. Por lo tanto, debe utilizarse el equipo de protección indicado.

Trabajar con mezclas químicas (aceites, etc.)

Rociando fluidos bajo alta presión: Nunca trate de encontrar una fuga de líquido con su mano y siempre use equipo de protección:
protección auditiva, gafas protectoras, casco de seguridad, respirador y guantes de seguridad.

Vapores y polvos tóxicos o corrosivos: respete las instrucciones de seguridad, use guantes de seguridad y una mascarilla.

Ver parte 2.

6.2 EQUIPO/HERRAMIENTAS, EQUIPO DE PROTECCIÓN PERSONAL

Herramientas y equipo recomendados
• juego de llaves hasta el tamaño 95
• juego de llaves Allen de tamaño 30
• trinquetes + brocas
• juego de destornilladores
• llave dinamométrica
• Cuchillo
• trapo de limpiezaes
• aire comprimido
• sorbente para el aceite hidráulico derramado
• envase conveniente para recoger el aceite

Equipo de protección personal

• gAma
• goggles
• casco de seguridad
• protección auditiva
• zapatos protectores
• Respirador
• etc. según legislación local

DAVON s.r.o. | No. 16156-Z170115 | REV A | 04-2018 95

6.3 REDUCCIÓN DE RUIDOS Y VIBRACIONES
Al encargar y probar el equipo, se producen ruidos y vibraciones. El operador debe llevar un equipo de protección personal. Para
moderar la transferencia de vibraciones del equipo al operador, es necesario usar zapatos protectores mientras se ajusta y se
prueba el equipo.
No hay obligación de declarar los valores de ruido con respecto a este equipo. Los requisitos para la obligación a los valores del
ruido del estado se aplican solamente al martillo hidráulico usado. El valor del ruido se indica en el manual de funcionamiento del
martillo hidráulic